The Great Peace (Map Game)

The year is 1920. It’s been one year since the Treaty of Versailles was signed, ending the Great War. Despite the war being called “The war to end all wars” it seems like the ending of this war has only brought on more conflict. New countries, both with and without international recognition, have been carved out of the former German, Austrian and Ottoman Empires. The Russian Empire has collapsed, and now two groups fight to replace it: the Whites and the Bolsheviks. Germany and Italy are in total economic shambles, while France and Britain fight to keep their status as the world’s leading powers. The United States sees vast economic growth, while the Japanese Empire sees its economy take a sharp downturn, and now begins looking west for resources as China breaks down into total chaos with warlords taking de facto control of a majority of China, leaving the government to control a small territory down south.

As the world keeps spinning, many wonder what will become of this supposed Great Peace.

Rules
'''These is a list of the rules and laws of “The Great Peace”. If you refuse to follow these set rules and laws then you will be listed as a counter revolutionary and thrown into prison! Watch your step...'''


 * Absolutely no metagaming! Metagaming is when you incorporate IRL hatred or love for something into the game, and is totally biased and unrealistic. Please refrain from metagaming at all costs!


 * Please be plausible and realistic throughout the entire game, we are trying to make a working map game here, and we would appreciate if you would follow the rules, be realistic, and accept the mod events.


 * No inappropriate sexual behavior. Yes, I know this is odd for a map game of all things, but I guess this rule applies mostly when interacting with another player, be it on discord or here on the wiki. Please keep your sexual wishes to yourself, please.


 * No bullying, I shouldn’t even have to write this down but it will happen. Do not, I repeat, do not bully someone on the wiki or on the discord about something they did on this game. If you are caught or accused of this, you will be banned permanently especially if you really scared a guy.


 * Wiki Guidelines apply here as always, along with Alternate History Wiki Rules.


 * Have fun! Despite these rules, I trust all of you to follow and keep within the wiki guidelines and the map game rules and to have fun! You guys, I trust and know, won’t do anything you know would get you in trouble both in real life and in virtual life, so I am not concerned about that. Anyway, have fun and live long and prosper!

Chief of Staff

 * Brotherly Guide of the People: TheHistoryNerd
 * My Personal Servant: Nate
 * People’s Cartographer: User:Vandenhoek
 * President of Algorithms: Steph the Purged
 * That Guy your employee hired without your consent and is apparently a mod: Wolf
 * Most Serene Envoy of the TSPTF: SkyGreen24

Banned Players
None

Banned Temporary
None

Plausibility strikes
Neutralized

Algorithm
Algorithm Page

Map
1930

Sign Ups
Also, nations in Bold are for players with experience, and mean you need to message a moderator and apply to be that nation, and list any previous map games you have been in, along with why you want to be that nation.

Western Europe

 * United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland - User:Person67
 * Gold Coast - Franzjoseph
 * Nigeria - Franzjoseph
 * Sierra Leone - Franzjoseph
 * Newfoundland - Franzjoseph
 * East African Protectorate (Kenya) -Franzjoseph
 * Uganda -franzjoseph
 * Rhodesia - Franzjoseph
 * Nyasaland - Franzjoseph
 * Tanganyika - Franzjoseph
 * British Somaliland - Franzjoseph
 * Hong Kong - Franzjoseph
 * Guyana - Franzjoseph
 * British Malaya - Franzjoseph
 * Straits Settlement - Franzjoseph
 * British Brunei -Franzjoseph
 * French Republic -
 * Algeria - Falcon
 * Morocco - Falcon
 * Tunisian Protectorate - Falcon
 * French West Africa - Falcon
 * French Equatorial Africa - Falcon
 * Madagascar - Falcon
 * French Somaliland - Falcon
 * French Guyana - Falcon
 * French Indochina - Falcon
 * Lebanon - Falcon
 * Principality of Andorra -
 * Kingdom of Spain - The Godly Doge
 * Spanish Sahara -
 * Spanish Guinea -
 * Portuguese Republic - Solace
 * Portuguese Guinea - Solace
 * Angola - Solace
 * Mozambique - Solace
 * Macau - Solace

Central Europe

 * Kingdom of the Netherlands -
 * Dutch East Indies -
 * Suriname -
 * Kingdom of Belgium -
 * Belgian Congo -
 * Belgian Concession in Tianjin -
 * Grand Duchy of Luxembourg -
 * Weimar Republic (German Reich) - Adolf Coffee
 * Territory of the Saar Basin (League of Nations mandate) -
 * Republic of Austria - Th3Legnd27
 * Swiss Confederation -
 * Principality of Liechtenstein -
 * Czechoslovak Republic -

Eastern Europe

 * Free City of Danzig -
 * Republic of Poland - The Expendable Broccoli Rob (Say Hi!) 20:00, July 6, 2018 (UTC)

Italy and the Balkans

 * Kingdom of Italy - Curmudgeonly yours - Crim 21:25, July 2, 2018 (UTC)
 * Libya - Curmudgeonly yours - Crim 21:25, July 2, 2018 (UTC)
 * Italian Somaliland - Curmudgeonly yours - Crim 21:25, July 2, 2018 (UTC)
 * Eritrea - Curmudgeonly yours - Crim 21:25, July 2, 2018 (UTC)
 * The Vatican -
 * Republic of San Marino - SupremeSensualSamrāṭSky 21:40, July 2, 2018 (UTC)
 * Kingdom of Hungary -
 * Kingdom of Romania -
 * Kingdom of Yugoslavia - Vatonica (talk) 18:46, July 14, 2018 (UTC)
 * Tsardom of Bulgaria -
 * Principality of Albania -
 * Kingdom of Greece - Steph the Unpurged (talk)

Scandinavia

 * Kingdom of Denmark -
 * Kingdom of Iceland -
 * Greenland -
 * Kingdom of Norway -
 * Kingdom of Sweden - ArsenicHalogen

Former Russian Empire
Soviet Russia - Feud

North Africa

 * Kingdom of Egypt (under British Protection) -Sultan
 * Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Conglomerate of Egypt and Britain) -

West Africa

 * Republic of Liberia -

Southern Africa

 * Union of South Africa -
 * South West Africa -

Horn of Africa

 * Empire of Ethiopia -

East Asia

 * Empire of Japan - With Blood and Iron (talk) 21:22, July 2, 2018 (UTC)
 * Shanghai International Settlement (American and British joint-administered Concession) -

China

 * Mongolian People’s Republic -
 * Republic of China - Knight of Malta
 * Tibet -
 * Sinkiang - DrivingFan42

South East Asia

 * Kingdom of Siam -
 * Kingdom of Sarawak (British Protectorate) -

South Asia

 * British Raj - Warrior (rimp does not plan to play, so time to use my limited knowledge of indian history)
 * Kingdom of Nepal -
 * Kingdom of Bhutan -
 * Kingdom of Sikkim -
 * Kingdom of Afghanistan -

West Asia

 * Imperial State of Persia - DRAFIGO13
 * Mandatory Iraq (British Mandate) -
 * Sheikdom of Kuwait (British Protectorate) -
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria - Oh, I didn't mean to push that button! † Oh, well leave a message I guess  03:27, July 2, 2018 (UTC)
 * British Mandate of Palestine -
 * Transjordan (British Mandate) -
 * The Hashemite Kingdom of Hejaz -
 * Trucial States (British Protectorate) -
 * Qatar (British Protectorate) -
 * Bahrain (British Protectorate) -
 * Sultanate of Muscat and Oman -
 * Mutawakkilite Kingdom of Yemen -

Anatolia

 * Turkey - "This is not your grave  but you are welcome in it. " 04:41, July 3, 2018 (UTC)

Oceania

 * Commonwealth of Oceania  - Erizium (talk)
 * Territory of New Guinea - Erizium (talk)

North America

 * Dominion of Canada -
 * United States of America - Orwell
 * Insular Government of the Philippines (Military Government) -
 * Panama Canal Zone -
 * United Mexican States -  Orange (talk)

Caribbean

 * Republic of Cuba -
 * Republic of Haiti -
 * Dominican Republic -

Central America

 * Republic of Guatemala -
 * Republic of Honduras -
 * Republic of El Salvador -
 * Republic of Costa Rica -
 * Republic of Panama -

South America

 * Republic of the United States of Brazil - Ycasto
 * National State of Venezuela -
 * Republic of Colombia -
 * Republic of Ecuador -
 * Republic of Peru - Cybermats, created by the Cybermen, they kill by feeding off Brainwaves 00:23, July 7, 2018 (UTC)
 * Republic of Bolivia -MaddeningYams (talk)
 * Republic of Chile -
 * Republic of Argentina - Tharpe23
 * Republic of Paraguay -
 * Republic of Uruguay -

1920
And the game has begun! '''Feel free to sign up and post at any time. This first turn will be longer to give everyone a chance to post.'''

'''The Nations of Europe are devastated after the end of the Great War. Three empires have been dismantled in favor of smaller successor states. The former-Entente nations now stand victorious over the battered Central Powers.'''

Germany, which is still reeling over the devastating defeat, holds federal elections this year, in which Hermann Müller of the Social Democrat Party is elected Chancellor of Germany, and begins to take leadership of an exhausted and defeated nation.

'''Unlike Germany, France celebrates its victory in the Great War. Having triumphed over Germany, the French Republic exploits its new territory, Alsace-Lorraine, and its influence over a League of Nations mandate called the Saar Basin, eating up its vast resources.'''

'''The Irish Revolutionary Republic continues its grueling war of independence against British rule. Though the British have seen significant advances in Northern Ireland over the approximate one year the war has been going, Irish nationalism is still high and the republic stands tall.'''

In the Middle East, the Hashemite Kingdom of Syria declares its independence, and stakes its claim to the entire region of, it is not recognized by either France or Great Britain.

'''The Treaty of Sèvres is signed today, officially ending the Ottoman Empire, and partitioning Turkey among the entente. Although Britain, France, and Italy don’t do well establishing their respective occupation zones. This sudden international embarrassment eventually leads to a man by the name Mustafa Kemal Atatürk to overthrow the sultan and create a republic, and launches the Turkish war of independence against the allies.'''

'''The Empire of Japan, with its new territory in the Pacific taken from the former German Empire, celebrates, with Japanese media declaring a successful victory against the enemy. Despite what the media says, the economy begins to suffer and an economic crisis is imminent.'''

'''In Italy, the economy begins to suffer as well, although Italy was victorious in the Great War they still suffered a great number of casualties fighting the Austrians trying to take back their long lost lands. Paramilitary organizations begin to patrol the streets, and clashes begin to become more common. A man by the name of Benito Mussolini starts to become disillusioned with Socialism, and starts to adopt a more radical right-wing ideology.'''

'''China has nearly collapsed, as warlords take over a majority of the nation. The Republican government in the south controls very little, and is very weak.'''

'''The Republican Government in Hungary is overthrown by radical right wingers led by Miklòs Horthy. He re-establishes the Kingdom of Hungary, with himself as Regent, as the former king of Hungary is forbidden by the allies from ever ruling over any of his former subjects again.'''

'''The Provisional All-Russian Government is disestablished after the death of Kolchak. This causes a major blow to the Whites, as the Soviets march down from Omsk and take the now empty territory. Bolshevik media declares that “Victory is almost here!”.'''

''' Warren G. Harding runs for President of the United States, on a platform of "Keeping the good times rolling" with the great economic boom that came with the end of the Great War. The 19th Amendment is passed, giving universal suffrage to America's democracy, but hidden issues of racism and organized crime continue to plague the common people, including acts by the Mafia and the KKK. '''


 * Sublime State of Persia: His Highness Shah Ahmed Shah Qayar has ordered the construction of Persia's first university. The university is expected to take many years to be built. Persian Diplomacy: Persia offers the Hashemite Kingdom of Syria an alliance.
 * Please watch out for formatting SupremeSensualSamrāṭSky


 * The Hellenic Republic: Greek society sits at a crossroads at the dawn of 1920. Eleftherios Venizelos, Prime Minister of Greece, continues pressing for Greek claims during the talks over the Treaty of Sèvres signed this year. Greek troops in Smyrna begin pushing northward through the undefended countryside to the north in an effort to seize the region around Dardanellia (Çanakkale in Turkish). Greek troops in Anatolia number 90,000 by midyear, with the majority, 50,000, dug in along the Smyrna frontier. The remainder are dedicated to the assault northward. Meanwhile, another two divisions, 20,000 men, continue the occupation of East Thrace. A nationwide call for volunteers is raised with the goal of training another 75,000 men for the war by 1921. A large percentage of military-aged men in Smyrna volunteer to fight, and are invaluable in suppressing Turkish attacks on remote Greek position thanks to their innate knowledge of the region. There are 15,000 natives of Smyrna fighting as auxiliaries by year's end, freeing up many professional Greek soldiers for front-line duty. The Greek navy begins a campaign of coastal raids to weaken the Turkish resolve. Meanwhile, diplomatic and military envoys are sent to Armenia and Georgia asking for their support against the Nationalist Turks (Mod Response please). While foreign affairs are important, internal politics dominate the public discourse. Eleftherios Venizelos and his pro-democracy supporters now face off against King Constantine in national elections to decide the fate of Greece, either a Republic or a Monarchy. The campaign is fierce, but a last minute corruption scandal rocks the monarchist candidate. Eleftherios Venizelos and his republican supporters win the election and quickly move to ensure the preservation of republicanism. In doing so they move to rename Greece to the Hellenic Republic. The experienced officers in the Greek Armed Forces are more than happy at this outcome as they had feared purges if the monarchists had won. A further diplomatic envoy is sent to the powers of the Entente, Italy, France, and the UK, asking for military support against Turkey (Mod and player Responses).
 * Britain,tired of War, is reluctant to join the war, though recognizes Turkey’s violation of the Treaty of Sèvres so instead calls for the Treaty of Sèvres to be revised, and invites all of its attendees and the Turks back to the negotiation table but with Turkey still unequal to the Entente.
 * Armenia and Georgia accept, seeing how Armenia wants pay back for the Armenian Genocide and to fulfill its own nationalistic sentiment, and Georgia wishing to distract its population from domestic issues.
 * British Dip: We are tired of war and do not want to go to war. We are sure the Turks think of this as well. However, the Treaty must be followed. The People of Britain will not allow a New World War because we ignored a treaty that Turkey broke. Prepare your army, Turkey, we are going to war!
 * Italian Dip: The people of Italy will not support such military action, and I must speak for my people as their King. The Kingdom of Italy cannot provide assistance to the Hellenic Republic against Turkey's aggression at this time. Signed - His Majesty Victor Emmanuel III, King of Italy.
 * Most Serene Republic of San Marino: The Republic of San Marino, during a short referendum, decides to change its name to the Most Serene Republic of San Marino (Serenissima Repubblica di San Marino). Tensions between Sanmarinese socialists and fascists increase.
 * Kingdom of Sweden: It seems that Sweden's neutrality has paid off, the economy is stable and the military is intact. Gustaf V of Sweden has a son with his wife and in years to come, he will be the heir to the Swedish throne. The Department of Mining has begun mining iron ore and the Department of Industry uses the ore to manufacture iron goods. The Department of Industry also begins the manufacturing of Synthetic chemicals. Swedish Writer Gustec Linkskt writes a book called "Forbidden Love" - a romance book - and it is an immediate hit. Many authors now write romance books, as the genre has become extremely popular. Gustaf V of Sweden and Ambassador Baroe Kraskøi wish to meet the Danish, Norwegian and Finnish kings and ambassadors to discuss the formation of the Four Brothers, an economic and military pact. They exclude (MOD RESPONSE NEEDED) Prime Minister Marzick Dusten begins funding the reconstruction of Germany because the country is in economic despair and Sweden wishes to help them out of the hole, despite what they've done. Along with funding reconstruction, it also secretly funds monarchist groups within the country.


 * unlikely.
 * Norway, Denmark and Finland agree to the pact.
 * German Dip: We thank the Swedes for their generous aid, and use it wisely.


 * Kingdom of Spain: The Kingdom of Spain is led by Alfonso XIII.


 * Italy: The Kingdom of Italy is headed by Victor Emmanuel III, known among some members of the populace as Il Re vittorioso (The Soldier King). However, the King's grip on his country is beginning to slip. While he was victorious in the Great War, the economy of Italy is suffering heavily. The disaffected portion of the population call him Sciaboletta (little saber), a crack at the King's diminutive height. The Prime Minister is Francesco Saverio Nitti, a member of the Italian Radical Party. Though he is fairly left-leaning, he is at wits end both with the communists, anarchists and fascists. The pressure begins to build and, if rumors from his wife are to believed, he had considered resigning in June of 1920. However, he remains Prime Minister throughout the year. Nitti opposes dictatorship of any kind, yet be believes the anarchists and the communists to be the most apparent threat to the Italian nation. Already, the Red Army of Turin has begun to occupy factories and metal plants across northern Italy. Worker strikes at the Fiat plants stretch the economy to its breaking point. Though Filippo Turati, the founder of the Italian Socialist Party, argues against revolutionary action, his voice is becoming increasingly marginalized as it becomes clear that action must be taken, both against the rising Mussolini and the Italian government itself. Prime Minister Nitti, however, believes the PSI is behind the factory revolts. In September, Turati is arrested on charges of conspiracy to revolt. Overnight, he is made a martyr. The PSI, now under the leadership of a rising star named Antonio Gramsci. This Marxist-Leninist encourages the party to back the Fiat revolts. His publications in Turin, in the meantime, call for an organized worker's revolt. By October, the Red Army of Turin has expanded its influence across the whole of northern Italy. Mussolini's supporters turn in droves to support the Italian Socialist Party. For once, the PSI is taking action against an incompetent government. Many of these followers had seen Mussolini as the only man who would do something. With a proactive Socialist in charge, they had a strong leader with politics that aligned with theirs. The waning support behind Mussolini could be seen especially in late October, when Gabriele D'Annuzio spoke out against the upstart leader for failing to secure a foothold against rising Communism. In the meantime, the Syndicalists and Anarchists form an alliance with Gramsci. The left will rise in Italy. Who holds Italy will have to be sorted out later. Propaganda for the Italian workers can be seen throughout Italy. The people rally behind calls such as, noi siamo lo stato (We are the state). Songs such as Il Sciaboletta or L'orizzonte grande rosso di Gramsci (the latter being 'Gramsci's Great Red Horizon') sweep the nation while Gramsci's newspapers radicalize those in academic fields. The Italian Socialist Party requests aid and recognition from Soviet Russia. Gramsci himself writes to Lenin on communist theory.
 * Greek Diplomacy: While we understand that Italy cannot become directly involved in Greco-Turkish affairs, Greece would ask if Italy would consider supply Greece with military aide in the form of weapons and ammunition left over from the Great War.
 * Armenia: The entirety of the country still feels a profound sense of grievance toward the Turks – nor are they thrilled that the Ottoman genocide of their people has seemingly succeeded, with much of former Ottoman Armenia now under threat of being annexed by the new Turkish Republic, completing the ethnic cleansing of their historic homeland. With the country filled with deeply embittered refugees, it lacks the infrastructure to house its swollen population. Luckily, the country is also filled with cast-off Russian arms and a number of former Russian officers and soldiers, leftovers of the Caucasus Campaign. President Alexander Khatisian sees the necessity of decisive action to ensure the country’s survival and to secure, if not revenge or recompense for the genocide, at least part of the Armenian people’s historic homelands. He declares national mobilization, promoting Russian officer or Armenians with World War I experience and arming Armenians with experience in the Russian and Ottoman armies, plus members of irregular militias and the Entente's Armenian Legion, to form a large, relatively experienced army of 50,000, with the whole population working to keep it supplied. Artillery is stripped from former Russian border forts to outfit the army, as well as purchased from Germany; bought German arms also help supply and arm the expanded military. Abrogating the Treaty of Batum, the Armenians move to secure the territories promised them in the Treaty of Sevres. Using the Russian supply base and infrastructure surrounding Kars, flying columns move along the railway from Kars to Erzurum, which lacks any equivalent rail connection to Anatolia, allowing Armenian forces to outpace and be better supplied than the Turks. From Erzurum, the army moves into the Kelkit valley with orders to fall on the flank of Turks moving against the Georgians on the Black Sea coast, or to link up with them and fight a defensive battle from entrenchments if attacked themselves. The area’s still substantially Armenian populations are recruited, while Kurdish tribesmen are hired as auxiliaries and scouts. Strict orders are issued against retaliatory killings of Turks, largely because of the importance of retaining international sympathy, although some react badly when they find Turks occupying the property of slaughtered friends or family. Armenia calls on the signatories of the Treaty of Sevres to enforce its terms in full, reminding them that Turkey is the perpetrator of an almost unprecedented atrocity and that Sevres is, far from being too harsh, not a remotely sufficient punishment.
 * Armenian Diplomacy: Armenian envoys are sent to the Russian Bolsheviks, where they hope to establish positive relations based upon the (admittedly much more moderate) socialism of Armenia's ruling Daznak party. The envoys are instructed to secretly promise to turn over any Russians still in Armenian territory to the Bolsheviks upon request.
 * Kingdom of Romania: Prime Minister Alexandru Averescu begins to centralize power around himself ruthlessly, suppressing opponents on both sides of the political spectrum. The People's Party is purged of the "Republicanist" faction, as Ferdinand is now an undisputed constitutional monarch. The natural gas, iron ore, petroleum and coal industries are nationalized. Diplomacy to France: Our tank production corp would like help with incense production of Renault FT light tanks. (response). Industries are further privatized, and competition is tried to be started by the government between businesses. The "Greater Romania" territories are consolidated and fortified. Effective governance is set up, as well as encouraging economic competition in these territories.
 * Zhili Clique: With the recent death of former President of the Republic of China Feng Guozhang, the leadership has passed on to General Cao Kun, also supported by Wu Peifu and Sun Chuanfang. With this, the coalition of warlords known as the Zhili clique, under the leadership of Cao Kun, control Beijing. From the former imperial capital he proclaims himself President of the Republic, ignoring the Kuomintang in the south. Cao Kun offers Zhang Zuolin of the Fengtien clique in Manchuria an alliance in exchange for receiving a high government office and becoming governor of his territory. [Mod Response] Although the Zhili clique was formed in response to Duan Qirui's control over the government, we offer him and his Anhui clique a chance for an alliance as long as he recognizes Cao Kun as President and in return becomes Vice President in the Beiyang government. [Mod Response] Around that time he also reaches out to the commander of Chinese naval forces, Li Tingxin, asking him for the navy to pledge loyalty to his government. [Mod Response] Next, we ask Francis Aglen for the tariff revenue from the Chinese Maritime Customs Service to be directed to Cao Kun's government in Beijing. [Mod Response] It is Cao Kun's objective to restore a unified Beiyang clique that shattered after Yuan Shikai's death and challenge the parliamentarians to the south. Meanwhile, the new president begins reforming the state. The Zhili Clique forces of 100,000 troops are organized into ten divisions, divided between infantry, artillery, cavalry, and engineering. They are organized along European lines. Military schools are opened throughout the metropolitan Zhili Province and other parts of north China under the clique's control to produce a new professional officer corps. Taxes are increased to provide more funding. A general structure for a national police force to be formed at some point is planned out.
 * Duan Qirui accepts The Zhili’s offer and officially recognizes Cao Kun as President of the Republic, the Chinese Maritime Customs Service also accepts, while Li Tingxin and Zheng Zuolin decline Cao Kun’s request, and instead enforce their own claims to be Leader of All of China. 
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: King Faisal ibn Hussein Al-Hashem calls the parliament of Greater Syria in Damascus on March 10. Rida Al-Rikabi is elected the first Prime Minister, and the ministers of parliament are all the elder tribal leaders from among the clans of the Arab Revolt. The Prime Minister is given power over the military while the King retains all other power for the nation. The borders of the Kingdom of Syria are drawn up to include all of the Transjordan, Levant and Palestine as far as the Gulf of Aqaba, and extending into the desert as far as Al-Anbar. Throughout these regions, runners are sent via horse and telegram to proclaim full liberation from the Turks, who for centuries had ruled tyrannically over the Arabs. Political affiliations in the parliament are mostly neutral, with some being of the Wafd party and others full Monarchist. Thomas Lawrence is appointed as the chief ambassador to the British government, with Rustum Haidar as deputy minister. Ibrahim Hanamanu, of the former Ottoman military, is placed in charge of the whole Syrian army. The personnel of the Arab military is retained from the Arab Revolt. However, it is very loosely organized, with each faction of the military led by its own local Emir. The Alawites are treated with the utmost toleration, with the leaders of the revolt last year moved from the northern regions and allowed to live in the capital. In accordance with the Faisal-Chaim agreement, the Syrian Parliament proclaims that a series of designated regions in Palestine will become autonomous territories administered by the Zionist leaders, including: Haifa, Tel Aviv, Jaffa, and the Old City of Jerusalem. Jewish settlements are limited to these areas and must petition the parliament to expand their borders. Alliance from the Persian Empire is accepted. Similar extensions of alliance are sent out to the nations of Hejaz, Oman, Egypt, and Turkey. We further ask that the British government acknowledge our borders as an independent state in accordance with the Paris Peace Conference. The same petition is extended to the America, offering that, if our independence was achieved, America may freely survey oil deposits in the north. 
 * Britain Dip: Whooah! Slow down your partner!” We demand that you shrink your claims, so that it doesn’t violate our colonial integrity, and that you need to sort out your issues with France before a solid agreement can be discussed between Syria and the British Empire. 
 * Egypt Dip: Wafd Party supporters in Egypt begin to rally men to the support of what they call "The Syrian Struggle" and send foreign fighters to support Syria. Also in the News, We send 1000 troops into Gaza and the Negev. They are ordered to not engage with British troops but set base to protect "Arab Interest."


 * Weimar Republic (Deutsches Reich): After the international embarrassment that was WWI, and the subsequent removal of the monarchy and declaration of the republic, Germany is still in shambles. The population is defeated, and German pride has been crushed. Our new Chancellor Hermann Müller of the SDP launches a series of economic reforms to bring Germany into the new world. These reforms purge the economy of the stingy autocrats and royalists still in power and control of economic institutions, filling them with young experienced businessmen. Reichstag becomes the official parliament of Germany, with the SDP (Social Democratic Party) still the majority in parliament, while the Centre Party of Germany, the DDP, and the USPD take the rest. After the demilitarization of and restrictions of our military, we offer to sell any military equipment or vehicles to other countries. Veterans in the country begin to get angry as the government has not been able to pay them, and find many veteran organizations protest in front of the Reichstag for compensation, and feel like they have been honored for serving their country. Herman Müller’s economic reforms gain some popularity among the populace, and Herman Müller sees his chance to expand on his low but noticeable growing popularity by establishing greater economic freedom, while keeping control of some industries, believing that the government needs to direct the major aspects of the economy (at least what’s left of it) to rebuild it. The Entente is still despised by many Germans, but many push the war aside to focus on rebuilding.
 * Armenian Diplomacy: Armenia asks to purchase substantial quantities of excess German small arms, artillery and machine guns, along with ammunition for all of these. It also asks unofficially to hire decommissioned German veterans as military advisers, helping with Germany's difficulty paying them. The ambassador is instructed to remark that he hopes the new Social Democratic government will repudiate its autocratic predecessor's support for the genocidal Turks.
 * We agree to give the Armenian’s arms and supplies, but kindly decline their offer to let German veterans become Advisors, citing Germany’s forced neutrality and pledge not to go beyond selling arms. 
 * Syrian Dip: We will buy equipment.
 * How Much and What kind? -Germany
 * Turkish Diplomacy: The Turkish National Movement asks that Germany, from one WWI ally to another, does not sell weapons or supplies to Armenian forces, or others currently engaged in hostilities with the Turkish state.
 * We inform Turkey that we are neutral, and don’t care to whom we sell weapons, and won’t take sides. 
 * Greece will prevent any naval shipment of arms to Turkey if necessary.
 * Egypt Dip: Can I haba Pistola or two?
 * German Dip: Yeeee
 * Zhili Clique/Chinese Diplomacy: Using the new tariff funds from the Maritime Customs Service, President Cao Kun's government in Beijing would like to purchase machine guns, artillery pieces, rifles, and armored cars from Germany.
 * German Dip: Yes.
 * Greek Diplomacy: We would like to purchase German machine guns and light artillery.
 * German Dip: Coming right up!
 * Turkey: Dark days are in Turkey, but the Turkish people are not yet broken. The National Movement under Mustafa Kemal reiterates that it is ready to negotiate a just and durable peace for the inhabitants of Turkey, but the idea of national integrity and national determination must be preserved. Kemal, using his considerable influence as the hero of Gallipoli and the aide-de-camp of the Sultan himself, appeals to the governors, officers, and people of Anatolia, telling them to join him in Ankara and oppose the powers that be who are trying to divide the country. While some refuse, many are drawn by the man's magnetism and the justness of his cause. The situation is considerably worse in Constantinople, which remains under Entente occupation. After the Ottoman general elections in December 1919, nationalist parties signed the National Pact, which called for the security of Constantinople, national self-determination, and the abolition of the capitulations, among other things. As a result of this, the Entente disband the Ottoman parliament, sending many government members into exile or being rounded up by Entente soldiers. After seeing this and the strong command that Kemal possesses in Anatolia, the Sultan secretly gives his support to Kemal and informs trusted members of the government. Thanks to Kemal's command over remaining Ottoman forces and the new loyalty of the Sultan's personal troops, the National Movement commands roughly 1000 troops, composed of Ottoman veterans and untrained but enthusiastic volunteers. The Sentinel Army (Kuva-yi Karakoliye), about 50,000 strong, is deployed to the eastern front with orders to deploy strong defensive positions against the Armenians and Georgians. The two other armies, a total of 75,000, are deployed to the western front against the Greeks. The larger National Army (Kuva-yi Nizamiye) is deployed to the north while the smaller Caliphate Army (Kuva-yi Inzibatiye) are deployed to the south. Various militias do their best to attack the Greek supply lines and rearguards, sowing as much havoc as they can to the Greek war effort. In diplomacy, Kemal declines the alliance with the Syrians for the time being, stating that both nations have enough to worry about at the time being. However, he hopes for strong relations in the future. Kemal also requests a meeting with representatives of the Russian Bolsheviks. 
 * Kingdom of Egypt: Following the Egyptian Revolt of 1919, attempts are made to stabilize the country. This leads to the government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used upon in poor areas). Within Egyptian society a new social craze appears (originating from mostly Coptic "artist") called "Quskut", The term is used to describe the recent actions of self-proclaimed "artist" poking fun at Egyptian society, While it blows up in the younger side of Egyptian society it gains a negative view from the old. A national army is formed and tries to rally men to their cause by enticing nationalism and unity among all walks of Egyptian life The question is raised "Who will be our King?". Following the Fall of The Ottoman Empire the Arab King begins to open up relations with Hejaz, Syria and Iraq. The Egyptian government sends an envoy to Syria giving their sympathy to their cause but does declines an alliance with Syria, We do give our word that we won't host foreign troops if used to invade Syria.
 * United States of America: Growing concerns over the Bolshevik threat lead to a United States delegation joining the Inter-Allied Mission to Poland, which is currently locked in a conflict with the nascent Soviet Union. Wary of becoming entangled in the affairs of the Anglo-French, however, the United States establishes its own separate entity, the American Military Mission to Poland . Hundreds of American officers are sent to the Eastern European nation, both as observers and advisers to the fledgling Polish Republic, with the entire operation headed by Colonel George S. Patton, an officer who made his name during the Anti-Villa operations of 1916 and on the fields of the Great War in France. Large numbers of now surplus equipment, including vast volumes of rifles, machine guns and artillery are sold to the Poles at discounted rates. An addition, several volunteer squadrons of American aviators are formed and sent to Poland where they function in tandem with the Polish Army. Domestically, the 1920 is a clear Republican year with voter dissatisfaction with the Democrats over the last eight years. At the RNC, the defection of four Ohio delegates throws the nomination to former General Leonard Wood, who selects Wisconsin Progressive Irvine Lenroot as his running mate. His campaign, which calls for the completion of the 1916 Naval Act, a National Highway system and a tougher immigration system among other issues, wins handily in November, taking every state with the exception a few holdouts in the Old Confederacy.
 * The US was isolationist at this time. -Colgan
 * Syria asks the United States to consider supporting our cause for the claims in the Middle East (see diplomacy in my own turn)
 * Russian Soviet Republic: Vladimir Lenin after a cascade of successes albeit with a failure following the Vistula Offensive in Poland is confident in his nation's ability to finally win the Civil war. In a bold move the Soviets offer a ceasefire with the Poles effectively ending the Polish-Soviet war (this is per OTL with OTL treaty stipulations) (mod, please). Lenin, instead focuses on winning the civil war and crushing the loose coalition of the White army once and for all. He orders the Crimean and Caucasian offensives to push hard on the retreating Whites effectively sealing their forces against the sea and with nowhere to run puts to siege the remaining Whites. As well as this, Lenin makes major moves to secure and finalize Russian control over the Ukraine. With little to no resistance left from the Whites, the Red Army with nearly five million men begins pushing in every direction. It begins fully seizing the bulk of the Ukraine and moving on the Anarchists effectively beginning their liquidation and exploiting a peasant revolt to work on the destruction of of the anarchists. A major push with 50,000 troops begins in Karelia to bring far northern Russia back under Russian control. As well as this, with the fall of Kolchak and the effective end of the White Russian forces in the Far East, the Red Army builds up a huge supply base and launches a large and very dedicated offensive toward Vladivostok. Afraid of an offensive toward Petrograd, the Red Army officials authorize the sending of nearly 75,000 troops to counter Yudeniches 20,000 troops but the arrival of so many Red Army troops effectively prevents Yudenich from acting and makes him a nonissue. A Red Army detachment is send into Central Asia as well beginning to prepare a major offensive to seize the faltering Central Asian secessionist republic. In a bold move, Lenin begins funding the rebuilding and reconstitution of the Russian industrial base particularly in Moscow and its surrounding regions. Lenin responds with the Italian communists, fully recognizing them and writing to their leader Gramsci with Lenin even offering for Gramsci to come to Moscow to see the glorious Russian Workers Revolution firsthand. Lenin begins to work heavily on ideas for his New Economic plan making specific plans for an intermediate state of capitalism before a socialist paradise can be created. Lenin also calls the greatest doctors still living in Russia saying that "the wounds from that dastardly attack still haunt me, the bullet lodged in my body must go"
 * Romania, seeing the the Soviet Union as the inevitable future, seeks to repair relations, and begins by recognizing the union and lifting restrictions on some Romanian leftist groups.
 * Republic of the United States of Brazil: Like many other nations Brazil also sees the dawn of a new age with the beginning of the new decade. The Brazilian nation has great plans to industrialize and modernize in the next years rapidly. A Trans-Amazon Railway and the mass production of steel is planned within the next ten to 15 years. For managing these plans, American, German, French and Russian economic and infrastructure advisors are invited. (French/US/German/Soviet response please)
 * In order for our own infrastructure to be improved upon and to have experienced architects, we accept the Brazilians' request, and ship off 20 infrastructure advisors to Rio.


 * Kingdom of Belgium:Hurray! The war is over, Belgium has shown that neutrality can survive against aggressors. The Frontpartij is getting punished harshly for working against the state due to the Francophone policies. Many of its members fear punishment but they do not back down. Instead they accept their guilt and begin to accept a more general socialistic and nationalistic view. The Belgian government also tries to focus on the Olympic games in Antwerp.

1921
Now starts the second turn of The Great Peace!

Great Britain invites Turkey and Greece to Constantinople to engage in Peace Talks, and possibly revise the Treaty of Sèvres.

With the success of the Red Army in the Far East, many of the Whites experience defections, mainly by Whites who consider the “National Bolshevik” belief a viable compromise.

The Deutschnationale Volkspartei, or DNVP, wins the Assembly Elections in the Free City of Danzig.

'''The war continues in Anatolia, with both sides using brutal tactics against each other. Many local Turkic communities commit massacres on Greek towns in Ionia. '''

'''Mussolini, seeing the rising socialist party as a major threat to the nation and Italian society, launches an anti-communist campaign within the ranks of his paramilitary organization. His secret paramilitary groups organize assassinations to break up the communist groups in Rome.'''

The Fengitian Clique declares war on the Zhili Clique, enforcing the claim that their warlord is he true leader of China.

'Militias and Paramilitaries around Germany begin clashing with each other, causing chaos and destruction in the streets, while police get tipped off by these organizations not'' to stop these street skirmishes. This causes hundreds of people to die in-between these clashes.'''

'''In the US, the first religious broadcast is heard on KDKA AM in Pittsburg. Mass media entertainment grows quickly in popularity through both the US and Britain.'''

Woman’s suffrage is attained in Sweden, and thus the National Suffrage society of Women is dissolved.

In Persia, Seyyed Zia'eddin Tabatabaee seizes power over the parliament as Prime Minister.

''' The peace offered by the Soviet Union is accepted by Poland, thus concluding the Polish-Soviet War. '''
 * Romania: Prime Minister Alexandru Averescu begins to centralize power around himself ruthlessly, suppressing opponents on both sides of the political spectrum. The People's Party is purged of the "Republicanist" faction, as Ferdinand is now an undisputed constitutional monarch. The natural gas, iron ore, petroleum and coal industries are nationalized. The "Greater Romania" territories are consolidated and fortified. Effective governance is set up, as well as encouraging economic competition in these territories. Left wing groups become more tolerated as per a desire to improve relation with the Soviet Union. An alliance of Social Democrats and other leftists form "People's Front", who support the monarchy but want greater representation for workers. Seeing as nothing came of our request from France, Alexandru releases that they just lost bank, and will give Germany bank for tanks, since France does not want to pull a wank, so they will not have Romania to thank, and France's future does not look dank, and their ships might even get sank, at least they will have to worry about losing their rank. Dip to Germany: We request some "armored cars", as well as German scientists to help us build some. In return, a lot of coal and petroleum, plus diplomatic influence will be given to Germany. (Colgan respond).
 * German Dip: We agree to Romania’s proposal and send a team of German scientists and some old discharged WWI armored cars to Bucharest. 


 * Kingdom of Belgium: The Frontpartij members begin organising into a military wing called veteranen armee (Veterans army). Their military wing is quite disciplined due to their experience in WWI. Their demands are higher pensions, the right to speak Dutch in the army and the separation of the army into a Flemish and Walloon core. The rebuilding of Belgium also beings with the damage being very big compared to most other nations. The flooding of the Yser also has damaged the economy of West Flanders greatly but this action was needed to preserve our liberty. A small number of Belgian troops also cross the border and go into the city of Aachen. This is done peacefully but with some minor clashes due to the German nonacceptance of its guilt.As I do not trust Colgan as a moderator due to some issues I will leave this game.


 * Turkey: Kemal sends negotiators to Constantinople to take part in peace talks, although he has low expectations of their success currently. In other diplomatic efforts, Turkish and French political officials sign the Treaty of Ankara, ending the Franco-Turkish War in southern Anatolia. The successful conclusion of the war frees up nearly 20,000 troops for other fronts while the total size of the military continues to expand thanks to such diplomatic successes and the patriotic fever gripping the nation. By the end of the year the military ranks a total of 170,000 men in all armies, with the majority deployed at the western front against the Greeks. In the east, the Sentinel Army, now swelled to 35,000 men, continues to hold strong defensive positions in and around major cities. Numerous Armenian thrusts have been countered and dealt with, resulting in the front line changing relatively little for the time being. In the west, the National army is holding steady, giving limited ground but allowing the Greeks to make some progress. Numerous militias continue to attack Greek supply lines, weakening the Greek war effort as they get further and further from their base in Izmir. In both the east and west, frequent cavalry patrols and limited aircraft sorties keep commanders well informed about enemy troop movements and positions, reducing the risk of surprise. The war effort is kept well supplied by excess arms provided during World War I and from Soviet supply. As agreed upon from two years ago, the Bolsheviks have provided rifles, machine guns, light cannon, ammunition, and gold bullion with which to keep up the war effort. With Kemal and other modernist officers in charge, the Turkish military is constantly kept supplied and as well trained as possible given the circumstances. New weapons are smuggled in as best as possible from Germany and Red Russia. Kemal reiterates his desire for a just and durable peace for Anatolia and the Middle East, promising to enter into negotiations with the other nations of the world as long as the conditions of national self-determination and territorial integrity, as espoused by Woodrow Wilson and the rest of the Allies, are maintained. 
 * Armenian Diplomacy: Armenia inquires as to whether this means that Turkey will accept the borders that Wilson himself drafted for Armenia at the Treaty of Sevres, or whether "territorial integrity" means that the Turks intend to keep the land they seized from the million Armenians dead at their hands. Armenia asks the international community to refuse any peace with or recognition of this cabal of hypocritical mass murderers and to uphold the self-determination by aiding Greece and Armenia to secure the ancestral lands of Anatolia's oppressed minorities lest the Turks decide to slaughter another million.
 * British Dip: Armenia, you are irrelevant, but we do recognize the Armenian Genocide as a revelant occurrence in modern society, and we promise to bring it up in Constantinople.
 * United States of America: Newly elected President Leonard Wood follows through on his campaign pledge, passing the National Highway Act of 1921, which seeks to establish an extensive road system to aid in transportation of goods and people across the United States, as well as serve military purposes in times of conflict. Vice President Lenroot, meanwhile, helps to spearhead a Congressional committee to look into the creation of an oversight entity for financial markets, in response to the recent 1920-1921 Recession. Efforts to complete the 1916 Naval Act are continued, although as a sop to Congress all US Navy Pre-Dreadnoughts are to be decommissioned and dismantled to lower costs. In the realm of foreign policy, the staunchly Anti-Communist Wood further reinforces American forces on the island of Cuba with an additional 6000 Marines, to aid in controlling urban and rural areas to protect American sugar interests.
 * Syria Dip: in order to provide for American economic interests, we ask that America applies diplomatic and economic pressure to Britain to withdraw its invasion.
 * British Dip: For the last time! The British will not leave! This is our zone that we took and we are not freeing you. 


 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: The military is further organized and standardized, based on the British model, with the military occupying the claimed territories in Jordan and northern Palestine. Our claims to all of Greater Syria continue to be pushed through by the ambassador Thomas Lawrence, now stipulated in an agreement between Syria, Egypt, and France in the Treaty of Damascus. Abdullah ibn Hussein, brother of Faisal, is sent to Iraq as the true candidate for the Kingdom of Iraq while under British rule. The alliance is maintained with our father, Hussein ibn Ali the King of Hejaz. We continue to ask the United States for aid in developing our economy, specifically for proper development of natural resources, in exchange for giving a generous amount to the American companies. EDIT: Two prominent Emirs in northern Syria sends 1500 volunteers among the Arab people to aid the Turkish government. In exchange, the Syrian Parliament asks Turkey, after its war of independence, to properly train the military using organization of the former Ottoman Empire.
 * American Diplomacy: American businesses adhere to the requests of the Hashemites, and Standard Oil of California forms the Arabian American Oil Company (ARAMCO) in tandem with the Syrians. American investors, intrigued by this move, begin general investments into the region.
 * Seeing as Syria totally violated British integrity in the Middle East by occupying northern Palestine and Transjordan, British warship arrive at the coast of Syria and threatens to bombard populated areas if Syria does not stand down. A few thousand troops are sent to Palestine and Transjordan to enforce British claims to the territory, and begin clashing with Syrian troops, defeating them with ease.
 * Syria calls upon the full military of the Arab Legion, centralizing tens of thousands of volunteers and militias from across Syria, Iraq, Hejaz, and Egypt to fight the British forces in Palestine and Transjordan. 
 * US Department of State: The United States Ambassador to the Court of St. James is instructed to request Britain respect civilian property and lives within the Hashemite Kingdom of Syria, as well as to float the idea of the United States acting as an intermediary to bring the conflict to an end before it escalates.
 * French Republic: (OOC: Did Romania seriously just threaten me?) Politics in our nation turn sharply to the left, catching many off guard. The right and the left both become more radicalized, but somehow the government holds together under the Center-Right party. More money is allocated to recovery, and funding the military. Colonial investments continue, and an offer is sent to Syria: In exchange for the establishment of a protectorateship, limited control over exports, and permission to build military bases as well as airfields on their territory.
 * Romania OOC: No, were just saying you lost a lot of what could cost a lot of stuff, and that Germany has won our gruff, we do not plan to do anything dumb with France, otherwise that will make as numb, as the mods would put down their thumbs, and assume that I had a great bait mate but a little to late of a meme, a very poor theme.
 * Syria Dip: We accept the protectorship, as long as France supports the claim of our land
 * Later Syria Dip: We ask that France applies diplomatic pressure to get the British to recognize the claims of our land
 * France Dip: We support Syria fully, and tell Britain to back off. The cruiser Dunkerque is sent to enforce it.
 * British Dip: OK, OK! Geez! France, we supported you in the World War. You need to be quiet. We will never recognize your claims, Syria.
 * Later Egypt Dip: Dagnabbit, 500 troops are resent to the Gaza and Negev. They are ordered to not open fire upon European or Arab Troops but to protect civilians areas. The Egyptian government (most Wadi Party supporters) call for more troops to be called upon "The Syrian Struggle" but falls on deaf ears.
 * Japan: Hara Takashi continues to buckle down on his efforts to resist universal suffrage hoping to shore up his political support with the oligarchs and military. He agrees to increase the military presence in the Far East Republic to protect Japanese interests in East Asia and create a buffer zone between the Empire and Red Russia. With the Siberian adventure costing excruciating amounts of money and blood the military doubles down on their efforts to secure a successful outcome bringing the Japanese troops in the region to 85,000 strong while withdrawing form Chita falling back to the port Vladivostok where they entrench themselves while the Imperial navy supports them. More troops are prepped to reinforce the imperial army in the soon to be besieged Russian port. Efforts to keep subversive activities in occupied territories are made including expanding the presence of the Kempeitai (military police) who slowly take on the role of counter insurgency units policing and stabilizing major routes of communication in the Far East. Hara Takashi's cabinet continue to redouble their efforts to revitalize the economy and industry by trying to expand their markets in the colonial territories and in China through the Shandong, and in the Far East Republic. In private members of the opposition are sent to Moscow to see if a compromise cant be reached to end the bloodshed and prevent a larger conflict between the reds and the Japanese.
 * Korea Efforts to moderate the policies toward integration of the Koreans continue, With a loosening on language restrictions being established and creating a dual linguistic system for Korean kids though Japanese remains mandatory, and the only language in post secondary institutions. Industrialization and settlement of the peninsula continues as rialways, and factories continue to grow.
 * Taihoku (Taiwan): Japanization and modernization of the island continues with the efforts of turning it into a model colony for Japan to show the world.
 * Zhili Clique: The new German weaponry and equipment is a great addition to the Zhili warlords' arsenal and can provide some advantage over other warlords. Since Duan Qirui agreed to join the Beijing government, the Anhui Clique is integrated into President Cao Kun's coalition, increasing its population and revenue from taxes and trade in the Shandong Province. Our total army increases to 200,000 men, combining with the Anhui forces. In response to Zhang Zuolin and the Fengtien Clique's declaration of war, the new force is mobilized to meet the threat. As one of China's best strategists, Duan Qirui is made army commander-in-chief, while Wu Peifu is his chief of staff. The two of them launch an offensive north of the Great Wall into Manchuria, pushing toward the Yalu River and the Korean frontier. One force of several divisions advances along the southern coast of the Liaodong Peninsula, with the objective of taking the port cities, while another force advances through the mountains toward the center of the Fengtien Clique. Meanwhile, back in Beijing, President Cao Kun continues reforming the state and the army. The government makes efforts to hire European instructors for military schools. The increased revenue from the Maritime Customs Service, trade in the Shandong region, and taxes allows the Beiyang government to to increase its budget.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: The Japanese applaud the Zhili on their efficient campign and offer to support them in their efforts to restore order to China along with opening of relations between Zhili and Japan.
 * Zhili/Chinese Diplomacy: The Beiyang government is interested in increasing relations with Japan and asks to purchase weapons and equipment.
 * Japanese Dip: The Japanese agree to arms sales, and offer to help develop Chinese industry in joint ventures.
 * Chinese Diplomacy: The Beiyang government accepts Japan's offer to develop industry.
 * US Department of State: Concerned by the growing influence of the Empire of Japan and the Zhili Clique, the United States Navy deploys an additional three gunboats to China to increase the US presence in the region. The United States also condemns the aggression of the Zhili Clique.
 * The Hellenic Republic: The assault on Dardanellia goes spectacularly, with the 45,000 Turkish troops essentially swept aside by the veteran Greek army. Greek troops in Anatolia number 165,000 by mid year with 120,000 dug in along the Smyrna frontier. These men, the Army of Asia Minor (Στρατιά Μικράς Ασίας), begin a massive push eastward toward Ankara and rapidly seize Philadelphia. The Greek forces make it to within 50 km of Ankara before they are stopped by an entrenched Turkish army. At years end there is sporadic fighting all along the over extended Greek front. However, high morale among the officers and men prevent the consideration of a retreat. At home support for the war is strong, but Prime Minister Venizelos faces several challenges in the from of monarchist and authoritarian movements within Greece. Although the monarchy has been officially abolished there are still supporters. Although the monarchists lost the election of 1920, they still hold a reasonably strong caucus in the Hellenic Parliament and consistently oppose the Prime Minister’s attempts to both wage war and protect Greek democracy.
 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. This leads to the government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used upon in poor areas). Quskut artist begin to make to national headline as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked upon. Wafd Party supporters push for a formation of a constitution. The Egyptian King calls back 500 troops from the Palestine region and plans to pull out the rest in the coming time. We send an envoy to Germany asking for 1500 rifles and 300 armored cars, in return we shall sell to them the best Egyptians dates (I don't know, just ask for what you want on return). We send an envoy to Syria, Iraq and Hejaz for a formation of a political cooperation stuff called "The Arab Legion".
 * Syria Dip: We support the formation of the Arab Legion, organizing the combined Arab volunteers and militias of Egypt, Syria, Iraq, and Hejaz into a single army.
 * Russian Soviet Republic: The leadership suffers a dedicated shock as Joseph Stalin, suffering from a bout of appendicitis dies during his operation due to bad surgery. His death is shocking but Lenin having the majority of the nations top doctors involved in his own operation to remove the bullet from his body laments the death, but secretly is happy with the development having nicely removed one of his major rivals with serious ambitions on his position. The operation on Lenin is deemed a success and the bullet is removed from him with little complication. The push on the east is deemed a success and with the Japanese pulling support for Chita, and the city is resecured after a short and decisive push. Bukharin is appointed the supreme commander of the Far Eastern task force as a test of his abilities and loyalty with a full seat on the politburo on the line he meets with the generals of the Far Eastern armies, and decisively decides that with the Japanese fallback from Chita, that the Armies will converge on Vladivostok. While not equipped to their best, three separate armies of roughly 80,000 strong per army converge on Vladivostok and set up a major front line. The Remainder of the Russian troops numbering nearly 1.2 million act as a reserve as the Vladivostok siege force in concoted to begin major offensive operations against the 85,000 strong Japanese garrison. The initial attack is slow and prodding as reconnaissance is put to order and heavy artillery bombardment is put into the attack. Interestingly enough, the threat of the Japanese navy leaves the Russian forces in a quagmire. Artillery pieces are retrofitted as shore guns to try to and fend off the Japanese navy. The Western front against the faltering Whites, remains lightly contested as in finality the Whites are effectively finished remaining only in Crimea with roughly 30,000 troops to their name. Lenin orders their liquidation and begins the final campaign (algo to come). With the end of the civil war in sight Lenin begins the official end of War Capitalism and begins pushing for his new economic policy to become the standard of the land. However, with the potential for the civil war to carry on, Lenin and the politburo authorize the reconstitution of Russian industry in a more concrete sense. A comprehensive report is given over to Lenin about the status of Russian industry and it is noted to be abyssmal but with this report he starts to reorganize the industry stacking off of inertia from the previous year and the reconstitution of Moscows industrial base. This begins the constitutions and rebuilding of Industrial facilities in Belorussia, Ukraine, Smolensk, Kursk, and tens of thousands begin to be put back to work across western Russia. the NEP with its initial stages is initialized and light amounts of capitalism are allowed. The crushing of the last white army holdouts in Crimea effectively force the captured leaders of the White movement to surrender turning over all of the White Russian territory to the Russian Soviet Republic.


 * Japanese Reaction: With the Japanese navy successfully keeping Soviet forces at bay the troops dig in and Japanese Artillery position return fire against Soviet formations, while the Japanese-Russian border is heavily reinforced.


 * Republic of the United States of Brazil: The first steps toward modernization are taken after the concrete plans for a modern Brazil. With help of German and Brazilian architects the construction of the Trans-Amazon Railway starts in Macapá and will go along to the coast until it ends in Várzea Grande close to the Bolivian border. The crew is prepared for difficult terrain and harsh conditions. On the political side of Brazil stability reigns, while trade unions get slightly more support because of the industrialization.


 * Weimar Republic (Deutches Reich): with the chaos in the streets, and many deaths, the Reichstag passes an act, by the request and full support from Müller, that makes paramilitary organizations without government support/recognition illegal and begins sending in the military, using the Fairly large WWI stockpile of weapons he kept for just this occasion. Berlin Police is nullified from enforcing the law after Müller declares martial law in the city, as the police take over. The Freikorps, a right wing paramilitary organization turned terrorist group, is the toughest one the military has to face, as it is large and experienced, filled with veterans, but the military manages to displace them and arrest some of its soldiers and commanders. With war reparations still being paid, the currency of the Weimar Republic continues to inflate with 75 Marks needed to make a dollar. Corporations continue to go out of business and become easy pickings for coincidentally Jewish Corporatist and other multinationals. In February, Hitler spoke before a crowd of nearly 6000 in Munich. To publicize the meeting, he sent out two truckloads of party supporters to drive around with swastikas, cause a big commotion, and throw out leaflets, the first time this tactic was used by the Nazis. Hitler was now gaining notoriety outside of the Nazi Party for his rowdy, at times hysterical tirades against the Treaty of Versailles, rival politicians and political groups, especially Marxists, and always the Jews. The Nazi Party was centered in Munich which had become a hotbed of ultra right-wing German nationalists. This included Army officers determined to crush Marxism and undermine or even overthrow the young German democracy centered in Berlin. Slowly, they began looking toward the rising politician, Adolf Hitler, and the growing Nazi movement as the vehicle to hitch themselves to. Hitler was already looking at how he could carry his movement to the rest of Germany. He traveled to Berlin to visit nationalist groups during the summer of 1921. But in his absence, he faced an unexpected revolt among his own Nazi Party leadership in Munich. The Party was still run by an executive committee whose original members now considered Hitler to be highly overbearing, even dictatorial. To weaken Hitler's position, they formed an alliance with a group of socialists from Augsburg. Hitler rushed back to Munich and countered them by announcing his resignation from the Party on July 11, 1921. They realized the loss of Hitler would effectively mean the end of the Nazi Party. Hitler seized the moment and announced he would return on the condition that he was made chairman and given dictatorial powers. At the next gathering, July 29, 1921, Adolf Hitler was introduced as Führer of the Nazi Party, marking the first time that title was publicly used to address him. The Banks within the country continue to fall being taken under control by Jewish bankers and such. German citizens struggle to make ends meet. Jews on the other hand, are living well due to their status in the country but also fuels further anti-Semitism. Due to their wealth, they would use their funds to buy properties and such extremely cheaply. This furthers Adolf Hitler's support as the Germans turn their backs on their Jewish neighbors more than usual with anti-Semitism being an issue in Europe for some time now. The average man could no longer sit back and not be political about the turbulence ahead as the extremist spectrums from both ends grows with the Nazi's having a very slight higher ground over the SPD. The government sells many of their military weaponry assets to help pay off reparations which ease inflation slightly which catches economic analysts off guard. A community attempts assassinating Müller but fortunately it fails. This causes a sharp rise in security as several rogue undercover organizations attempt blackmailing and attacking politicians they see as enemies. The Nazi Party was centered in Munich which had become a hotbed of ultra right-wing German nationalists. This included Army officers determined to crush Marxism and undermine or even overthrow the young German democracy centered in Berlin. Slowly, they began looking toward the rising politician, Adolf Hitler, and the growing Nazi movement as the vehicle to hitch themselves to. Hitler was already looking at how he could carry his movement to the rest of Germany. He traveled to Berlin to visit nationalist groups during the summer of 1921. But in his absence, he faced an unexpected revolt among his own Nazi Party leadership in Munich. The Party was still run by an executive committee whose original members now considered Hitler to be highly overbearing, even dictatorial. To weaken Hitler's position, they formed an alliance with a group of socialists from Augsburg. Hitler rushed back to Munich and countered them by announcing his resignation from the Party on July 11, 1921. They realized the loss of Hitler would effectively mean the end of the Nazi Party. Hitler seized the moment and announced he would return on the condition that he was made chairman and given dictatorial powers. At the next gathering, July 29, 1921, Adolf Hitler was introduced as Führer of the Nazi Party, marking the first time that title was publicly used to address him. The Banks within the country continue to fall being taken under control by Jewish bankers and such. German citizens struggle to make ends meet. Jews on the other hand, are living well due to their status in the country but also fuels further anti-Semitism. Due to their wealth, they would use their funds to buy properties and such extremely cheaply. This furthers Adolf Hitler's support as the Germans turn their backs on their Jewish neighbors more than usual with anti-Semitism being an issue in Europe for some time now. The average man could no longer sit back and not be political about the turbulence ahead as the extremist spectrums from both ends grows with the Nazi's having a very slight higer ground over the SPD. The government sells many of their military weaponry assets to help pay off reparations which ease inflation slightly which catches economic analysts off-guard. A community attempts assassinating Müller but fortunately it fails. This causes a sharp rise in security as several rogue undercover organizations attempt blackmailing and attacking politicians they see as enemies. The Nazi Party begins fighting in the courts to have their paramilitary group recognized with progress being made. At the end, approval is expected by early 1922.
 * No Mussolini, no inspired Hitler, also there isn’t going to be more inflation because we actually paid off our reparations.-Colgan
 * Maybe it's just me, but I am not sure how likely it is for reparations to be paid off in one year, but I'd be happy to see other arguments. -Nate
 * Impossible. - Steph
 * Egypt Dip: We send an envoy to Germany asking for 1500 rifles and 300 armored cars.
 * I am not a mod but I will say this, Adolf. Slow the fuck down. -warrior
 * Brazil Dip: To show the gratefullness of the Brazilian nation for the help of the Germans with the construction of the Trans-Amazon Railway, Brazil is willing to buy 2000 rifles and 300 transporters.
 * Armenia: By training (at least, somewhat) and arming almost the entire fighting-age male refugee population with purchased weaponry, coupled with substantial recruitment from the Armenian diaspora and the settled population, expands its military to 100,000, although the degree of anger at the Turks is such that conscription is largely unnecessary. Stripping troops from other sectors, almost the entirety of Armenian forces are concentrated in the Euphrates Valley, while artillery is also stripped from the whole country and concentrated to provide this force with offensive power. With Turkish troops concentrated in major cities, Armenian forces are pushed up the railway past Erzurum, enabling the encirclement of that city's garrison, which is then subjected to a concentrated bombardment followed by an assault spearheaded by troops recruited from refugees from the city, who are deeply familiar with local terrain. Efforts to resettle refugees in rural areas begin; agriculture is effectively nationalized to sustain the armies in the field and the large populations that have fled the genocide. The government considers expanding recruitment to include women; it recognizes that defeat in this war will allow the perpetrators of the genocide to escape justice and to secure the lands they stole from the victims of the massacres. Guerrilla units are formed from refugees and sent to cut Turkish supply lines in their former home regions, establishing bases in the remote mountains of the Anatolian Plateau. The government also buys and crudely arms a few biplanes from abroad, manning them with foreign pilots hired at usurious rates. Meanwhile, the Armenian government allies with Kurdish chieftains to recruit a Kurdish legion in the name of Kurdish self-determination and independence. Although this is distasteful to many, given Kurdish involvement in the genocide, others note that the Kurds also suffered some deportations and that there is no place for them in Mustafa Kemal's Turkish ethno-state. Kurdish guerrillas expand the war into southeastern Anatolia, further worsening Turkish supply problems. Armenian envoys, along with Kurds, are sent to to Constantinople to demand that self-determination be uphold and only ethnic Turkish regions be included in the Turkish state, and to demand an internationally observed plebiscite after refugees in Armenia are allowed to return to their homes in peace.
 * Nope, your population is around 500,000-900,000 around this time, no way you have 100,000 people.-Colgan.
 * I would argue that immediately post-genocidal states can mobilize a uniquely large percentage of the population, especially against the same people who committed the genocide. Israel mobilized c. 120,000 men in the 1948 Arab-Israeli War from a population of under a million. Besides, according to, 1920 Armenia had 1.3 million people.
 * Okay, this is bullshit. You claim you can raise greater troops by hiring Kurds. I would like to remind you, the Kurds were one of the greater perpetrators of the Armenian Genocide. They were hired by the Ottomans to do the dirty work. They are as Anti Armenian as the Turks. Remember, a "Turk" is ethnically Greek mostly, but they assimilated because they were Muslims, so thus became an enemy. (religious and ethnicity connection.) A "Kurd" are related to Armenians, but are Muslim. Just like Greek vs Turk, Armenian vs Kurd. What, should Steph create Turkish regiments in the Greek army? - warrior
 * Yeah, but the Kurds aren't ideological at this point. They're just disorganized tribes, many of whom got in on the massacres for plunder; the Russians hired lots of Kurdish auxiliaries during WWI, never mind that they were Christians and the Ottomans Muslims. They are developing a sense of nationalism and rebelled in 1920 OTL against Turkey, which is becoming exclusive and ethnonationalist under Mustafa Kemal. OTL the Turkish commander who put down the Kurdish rebellion of 1920 committed massacres and even described his goals as to "clean up" another inconvenient non-Turkish group, like they had done with the Armenians. So there are shared interests; I can definitely bribe and hire individual chieftains.
 * Persia: After hearing that Syria and Britain are fighting, many Persian men and women sign up as volunteers and are sent to Syria. Persian Diplomacy: The Shah requests a meeting with His Majesty Faisal.
 * Syria: Faisal ibn Hussein visits Iran to meet with the Shah, and thanks his support.
 * British Dip: Darn you, Persia!
 * Republic of Austria: Since the defeat of Austria-Hungary at at hands of the Allies the newly formed Republic of Austria has to face multiple problems such as economic issues and political instability. The newly elected Chancellor Micheal Mayr has issued many economic reforms replacing the old autocratic system with a newly formed capitalist economy.  Also with the army now reduced to 30,000 men we would like to sell military equipment to other nations. Nationalism also begins to rise as many Nationalist organizations protest against the Treaty of Saint-Germain-en-Laye which prevented the possible union between Germany and Austria and reduced the Austrian military as also forbidding the Habsburgs from returning to the throne of Austria. These Nationalists seek to reverse the Treaty imposed on Austria and to restore the monarchy. Mayr's economic reforms are very successful as the Austrian economy begins to improve as his popularity begins to increase as many Austrians find new jobs as the rate of  unemployment decreases rapidly across the nation.
 * German Dip: Despite these troubled times and what the entente May say, a majority of Germans still see Austria as their brothers, and due to this, we offer a trading pact, to represent that even though we cannot unify, Germany and Austria still stand strong together!
 * Austrian Dip: We accept the Germans offer as we believe that together we can rebuild our nations and finally restore peace.
 * Kingdom of Sweden: With Woman's Suffrage, it seems a new era for Sweden, but maybe not a good one. Iron Miners are under paid, under fed and in dangerous working conditions. Though protests are small, it may become dangerous. King Gustaf's son is named Honin. The four Brother's meet in Helsinki to discuss the details of the Soviet Threat and it is determined that Finland will arm and defend its border with the country and all countries will send volunteers to the border with Finnish soldiers. Germany continues to see funding from Sweden.
 * Most Serene Republic of San Marino: Influenced by their italian counterparts, the Fascist Party of San Marino as well as the Communist Party of San Marino grow among the small agrarian populace. Both are advocating industrialization, and modernization of the country and the current Captains Regent request Italian aid in modernization in order to help develop the country as well as ease trade between Italy and San Marino. The Captains Regent, urged by most parties in the parliament begin a debate on a more refined government organization.
 * Italian Diplomacy: A railway into San Marino would greatly increase traffic and aid both of our economies, as well as aid in your modernization. We propose a joint effort, to be undertaken within the next five years.
 * Italy: The Kingdom of Italy is headed by Victor Emmanuel III, known among some members of the populace as Il Re vittorioso (The Soldier King). However, the King's grip on his country is beginning to slip. While he was victorious in the Great War, the economy of Italy is suffering heavily. The disaffected portion of the population call him Sciaboletta (little saber), a crack at the King's diminutive height. Prime Minister Nitti is voted out of power in February after a vote of no confidence. Nicola Bombacci of the PSI is elected in late February, with the party winning 37% of the vote. The Turin Act is proposed, which would grant power to the unions and syndicates of Italy. It seems as if, after years of unrest, things might take a turn for the good. Italy's economy sees marked improvement as the strikes and riots begin to subside. However, the clear presence of fascism continues in Milan. The assassination of several union leaders bothers socialist leaders. Antonio Gramsci takes Lennon's offer and travels to Russia. The day after he leaves Italy, his residence burns down in an arson. The doors were barred and, if rumors are to be believed, blackshirts were waiting outside. Gramsci is not the only high-profile leader to be targeted. As Mussolini and Bombacci remained friends after Mussolini left the socialist party, the fascist leader loses a considerable amount of respect among his far-right cronies. In October, Bombacci is shot while entering his car. Gramsci learned via newspaper in front of several Russian delegates. The body of Bombacci was plastered on the front. Gramsci is described as having been deeply distraught, saying, "Look how they massacred my comrade." A new election is held and Tutli is elected. Almost immediately, he begins to reverse some of Bombacci's policy. The Chamber of Deputies regularly devolves into squabbling, which ultimately culminates in an all-out brawl on the Chamber floor. This brawl became publicized under a sensational name in English and American newspapers: The Friday Fisticuffs. The Italians, however, called this event Il Terminale. It signaled that democracy in Italy was no longer functioning. The strikes of 1920 began again, yet worse. Not only had the workers been wronged once more, the governing body of Italy had gone back on its word. Italy is in complete chaos. An arrest warrant is issued for Benito Mussolini due to his suspected complicity in the assassination of Bombacci, yet due to imcompetence in the constablury and chaos in the Chamber of Deputies, Mussolini is not arrested. Due to the chaos in northern Italy, frightened socialists had formed the Ardti del Popolo (The People's Daring Ones). On 6th December, the Ardti del Popolo marched on Mussolini's residence and, in an assassination attempt similar to that of Alexander Gramsci, his home's doors are barred and the house is set ablaze. Mussolini escapes through a window, heavily burned. He is taken by this militia back to Turin, where he remains imprisoned as of the end of this year. Alexander Gramsci returns to Italy in late November and begins speaking at various universities about communism. In the meantime, a rising star in the socialist party named Amadeo Bordiga declares that the peaceful democratic rise of socialism cannot and will not happen. He publishes the Ravenna Thesis, which outlines his beliefs. He begins gathering a number of strikers, union workers, and Gramsci's revolutionized masses.
 * United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland: In the year of 1921, the United Kingdom finds itself as the world's largest Empire in history, administering a staggering 33 million square miles and a population of 423 million people. Despite being victorious in the Great War, the slaughterhouses of campaigns such as the Somme and Gallipoli are left engrained within British society for decades to come. However, conflicts such as the Anglo-Irish war, the Turkish crisis and the Arab crisis continue to linger as major conflicts of interest for the British Empire. Under a coalition Government of Liberals and Conservatives, Prime Minister David Lloyd George continues to govern. In Ireland, under martial law during the gruelling Anglo-Irish war, British forces are left in statement with Irish para-militaries. Prime Minister Lloyd-George under pressure from the Opposition and King George V himself and facing intense criticism both home and abroad, writes to Irish Republican leader Éamon de Valera urging a conference for negotaition preceded by an immediate ceasefire and for the IRA to lay down their weapons. While agreeing to the conference, the IRA refuses the British demand, stalling the conference. As to prevent the ceasefire being broken, it is eventually agreed that British soldiers would remain in their barracks and a general relaxation of martial would occur. The truce, coneciding with King George's statement urging peace reconciliation between all Irishmen regardless of denomination, proves to be fairly peaceful. After months of gridlocked negotiation, a settlement is finally reached. It is debated within Dáil Éireann and narrowly passed. It quickly passes through the Houses of Parliament and receives Royal approval. The Settlement paves the way for the Anglo-Irish Treaty establishing the Irish Free State, one of His Majesty's Dominions, herby concluding the Anglo-Irish War. The result leading to massive demographic, with Catholic families moving in to the newly established South. Meanwhile, Protestant families move immigrate to the North. Despite the significant achievement of the Anglo-Irish Treaty, the Arab crisis becomes a highly controversial issue within the Cabinet. Newly appointed Colonial Secretary Winston Churchill urges retaliatory action to protect the British Mandate of Palestine from the Hashemites. In contrast, prominent figures in the Cabinet attempt to filibuster any attempt to do so. After many heated Cabinet meetings, treating to rip the Coalition apart, Prime Minister David Lloyd-George approves of Secreatry Churchill's plan to send 7000 soldiers to preserve Mandatory Palestine. The action is seen with particular curiosity in Mandatory Iraq in which the Hashemite Faisal Ibn Husayn was declared King just a year prior. To respond to this, the Colonial Office declares that the United Kingdom ceases all relations with the Hashemite Royal families.  This nullifies Faisal's position and he is quickly arrested. The drastic change in Middle Eastern policy alienates many of the high ranking officials within the Colonial and Foreign offices against Secretary Churchill. Domestically within the United Kingdom, the growth in popularity of mass-media is coupled with the growth of the British cinema industry. The British Empire continues to lead the world, politically, economically, culturally and scientifically. Lord Curzon arrives in Constantinople to negotiate a peaceful settlement to the Turkish Crisis and a possible revision of the Treaty of Sevres.
 * British Dip: Take that countries who want us to leave Syria!
 * Persian Diplomacy: Persia is offering to negotiate the release of King Faisal.
 * Gold Coast: Under the administration of Governor Sir Frederick Gordon Guggisberg, the colonial government continues its policy of infrastructure development for the benefit of the natives rather than solely for European capitalists. As a result, various western-hospitals, education centres and railway lines are built across the profitable colony. The exploitation and varieties of natural resources such as gold, metal ores, diamonds, ivory, pepper, timber, grain and cocoa continues.
 * Colony and Protectorate of Nigeria: The crown colony of British Nigeria proves to be a difficult situation for Governor Sir Hugh Clifford, due to the divisions between the majority Muslim North Nigeria and the Southern Nigeria. Southern Nigeria tended to be more developed than the North. To counter this, Governor Clifford proposed implementing practises that had worked in the South in to the North, which would lead to uproar amongst the Northern Emirs. This would prove difficult due to the very decentralised system of governance adopted previous Governor Frederick Luggard. Sir Clifford's opposition to these concepts placed him in conflict with Lieutenant Governor Richmond Parker.
 * East African Protectorate (Kenya): On June the 23rd, the inland areas of the Protectorate were annexed as British dominions by Order in Council. The new colony was placed under Commissioner Sir Edward Northey. Within the colony, tension begins to rise between White settlers and the natives objecting to these settler's. The conflict reaches its boiling point when a fight occurred between a native and a settler, leading to a series of provocations almost causing a massacre. Order is restored by the local military, leaving the highlands to be briefly under martial law, causing more bitterness amongst the settlers and natives.
 * Mandatory Palestine: A legion of 7000 British soldiers arrives in Mandatory Palestine in order to restore order and prevent the Hashemite Syrian's from continuing their advance. They proceed to launch an attack on Syrian encampments in Nazareth, assisted by light artillery fire and aerial assistance, marking the first time aeroplanes were used in armed conflict within the desert. The battle is won with relative ease. Following the brutal defeat, the British army co-ordiantes an offensive quickly capturing areas of Southern Syria and Lebanon. A final offensive is planned to take Damascus.
 * There is no colonial office in Damascus, Faisal is in Iran.
 * French Dip: 10,000 soldiers are sent to Syria. Britain is told to stand down. Five Dewoitine D.1s are moved into Syria and begin patrolling the front line.

1922
'''The Far Eastern Republic takes up administration duties in areas occupied by the Bolsheviks in the Far East. The government is mainly made up of National bolsheviks and white defectors. (Subject to the rp between Feud and NK)'''

Advances in Crimea lead to the total surrender of remaining white forces in Sevastopol, the Russian Civil War is officially over.

Azerbaijan declares its alliance to Turkey, and devotes its military to help fight Armenia in order to officially end the conflict on pause from 1919.

'''the National Bolshevik Party is founded in Hamburg, Northern Germany. The party campaigns within Hamburg, blaming capitalism for Germany’s troubles and claiming that the previous and current “regimes” were not true German patriots, but corrupt Bourgeoisie corporatists, and denounced the currently ruling Social Democrat Party, and the Republic as a whole. They gain sweeping popularity in Hamburg and neighboring towns.'''

Any peace proposed in Manchuria is rejected by their respective military officers, mostly from powerful warlords.

The Republic of China invades some of its neighbors in an attempt to unify China.

Swedish Miners adhere to the new Social Party of Sweden, who promises a new economic system that will benefit the workers, the mothers, and the richer.

In Romania, many people in Bucharest start a tradition of speaking in rhymes - the use of which in casual conversation is considered synonymous with high breeding and a respectable intelligence.

Southern Slavic Unity grows in the Kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes.

'''As the US embassy to Britain continues to pressure the dip it mentioned last turn, the Arab Army under the Hashemites manages to hold off the British from taking all of Northern Palestine, in spite of their close defeat in Nazereth. '''

'''The American Highway Act is widely accepted by local and state governments, and many corporations heavily invest in the development of the road system, including Ford Automotives. '''

'''Socialist meeting places in Milan, Italy are infiltrated and burned to the grown by Mussolini’s “Blackshirts”. Blackshirts confront the anarchists in the street, looking for Mussolini.'''


 * Persia: Even more volunteers are sent to Syria. The Shah holds a speech about Persia and its future on the national holiday. Persian Diplomacy: The Shah requests a meeting with the French Foreign Minister regarding the Arab crisis.


 * Zhili Clique: The Beiyang army continues its offensive into Manchuria against the Fengtien clique as the Fengtien-Zhili war rages, aiming to secure the coast and attacking the major cities. Meanwhile, Chinese nationalism continues to spread among the populace as the spirit of the May Fourth Movement from 1919 remains alive and well. In order to avoid the Kuomintang's critique of the Beijing government being too weak on the foreigners and thus losing support from the nationalistic elements of the population, President Cao Kun decides to act. The Beijing government, as the internationally recognized government of the Republic of China, asks the United States to renounce and end extraterritoriality for its citizens in China. Cao Kun also asks Japan for diplomatic support. [Player Responses] A Ministry of Foreign Affairs is also reformed under the leadership of experienced diplomat Wu Tingfang, appointed as Foreign Minister. As the army continues to fight against the Fengtien, the Ministry of War is reformed, with Wu Peifu named as the Minister of War. German and Japanese weapons and equipment prove useful, but are not enough in quantity to be issued to every unit, and the government makes an effort to purchase more. More army improvements are planned once the war comes to some sort of conclusion. The government also takes steps to modernize the country's criminal code from the previous Qing imperial criminal code, with lawyers starting to make the first drafts. With Japanese help in improving Chinese industry, an effort is made to start more factories that can allow China to make larger quantities of its own military equipment.
 * Russian Soviet Republic: Bukharin in a triumphant push begins the major assault on Vladivostok entering the city with nearly 50,000 troops followed up by another 50,000 ready to reinforce as the Red Army pushes the Japanese out of the city. Seeing not only a victory but vengeance for the humiliation of the Russo-Japanese war, Bukharin declares the puppeted Far Eastern Republic null and void and it is annexed into the Russian SFSR posthaste. With troops at the Ready the Red Army surges over into the Korean border pushing into Korea but meets stiff and dedicated Japanese resistance which turns back the Red Army. While interestingly this breaks the air of Japanese Superiority, it also blunts further Far Eastern expansionary efforts of the Russian Soviets who call it a day and reassert total control over the Far East. With the total collapse of the Whites, and with multiple avenues open Lenin orders the invasion of the Caucasus and in short order also topples the straw house Central Asian Muslim Republic leveraging high socialist tendencies in the region to take the state pretty much without a fight. The invasions of the Caucasus, however, are a stiff fight and a plan is made to stage every invasion one after the other with the Kuban Republic being overrun, and the Don Republic losing the last vestige of manpower it had in Crimea, the two republics are effectively overrun in quick succession and annexed. The plan to invade the mountain republics is established as well  With first, the invasion of Azerbaijan, then Georgia but, however, seeing a way to not have to fight Armenia, Lenin approaches Atatürk in secret offering him the ability to gain his vengeance and solidify his prestige and political standing by crushing Armenia but then turning over the territory to the Russians following the crushing of Armenia. With the solidification of Bolshevik control over pretty much all of Russia and much of its former imperial territories the further reconstitution of Russian industry continues but rather than reconstitute some smaller regions from before a plan to more effectively bring industry to Ekaterinburg, Tyumen and Omsk begins with a specific goal outlined to bring settlement and industrial potential to the Far East of Russia. The Russian Soviet Republic moving nearly 85,000 troops into the area around the Central Asian breakaways demands their submission. (mod, please) Gramsci is given a tour of both Moscow and Petrograd specifically and after many high level talks is escorted back to Italy by a specialized formalized Red Guards unit consisting of 300 high level and experienced veterans of the civil war. With the quick and decisive invasion of Georgia the Russian Soviet Republic annexes the territory outright and moves troops into its new puppet state of Azerbaijan and allows their own invasion of Armenia to continue. Seeing an issue with industrial product on the horizon and the recovering agriculture of the Russian state, some regulation is put into place on the industrial sector to prevent a massive jump in the price of industrial goods. In order to facilitatre this CHEKA is dissolved and a series of state run corporation to handle distribution and somewhat pricing is put into effect. This is moderately successful initially as modifications and the evolution of the NEP sees a more prosperous economy beginning to develop. While a blow to the Soviet oil industry interestingly enough back channels remain open as through various proxies the oil industry in Baku begins to normalize as does its investment now coming from various sources. Zinoviev sends a letter to the British to open up normal trade relations again (this happened OTL in 1921 due to the NEP being amiable to the British). Regardless of other issues, overland the development of the NEP and other trade relations to other nations begins to allow for the Soviets to begin garnering capital which begins to be reinvested or loaned out under the NEP for the Soviet industry. The Soviets specifically begin sourcing industrial equipment where-ever possible making noticeably powerful purchases out of Germany abusing its disorganized and chaotic state to make many under the table and some obvious purchases of key industrial elements to allow the expansion of Soviet industry.
 * Azeri Dip: Since Azerbaijan is allied with the Turks and is fighting Armenia, Azerbaijan requests the Soviets not to invade them, and instead proposes an alliance and other stuff. The stuff that is proposed effectively make Azerbaijan a puppet of the Soviets.
 * Soviet Dip: The Russian Soviet Republic agrees to the deal.
 * the Basmuchi or whatever it’s called surrender, battered and defeated.
 * Armenian Diplomacy: to avoid the humiliation of Azeri and Turkish occupation, clearly doomed, and exhausted by war, Armenia offers to surrender unconditionally to the Soviets if they promise not to place it under Turkish or Azeri rule.
 * Soviet Dip: The Soviets agree and outright annex Armenia bringing three divisions into Yerevan to secure total control.
 * United States of America: Domestically, efforts to continue on with the National Highway Act continue, with the target date of completion being 1931. The same holds true for the continuing work on the Naval Act of 1916, with 1922 marking the year that the United States Navy now holds parity with the British Royal Navy. By the time of the Act’s completion in 1926, the US Navy will hold the position of most powerful Navy uncontested. Changes are made to procurement, however, with the decision to scrap the Florida and Wyoming-class Battleships in addition to the South Carolina and Delaware-class dreadnoughts and the entire fleet of Pre-Dreadnoughts. A further two South Dakota-class battleships, in addition to the six already planned, are to be constructed with the savings. The plan for further Battlecruisers is, however, ended in favor of two, the Lexington and Saratoga, and the conversion of three other hulls to be aircraft carriers. Meanwhile, in conjunction with Congress, Vice President Lenroot succeeds in the formation of the Securities and Exchanges Commission (SEC), which seeks to temper speculation and illegal activities in Wall Street. In a sop to business interests, the Tax Act of 1922 reduces or eliminates several tax holdovers from the war, including the excess profits tax. Foreign policy wise, the three gunboats deployed to China are utilized on the Yangtze in addition to American vessels already present, securing that waterway up to Nanking. The US Marines are also returned to China, with the 4th Regiment being used to secure Shanghai. An additional two US Army Regiments are deployed, securing the aforementioned Nanking and Chenkiang. Requests by the Zhili Clique are ignored, and the US breaks relations in favor of recognizing the Republic of China in the south as the legitimate government of China; customs duties collected within the American areas of control are thus re-routed to the RoC. Closer to home, the 8000 man deployment to Cuba is continued, assisting the Cuban government in controlling Leftist elements and protecting American sugar interests. Due to unrest in Cuban ports, the American position at Guantanamo Bay begins to be used to assist in exports. Finally, as a result of the growing Bolshevik threat, President Leonard Wood expands the scope and capacities of the Federal Bureau of Investigations. Among the first orders of business of the FBI is the arrest of Jacob Schiff for funneling $20 million to Soviet Russia; Kuhn, Loeb, and Company and the American Jewish Committee are both shut down in the aftermath. William Thompson, a wealthy New York Banker who did the same through his connections in the Petrograd branch of National City Bank, is likewise arrested, among others. Pressure from President Wood also halts the efforts by the Federal Reserve to supply $1 Billion to Soviet Russia, while Red Cross efforts within the nation are also ended. Using the findings of the Overmann Committee held by Congress in 1919, President Wood also declares an embargo of American goods, technologies, and investments to the nascent Soviet Russian state. It is estimated by the Department of State that this will cost 20% of Soviet foreign exchange earnings by 1928 and cripple the development of their oil industry. More importantly, the loss of American investment and importation of technology is expected to reduce the Soviet industrial base by two thirds by 1930.
 * Persian Diplomacy: The Sublime State of Persia requests American arbitration in the conflict between Britain and Syria.
 * US Department of State: The United States once again reiterates its desire to all of the combatants to respect American private property and citizens, as well as once again states it stands ready to arbitrate the disputes between the various nations in a fair and amicable manner.
 * Empire of Austria: Following Karl I's attempts to seize the throne of Hungary he Austrian Government banished the Habsburgs from Austria thus preventing the restoration of the Habsburgs in Austria. In response the Nationalists organized massive protests in many major cities in Austria. However, on the 8th of March, Chancellor Micheal Mayr ordered the military to disperse the protesters resulting in a massive bloody engagement known as Bloody Wednesday in which lead to Mayr losing his popularity as 200 lives were lost during the engagement. Mayr then resigned two days later resultig in the Austrian Parliament giving emergency powers to Michael Hainisch the current President of Austria which angered the Nationalists further more. The Nationalists then launched a successful coup against the Austrian Government on the 15th of March, one week after the events of Bloody Wednesday before inviting Karl I to be the Emperor of  Austria. After Karl agreed, Karl was crowned Emperor of Austria on the 17th of March. However, Karl who was already ill died three weeks later on the 1st of April and leaving his nine year old son Otto von Habsburg to succeed him. Since Otto von Habsburg was still a minor and the Nationalists wanted to keep the monarchy alive Karl's younger brother, Archduke Maximilian Eugen of Austria, was proclaimed Emperor of Austria on the 6th of April as Maximilian I of Austria. For the rest of the year Maximilian I concentrated on redoing Mayr's economic reforms and issued new political reforms With the formation of the new Habsburg state the new Emperor would like to have global recognition as the Head of State of Austria as this would solidify his rule. In addition Otto I would like to revise the Treaty of Saint-Germain-en-Laye in which he considers unequal for the people of Austria.
 * US Department of State: The United States of America recognizes the newly restored Habsburg Monarchy as the lawful head of state of Austria, but states that the current Post-War realities do not align with allowing substantial changes to the Treaty of Saint-Germain. The United States will support, on the basis of the ongoing Bolshevik threat, a limited re-arming of the Austrian military as well as a union between the Crowns of Austria and Hungary.


 * Nope
 * Sir Eric Drummand, Secretary-General of the League of Nations, strongly condemns the reinstatement of the Hapsburg monarchy, as a blatant violation of the spirit of the Treaty of Saint-Germain. An emergency meeting of ambassadors from the former Entente will deliberate on the matter.
 * Italian Diplomacy: Our people fought and died in a rich man's war for nothing, it would appear. This illegal, imperialist action is concerning. Our previous border skirmishes have painted a clear picture that Austria does indeed seek to bring Europe into war once more. The people of Italy condemn the Hapsburg monarchy and shall attend the emergency meeting of the League of Nations. - Antonio Gramsci, Prime Minister of Italy.
 * Romania: People's Front coalition leader Alexandru Averescu wins the snap elections. A majority leftist government is assigned. Alexandru congratulates the Soviets on their dashing victory in Russia. Meanwhile, the Armored Cars, with the help of German scientists are produced. Also, the recently acquired "Greater Romania" territories continue to improve administration and rule of law, with fair courts set in place. Valuble Coal, Iron, Gas, and Oil assets are nationalized to create wealth. Wealth is relatively evened out yet the economy is capitalist (albeit greater welfare) and is a step more market friendly than the NEP. Alexandru impresses parliament with his talk rythming abilities. Also an ideology arises amoung centrist-liberal circles, known as "Pan Europeanism." The military adopts Mauser rifles and begins using OTL Fascist Italian-style combat helmets.


 * The Hellenic Republic: Overextended and poorly supplied due to constant attacks on Greek transportation leave the Army of Asia Minor in dire straits by mid-March. Although battle-hardened and veteran, morale falls quickly after the highs of the advance. Wisely the high command orders a partial retreat, but the slow moving Greek army is caught by a rapidly moving Turkish counterattack. The Army of Asia Minor, now poorly positioned and unable to bring a majority of its arms to bear begins a full scale retreat back to Smyrna. By August the ~160,000 surviving Greeks of the Army of Asia Minor are trapped in small coastal pockets in and around Smyrna. Supplies are running short, and by September the Greek command offers a ceasefire on humanitarian grounds. Meanwhile, the United Kingdom and the United States are asked to provide peacekeeping forces to protect Greek and Turkish civilians from reprisal attacks. Following the ceasefire, Greek negotiators meet with Turkish representatives in order to secure a satisfactory peace, so that both Greece and the new Turkey may rebuild from war. Greek and Turkish representatives meet in Constantinople to negotiate. Venizelos and Atatürk meet personally to determine the future of Greco-Turkish relations. The two leaders are rumored to have begun the negotiations on cold terms, but quickly warm up to each other's wit. By the end of the conference they jointly announce their resolve in saving both the Turkish and Greek Peoples. In December of 1922 the Greco-Turkish War officially ends with the joint signing of the Treaty of Konstantinople. With peace finally arrived, Prime Minister Venizelos and his government finally have a chance to repair the damages of nearly a decade of near constant war.
 * Turkey: The year begins as Turkey's darkest yet, as Greek troops stood poised to take Ankara and dissolve all organized Turkish resistance. However, thanks to heroic resistance, the Greek advance is halted. Kemal puts into place the next part of his plan against the exhausted and war-weary Greek army. The number of soldiers on the Western Front now number roughly 200,000, roughly the same as the overextended Greek army. The Caliphate Army, one-half that number, attacks Greek lines in the south in mid-March, puncturing through light defences and threatening to surround the Greeks near Ankara. The National Army in front of Ankara also launches an attack, resulting in the Greek army beginning a steady retreat toward Izmir. By September, there are many Greek refugees and soldiers stranded in the city, too many for the Greek navy to evacuate. Turkish forces demand a surrender, which is met under conditions. Namely, Greek forces and civilians are allowed to evacuate and any civilians that stay will be protected by peacekeeping forces from Britain and France (Please respond if you provide peacekeepers). With the war essentially won in Anatolia, the Turks now look to reclaiming Constantinople and Thrace from Greece. Threats are not well-received by the Greek government, which warns of stern determination to keep Thrace. Attempts by Turkish soldiers to infiltrate Constantinople disguised as women are uncovered by occupational forces and with the Ottoman navy impounded it quickly becomes apparent that Turkish forces cannot cross over into Europe. Disgruntled but with little choice, Turkish negotiators meet with Greek counterparts in Constantinople, first to declare a general armistice in December and work on peace negotiations. The results of these negotiations will be published shortly. In the east, Kemal accepts the Soviet offer and works with Azerbaijani counterparts for a final offensive. The Sentinel Army, now a 100,000 strong, prepares for a general offensive against Armenia alongside the Azerbaijani army. Well supplied by Soviet arms and reinforcements from the diminished fighting in the west, the army hopes to end the war quickly. A few Turkish aircraft are used to locate and then bomb Armenian fortifications. Kemal urges Armenia to surrender unconditionally. If they do so, they will not suffer the scourge of war. 
 * Egypt Dip: If Peacekeeping operations are to be conducted, we request that we can support the operation with 200-500 troops.
 * Mexico: Recovery from the Mexican Revolution of the 1910s is going smoothly, with new infrastructure and economic reconstruction on the way. However, with our ability to rebuild still somewhat impaired, the Mexican government asks its neighbor to the north to invest in rebuilding and modernizing Mexican infrastructure and for economic assistance (USA RESPONSE) .
 * US Department of State: American oil companies start a joint venture with the Mexican Government, known as Mexican Petroleum (PEMEX); general investments into other areas follow.


 * Tsardom of Bulgaria: the Bulgarian nation is weary after their recent defeat in WWI. Though Bulgaria faired better then Germany in terms of post-war punishments, the nation has lost its most prized possessions: Macedonia and Dobroujea, which were considered integral parts of Bulgaria, but hey! At least we still have our Tsar! Boris III of Bulgaria is very well respected and liked, though is pitied for having to take over a country at the brink of defeat. Numerous revanchist nationalist movements campaign in the streets for the rebirth of Bulgaria! For the revenge! But all stays quiet, as Bulgarian National Assembly, still in power continues to run democratically, with a prime minister at the head. The National Assembly continues to bicker about domestic issues, and is lead by a majority Pro-Government candidates. Simon Zolyar, a 36-year-old man in Sofia, becomes radicalized, and is inspired by Kolchak, Mussolini, and Atatürk’s nationalistic views and sentiments, and creates his own picture of an ideology of his own, and combines monarchism with it, and creates “Bulgarism”, it’s a combination of ultranationalist beliefs, revanchism and monarchism, and wishes to recreate the Bulgarian Empire and fulfill the Greater Bulgaria question. The economy stalls this year, which forces the government to engage in foreign trade. We secretly support the Turkish National Assembly, and request a secret trading pact to be signed with the Turks (MP RESPONSE NEEDED!!).
 * Romania Dip: U wot, mate??? says the King and the political parties of all spectrums in Romania. Meanwhile, in response to this threatening development, the border is fortified.
 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. This leads to the government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artist begin to make to national headline as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked upon. Due to calls to for a Constitution, we form one. With recent actions in Syria, we call for restraint, and keep 1500 troops in the Gaza and Negev, they are still ordered to not open fire upon troops (on any side).  
 * Empire of Japan: The siege of Vladisvostok ends in disaster after days of brutal fighting, the forces under the command of Yui Mitsue are forced ot withdraw after suffering 30,000 casualties as well as having to deal with Anti-Japanese partisans. With the Soviets pressing hard behind the Japanese leave a lot of weaponry. Yui's forces are saved at the Japanese border by Shigeru Honjo who manages push back the Red Army at the Tuman River. Following this, the Soviet halt is acknowledged with Japanese forces entrentching themselves at the border in vigilance. Back in Tokyo the government of Hara Takashi collapses following mass protests and violence as right wing militants and military personal crackdown on protestors. A new administration under Kato Takaaki following Emperor Taisho's dismissal of Takashi. Takaaki forms a cabinet filled with moderates from the military, liberals and more moderate conservatives. Their first act is to pass the The general election law granting universal male suffrage to men of 25 or older. The military also see a major reshuffling as many of the leaders who pushed to remain in Siberia are publicly shamed and forced into retirement. The romantic notion of Japanese invinsiblity is shattered in the minds of both the civlian population and the military leading to extensive efforts to revise national military policies. Shigeru Honjo is promoted to Lt. General and is turned into a hero while Yui Mitsui commits suicide. Honjo quickly begins researching the Soviet military policies during the civil war and the developments of German and British military tactics in the late war period in an effort to start revaming and modernizing the Japanese forces to the changing times. In opposition to him is General Sadao Araki whose faction begin looking toward purifying the spirits of Japanese fighters and embracing their warrior heritage. Kato Takaaki also begins attempting to revitalize the economy by increasing its support for the industrialization of Korea, establishment of economic ties in Manchuria and the various Chinese factions, he also offers the Reds a formal summit to discuss peace in the Far East. In Korea efforts to improve relations between Koreans and Japanese, with a lifting of the ban on Korean names, and expansion of poitions within the imperial forces and civil administration being granted to collaborators. Industrialization of Keijo (Seoul) and the southern ports continues while agricultural reforms are carried with vigor. Extensive railways are further built both in Korea and Taihoku (Taiwan). Japanese envoys are sent to the United Kingdom to renegotiate the Anglo-Japanese treaty in an effort to maintain the alliance. Naval and military expansion begin anew as major reforms are brought to the discussion table. New technologies from the war are observed with great interest being placed in the mobile aircraft platforms developed by the British. Merchants and diplomats are sent to the different Chinese factions offering trade, and help in development particularly in Manchuria though this is done in quiet and with discretion so as not to upset the officially recognized government. A secret envoy is sent to the US formally requesting they ease up on their intervention in China as it could upset the economy of the region and it was also a violation of the American hands off policy. 
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: With the close defeat at Nazereth, the Arab Legion regroups at Acre, digging in a trench on the outskirts of the city to prepare for a seige. An additional 15,000 veterans and volunteers are assembled in Damascus, and proceed to form a defensive line at the mountain pass near the Golan heights. Should the British make any advance, the two forces will converge on the expedition, cutting off their retreat. We call on more full support from our allies of Egypt, Persia and Turkey to support our independence, as well as actual military protection promised from France. Prince Zeid is left in Damascus to call the Syrian parliament, actinga s regent in Faisal's name. The King, his son and daughters have all moved to Iran, for fear of losing the capital to the British.
 * Egypt Dip: 1000 Wafd Party supporters (militias) go to Syria to help in the "Syrian Crisis".
 * Bolivia: An attempted coup by the opposition Liberal Party leads the ruling Republicans to incarcerate the military high command for fear of their Liberal sympathies. Now unpaid and lacking central control, many military units mutiny. This, in turn, provokes one of Bolivia's periodic peasant revolts against the ruling oligarchy - but, with the military not in a position to repress the rebels, this one actually succeeds. Many military units join the rebels or open armories to them as mobs of rural campesinos pour into Sucre and La Paz, venting decades of suppressed rage at their complete political disenfranchisement by looting, burning and killing. Mine workers and members of Bolivia's few, illegal unions join them. By March, more than 30,000 - including the ruling elite of both parties, as well as most members of the economic oligarchy - are dead and the presidential Palace has been razed. Lacking any clear ideology, the rebels demand nationalization of the mines and full political enfranchisement. A chaotic election in May in which nearly everyone who wishes to vote does produces a constitutional convention which rapidly rewrites Bolivia's constitution, enfranchising all adults, nationalizing the mines, revoking all foreign ownership of Bolivian assets, disavowing all foreign loans (especially the recent loan from the US which entitled it to control Bolivia's tax collection for repayment), and declaring the campesinos' main languages, Aymara, Quechua and Guarani, to be national languages along with Spanish. Released from detention, most of the military stays on willingly enough, particularly when they note that the constitution commits the government to building a German-style conscript army (although at least some delegates seem to want to use this to invade neighbouring states to capture exiles who fled the revolt). Although many want to rename Bolivia, resenting Simon Bolivar for building an oligarchic state to begin with, they forget to include a new name in the constitution, leaving the country technically nameless. By the year's end, union leader Gustavo Navarro secures control of the new, unicameral National Assembly, thus becoming the first Chancellor of the new republic of ... something, while pro-peasant Methodist preacher Nestor Penarenda is elected a figurehead president.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Kingdom of Italy is headed by Victor Emmanuel III, known among some members of the populace as Il Re vittorioso (The Soldier King). However, the King's grip on his country is beginning to slip. While he was victorious in the Great War, the economy of Italy is suffering heavily. The disaffected portion of the population call him Sciaboletta (little saber), a crack at the King's diminutive height. Prime Minister Turati continues to divide the PSI while figures such as Antonio Gramsci and Amadeo Bordiga revolutionize the increasingly angry youth and workers. Antonio Gramsci appeals to the academics and people alike by referencing more romantic notions of the French Revolution. A popular book compares the current struggle in Italy to the lives of animals on farms. Meanwhile, Bordiga launches a massive propaganda campaign intending to revolutionize workers. These works inspire artists all over Italy to create thousands of portrayals mirroring the situation in Italy. A filmmaker named Guieseppi Roccia becomes famous worldwide for his film Fuga dei Dannati or Flight of the Damned. This 38-minute long film plays in nickelodeons all over Italy. Featuring Italian futurist art, it is a great pioneering in cinema and popularizes an early science fiction genre. Riots in Northern Italy threaten to tear the country apart. Roads to Milan are cut off, by the city itself, Mussolini sympathizers having taken control of the city. In March, Mussolini is tried in a people's court and executed. These roadblocks quickly turn violent. The guerrilla fighting continues for a week between Mussolini sympathizers and revolutionaries in the city before the former's support fizzles out. In May, the king of Italy, wishing not to give the revolutionaries a platform, dissolves the Chamber of Ministers. Revolutionaries in Turin take control of the city before workers councils rise up to restore the power to the people - then in Rpmagna, Fruili and Milan. Gramsci and Bordiga's forces ally and march on Rome. The demonstration sweeps through Tuscany, where disgruntled workers join the demonstration. With them are the revolutionaries Russia sent. The demonstration arrives in Rome on 29 August, 1922. Drastic measures are taken to disperse riots and break up protests, but to no avail. Fires break out in Rome; socialists think Italian loyalists started it, as it began away from the immediate chaos. After two weeks of chaos, King Emmanuel III surrenders. He is forced to revoke his claim to any title he holds. He accepts. Antonio Gramsci is recorded as having said, "You are us now." Victor Emmanuel chooses to live a quiet life on a farm. The Chamber of Ministers is replaced by Il Forum Popolo – the People's Forum. It functions as a Soviet council. The Parliament is purged of problematic senators, though there are few removals in the early months. The colonies of Italy are restructured; care is taken to re-appropriate borders in favor of oppressed peoples. Italy announces plans to grant independence to these states, albeit they will have socialist governments. Antonio Gramsci becomes the General Secretary of the Socialist Party and is elected Prime Minister. Bordigo begins consolidating a standing army to protect Italy. Celebrations all over Italy commence. The Vatican is offered protection, so long as the Italian people may receive communion and anti-socialist propaganda not take place during Mass. San Marino is offered protection as well. The new Italian government works on heavy expansion of industry and infrastructure, with the newly-socialized Fiat pacing the way in the last endeavor. By October, the nation is making money once again. By December, the economy is sharply improving.
 * Republic of the United States of Brazil: The building of the Trans-Amazon Railway has now completed the first step of the whole track with the conection of São Luís. The single steps will be completed by starting between two major cities at the coast and meeting at a smaller town or city in the middle. The steel production is also highly increased to cover the immense need of steel and tools to complete the railway, thus pushing the popularity of social democratic and communist ideals. At the March 25th, 1922 meeting, the Partido Comunista Brasileiro is formed. The leadership of the PCB asks for recognition and aid from their comrades in Moscow (Soviet response, please). Meanwhile, the government keeps track of its modernization program with introducing compulsory school attendance from children between the age of seven and 13 as well as the building of many public elementary schools.
 * Sinkiang: Unexpectedly, an ethnic Han Chinese man from Manchuria to become the leader of Sinkiang. The unexpected had happened. His name was Sheng Shicai. Sheng wanted to make his citizens happy so he invaded Mongolia, Afghanistan and Tibet. He took the Uyghur lands from them and made a "Greater Sinkiang". Sheng also made reforms for his government and made an effective state, a state that would be guaranteed to last forever, or so he thought.
 * Kingdom of Sweden As the Social Party gains popularity, King Gustaf, along with his son, come out of hiding and with Prime Minister Barloe Kraskøi, begin the control of the Social Party, but it will soon, depend on the elections to come next year. Gustaf's son, Heir to the Throne, is a mere two years of age but is shown to have a short temper and is aggressive. With the continuation of the funding for German Reconstruction, Sweden wishes to grow closer to the Germans and in return for the money, requests if Germany, some time in the future, may export weapons and tanks to the Swedes. (German Response Needed!!)
 * Poland: First Marshal Josef Pilsudski de facto leads Poland, although presidential elections are slated to take place. The central lithuanian rebellion ends (as it did OTL) as the Republic votes to join Poland. Tensions with Lithuania rise over control of the region, even after peace talks in Brussels. At the end of the year, the first ever President of Poland, Gabriel Narutowicz, is assassinated. Marshal Pilsudski, convinced of the failure of the march constitution after this, places himself as head of state and charges the Sejm of creating a new constitution. Janusz Radziwill, a Polish Noble, forms the Polish National Monarchist Party (Polska Narodowa Partia Monarchistyczna or PNPM), banking on catholic conservative sentiment and the failure of the republican government. Radziwill also begins a "charity" in which large amounts of poor poles are given money and food as well as train tickets to Danzig in an attempt to Pole-ify the one port city in a customs union with Poland. The charity is called the Gdansk Foundation, and also encourages Poles to vote in Danzig elections in an attempt to put a pro-Polish party in power.
 * This is a test.
 * Weimar Republic: With the rise of National Bolshevism, Hitler immediately calls it out to be a Jewish conspiracy against the Germans to try to divide the people in order to be more easily manipulated. Hitler continues to conduct rallies and speeches in southern Germany but takes a visit on Christmas to Berlin but is shocked to see the level of perversion and “degeneracy” that the cities hubs had to offer and the struggling Germans. The Marke blows up in inflation and goes up to 400 Markes to the dollar. Due to negligence within the system of currency production, no counter to the inflation is seen. Hitler's supporters double in size. In the meantime, political affairs seem to be more lax than previously. Purchases of properties by multinational bankers continues while anti-Semitism gradually rises as more people call it out. WWI supplies continue to be sold to those who request which gives some funds to continue paying off reparations but barely leave a dent.Germans who can't afford to live in the current state of Germany begin to move to Danzig as it being a possible place of a better life for those who have lost it all and don't want to leave to another nation and stay close to home. The records reviewed this year of those who had left to Danzig total out to 50,000.
 * United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland: With the diplomatic fiasco that has become of the Arab Crisis, Prime Minister David Lloyd-George and his Cabinet are heavily criticised. Under heavy pressure, Prime Minister Lloyd-George removes Churchill from his position as Secretary of State for the Colonies. To worsen matters, it is soon revealed Lloyd George had awarded honours and titles, such as a baronetcy to rich businessmen in return for cash via Maundy Gregory in the range of £10,000 and more. As a response to the criticism against the Prime Minister, the Conservative party leader, Austen Chamberlain, summoned a meeting of Conservative Members of Parliament at the Carlton Club to discuss their attitude to the continuation of the Coalition and for the forthcoming election. A virtually unanimous vote of 270-4 as passes in favour of the motion: "That this meeting of Conservative members of the House of Commons declares its opinion that the Conservative Party, whilst willing to cooperate with Coalition Liberals, can no longer serve in a coalition ministry in light of recent events and will fight the election as an independent party, with its own leader and its own programme." The very next day, David Lloyd George's ministry resigns over the Arab Crisis. With the downfall of the Lloyd-George Coalition, the Liberal Party was left split between National Liberals headed by Llyod-George, Liberals headed by former Prime Minister H.H Asquith. The general election, the Conservative party won 348 seats, making them the largest political group in Parliament allowing them to form a Government under Prime Minister Austen Chamberlain. With the Liberals thus in disarray, Labour won 142 seats, making it the second largest political group in the House of Commons and the official opposition to the Conservative government. Austen Chamberlain is appointed Prime Minister of the United Kingdom. A naval bombardment of Syria is ordered.

1923
The National Bolshevists that continue to exist in the former Far Eastern Republic see the Soviet Government as a way to regain Russia’s Glory.

The National Bolshevik Party in Germany sees increasing support in northern Germany, taking over the State of Hamburg in local elections, and spreading information about it to other states via newspapers and radio broadcasts, while a branch of the party pops up in Berlin, but is very small and insignificant but a step in the right direction.

Bulgarism begins to see some popularity in villages throughout the rural areas of Bulgaria.

'''After the departure of the Italian royal family, Marshal Emilio Bono gathers together a sizable group of former Italian military and marches on Rome as an attempt to dislodge the Socialists from power. The informal "Italian White Movement", aside from also being a delicious form of pizza, acts in the name of the king, in spite of the king not being involved. Some minor support also comes a few Neopolitan nobles.'''

'''Fengitan is crushed by Zhili, seizing the capital and executing the warlord. However, local resistance remains compelling Zhili to occupy the vast region. Meanwhile, the Republic of China in the south manages to take complete control of Guangdong, Hainan and Guangxi.'''

The British bombardment of the Syrian coast causes massive casualities to the citizens of those regions, scattering local infrastructure.

The Swedish population is quite fine with the Swedish Royal Family and Likes the current government, the Social Party of Sweden gains more popularity.

The Armenian government sues for peace as the Red, Turkish and Azeri armies get closer and closer to Yerevan

'''The Kanto Earthquake strikes Japan in September, reducing much of central Honshu to chaos. As a result, many local police blame Koreans for taking advantage of the disaster, leading to hundreds of extra-judicial murders. In Austria, a local revolution by the KPO seizes control of Styria, and parts of the Vienna industrial district. At the same time, an emergency summit of the League of Nations calls representatives from Britain, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, and the United States to decide on any possible military intervention in Austria.'''

'''Immediately in the process of recovery after a devastating Civil War, and now under the weight of the US embargo, the Soviet Republics in Russia faces a massive recession with a universal lack of basic resources. Being in a state of relative peace now, however, the long road ahead to recovery is now in the hands of the Proletariat.'''
 * Poland: The National Monarchists, seeing the successes of Mussolini's blackshirts, form their own paramilitary organization: the Hussars. The monarchist party, through its Danzig counterpart and the Gdansk organization, begins engaging in street fights with the Deutsches Volks Party.  The Gdansk Hussars are mostly nationalist Poles from Poland and few Danzigers.  National Bolshevik parties become popular among Germans in Poland, and Marshal Pilsudski begins seeing them as a threat. He begins the formation of a Polish Secret Police that works in collaboration with the Hussars to fight both minority and leftist tendencies in Poland. The Sejm, mostly dominated by leftist and democratic elements, greatly opposes the Secret Police, Pilsudski and the Hussars. Several deputies of the Sejm resign in indignation. In the middle of the night, the secret police raid and destroy the Communist Party headquarters. The National Monarchist Party begins allying with the National Workers Party to get more and more popularity, holding rallies and marches in Warsaw and Wilno. Ethnic violence begins against the Lithuanian population as tensions also rise with Lithuania. Lithuanians flee the Wilno region en masse.
 * Monarchism is not popular in Poland. You do not control Danzig. Poland is a democracy. -Colgan
 * I had it founded last turn. Also, the main party is the National Workers Party in the coalition with the monarchists as a fringe party. Fascism was also founded recently and they started a civil war. It is reasonable for the monarchists then to be a recent party and a fringe movement with a paramilitary group.
 * I didn’t see your last turn, but still doesn’t matter, monarchism is not popular, I might retcon your civil war as well. 
 * I'm sorry to say this but no. In Poland there is one man running the show, Jozef Pilsudski. No way anyone is gaining power for a long time other then his allies. With Blood and Iron (talk) 22:05, July 6, 2018 (UTC)
 * Josef Pilsudski was already de facto leader of Poland before the election and controlled the military for a while.
 * I know but what I'm getting at is that no political movement is gaining power without his consent or involvement and no way a civil war is going to occur just yet in Poland. Pilsudski is the power base, Poland needs a few turns to destabilize and overturn Pilsudski. With Blood and Iron (talk) 22:47, July 6, 2018 (UTC)
 * Zhili Clique: Surprised at how long the Fengtien Clique managed to hold out, the Beiyang government launches a renewed offensive in February 1923 with all 150,000 troops of its army. They are aiming to take Zhang Zuolin's capital and capture him, ending his faction. More troops are conscripted to fill the ranks and are given a brief training period of two months in an effort to make them better quality, plus they are armed with imported German equipment. It is expected the outnumbered and outgunned Fengtien Army will collapse any day now. [Mod Response] Meanwhile, the recent diplomatic incident with the United States has had a profound impact on Cao Kun, Wu Peifu, and the other Zhili warlords. They become more aware of the threats posed by the Western imperialists. Cao Kun does not trust any of them, and Japan's lack of outward support is also suspicious to him. Foreign Minister Wu Tingfang and his deputy Alfred Sao-ke Sze suggest to the President that the situation is dangerous. As a result, in March 1923 the Zhili warlords decide to secretly send a delegation south to Guangdong, to meet with the Kuomintang. The delegation informs the KMT that the Beiyang government is willing to come to an agreement for a peaceful national reunification in order to form a united front against the foreigners. Cao Kun is of course aware of the KMT's staunch anti-imperialist, anti-foreign ideology, and thus brings it up to them that the continued division of China means that it is easier for the foreign powers to take advantage of the country. They also inform the KMT that Cao Kun and the Zhili clique see no point in fighting the KMT. He is willing to cede power to the KMT as long as he and his associates can receive high posts in the Chinese army and immunity from prosecution/persecution. In exchange, Cao Kun and the others will make sure that the government in Beijing and the combined Zhili-Anhui army integrate peacefully with the southern faction to form a unified Republic. The Presidency and other government posts of political power will be given to the KMT's candidates, or whoever they want, and the Zhili warlords' cooperation will ensure that there is no rebellion against the KMT in northern China. Cao Kun's delegates also ask if the KMT has any specific proposals or conditions for a peaceful national reunification. [Mod Response]
 * Chinese Dip: The KMT lead government agrees to absorb Zhili and will allow Cao Kun to continue ruling the Zhili Province as long as he retires from all military activity, pledge allegiance to the Republic, and join the Kuomintang Party.
 * Empire of Japan response: Noticing the increased commotion occuring in Manchuria the military decides to move in sending troops to the capital of the Fengtian Clique. Sending 200,000 troops and demanding that the Zhilli back off before its to late. The Japanese furthermore move their navy to bombard Chinese ports in Northern China if the Zhilli refuse to back down and leave the Fengtian clique alone.
 * Zhili/Chinese Reaction: The Zhili Clique is alarmed by this development, having gone from cordial relations to threat of war with Japan in a couple of years. The Chinese press publishes the news of the Japanese intervention, stoking Chinese nationalism among the public and outrage for Japan's actions. It also used to make a point to the KMT about the need for a deal to be made to unify. In the meantime, the Zhili army halts its offensive, as President Cao Kun—seething with resentment—knows that the Chinese forces are not yet strong enough to face the IJA in battle. Still, they remain occupying the territory they have taken so far and begin building defenses, including trenches, bunkers, machine gun strongpoints, and other fortifications.
 * Im assisting an ally and we are still on good terms officially. 
 * Japanese movements: The Japanese forces launch an all out offensive against the Zhili faction while they begin digging themselves in before the fortifications are finished. Japanese forces move to encircle the Zhili forces. Meanwhile, the IJN carries out a bombardment of Peking demanding they withdraw from Fengtian territory or face a full Japanese invasion.
 * Chinese response (also still waiting on mod response for KMT): The Zhili warlords ask the Japanese to mediate the Beiyang government's dispute with the Fengtien clique, as they had declared war, in order to avoid a war between China and Japan.
 * Japanese Response: The Japanese agree to mediate in the conflict with Fengtian and request that from this moment onward the Beiyang government deal with Japan as Fengtian's protection. The Japanese further request that Zhili recognize Japanese economic interests in Manchuria and withdraw from all territory they presently occupy that belongs to the Fengtian clique.
 * With the algo finally made for Manchuria, Fengitan was crushed by Zhili in 1922. But the current Japanese intervention has in turn crushed Zhili's occupation forces. Please see the revised mod event. -Nate
 * OK, but can I also get a response from the KMT to my proposal.
 * Regarding the response above (didn't notice it until now): Cao Kun agrees to the KMT's conditions.
 * Persia: Persia sends The Destroyer - Ahmed Shah Cayar - to Syria. A surge of volunteers signs up after His Majesty Faisal asks the Persian population for help. On the advice of the defence minister the Shah has requested that any nation that wants to sell ships to Persia will be generously paid.
 * Persia isn’t a superpower, pretty sure at your current state destroyers are impossible. -Colgan
 * Bolivia: The new, revolutionary government is eager to entrench its rule with military victory, as well as dispose of the exiles who fled over the border during last year's civil conflict. Similarly, it is eager to retake Antofagasta Province, conquered by Chile during the relatively recent War of the Pacific. Yet Chile is at least equal in military power, and success in this enterprise is far from guaranteed. To provide advantage, the Bolivian army - under the direction of former German officer Hans Kundt, who has since 1911 been redesigning it along Prussian lines - conceals its mobilization under the guise of pretended continued internal conflict. This allows the assemblage of 70,000 men. Conscripts are more enthusiastic than formerly, largely because the officer corps have been expanded to include many peasants with experience in last year's internal fighting. This force launches a surprise winter attack to take advantage of positive weather in Atacama lowlands, moving into the Loa River valley, then advancing to take the city of Calama before Chile can mobilize in response - something that, given Chile's huge length and the difficulty of moving troops from its southern population centres, ought to take some time. If this thrust is successful, the Bolivian forces are ordered to move on Antofagasta itself, crush the Chilean garrison there and dig in for defence. Political officers, largely former peasant leaders or union organizers, are mandated by the government to convince the army that the recapture of Antofagasta will secure economic prosperity, with Bolivia free to export without Chile's usurious tariffs. Meanwhile, mine nationalization proceeds apace, as does large-scale redistribution of land to the peasantry.
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: Bolivian envoys are sent to Peru and Argentina. They suggest to Peru that this would be an excellent opportunity to regain Tacna and Arica, which it lost in the War of the Pacific in the 1880s, and to Argentina that this would be a good opportunity to forcibly take the territory it disputes with Chile in Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. Substantial quantities of gold are withdrawn from the central bank for bribes (disguised, for course, as gifts made out of friendship) to decision-makers in both countries.Mod Response, please?
 * Peru is eager to join an alliance against Chile. Argentina, however, does not wish to deal with Bolivia.
 * No, you are not raising an army of 150,000 men in a year, and no you cannot supply them over the Andes if you had them. -Steph.
 * Sorry, I confused the total numbers mobilized during the Chaco War with the size of actual field armies. I will change the numbers. I do have questions about your changes to the algorithm, though.
 * while they did field that large army it was woefully underequipped, lacked proper discipline, AND LACKED BASIC SUPPLY LINES. this would be worse over the Andes. Also Chile in this period has by far one of the best militaries on the continent. Even with Peruvian support this would lead to a disastrous defeat. Paraguay who had fewer guns, and worse equipment beat them, so what would Chile with a superior military system do to it.With Blood and Iron (talk) 01:12, July 7, 2018 (UTC)
 * I'd argue that those problems all had a lot to do with Bolivia OTL being ruled by a Spanish-speaking oligarchy that didn't bother to feed armies conscripted from the Quechua and Aymara-speaking majority population adequately and happily deployed them in doomed frontal assaults. Besides which, the Chaco lacked rail connections to Boliva, while the Atacama has rail lines that lead from La Paz to Arica and Antofagasta, the two major ports in the Atacama desert, which would ease supply. Paraguay did so well in the Chaco War because it had rail connectiosn and Bolivia didn't; here, Bolivia has rail lines and Chile doesn't. Something to think about.
 * Empire of Japan: With the earthquake in Japan and the recent defeat in the Russian border conflict the Japanese leadership is confronted with a new dilemma as the Japanese in Korea launched an unsanctioned intervention into Manchuria. Takaaki is forced into accepting the actions of Shigeru Honjo and others largely out of fear that trying to reign in the military would lead to further destabilization of the Japanese political structure. The emperor himself offers a formal sanction of the intervention under pressure from the military command who see success in China as the only way of redeeming Japanese honor and as a way to consolidating Japanese control over the markets in northern China. The Army under orders from the central command take a leading role in trying to move away debris and find people. Hundreds of Koreans are massacared by local police until a clear chaim of command is established. The Kempeitai quickly establish an information blackout in the areas of extra judicial murders making sure no one makes reference to the killings in an effort to keep this from getting out. All Koreans killed are simply accounted among the dead from the catastrophe, and no one is reprimanded. The government of Takaaki is forced to work with the military in an effort to restore confidence in the government and to show a united front as domestic and foreign affairs become more complicated. Naval expansion begins in earnest with the release of the IJN Hosho the world's first aircraft carrier (OTL built in 1922). The new ship is dispatched to the Yellow Sea as a further show of force to bring around Chinese cooperation with Japanese interests. Despite some disruption in infrastructure projects in central Japan industrial expansion continues in major cities, and government efforts to expand basic infrastructure and transportation lanes. Taking after the success of the US highway projects, the Japanese begin building more roads as well in the hopes of improving transportation of goods and people, The military takes a queue from the lessons learned from the war and begin employing more trucks for the movement of troops and supplies. The first Japanese University in Korea is built in the Keijo Imperial University. The official policy of the Japanese colonial government now that that the Japanese and Korean people are sister nations united in history and cultural similarities. Following the overwhelming victory in Manchuria the IJA advances on the liberated Fengtian territory and provides assistance to the pockets of resistance against Zhili troops. Shigeru Honjo sets about organizing a puppet government which quickly agrees to allow the Treaty of Mukden recognizing Japan as the protector of Manchuria. the Forces hold the line after liberating Fengtian territory.
 * British Raj (repost): Rufus Isaacs holds talks with the Indian Independence delegates. Right now nothing Major is declared, but devolved local power, which is a step up. Also new incentives are put in place to ensure loyalty. The Army is recruited on a volunteer basis. Meanwhile, New Delhi is expanded as capital. Agriculture is further modernized and industrialized, to give incentives to people to move the cities. Basmati rice is particularly cultivated. In the cities people are employed in factories. Meanwhile, as per the result of the talks, economic control is loosened, so a small Indian capitalist class emerges, mostly via cigarette businesses and shoe factories. British doctors begin to train Indian counterparts to handle disease and do vaccinations.Cars are also slowly being introduced to India. However, for now, White people drive them.
 * Republic of Peru: In 1923, Peru’s “Aristocratic Republic” era continues, as the Majority of the president’s during this era are from the political elite. Politics continue as normal, as democracy thrives and authoritarianism dives. The Peruvian economy is vastly agrarian, but the current government and president currently focus more on expanding industry and have implemented some pretty un-tasteful laws for the agricultural sector. The Peruvian military conducts exercises both in the Pacific and on land. We drop out of the war between Bolivia and Chile seeing how there was no reason to join it in the first place
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: Bolivia sends diplomats to Peru to beg Peru to do its old ally of the War of the Pacific a solid by agreeing to a land exchange, wherein Bolivia would receive a strip of territory along Peru's extreme southern border stretching to the coast around the cities of Moquegua and Ilo, and Peru could receive in return a chunk of the Bolivian Amazon, with valuable rubber and mineral resources, three times as large, plus a full quarter of Bolivia's total mining revenue for ten years.
 * Peruvian Dip: We kindly deny the Bolivian’s request, seeing as we already have a good amount of rainforest and already have a lot of rubber and minerals. We also tell Bolivia that just because we were allies a century ago in a single war doesn’t mean we will give them land.
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: Bolivia asks if there is any price Peru would accept for a coastal outlet, in land or in money, and also points out that the War of the Pacific was less than 50 years ago and that Peru is still engaged in a territorial dispute with Chile over the cities of Tacna and Arica as a result of it (in which it, of course, has Bolivia's full support).
 * letting Bolivia take territory that also has Peruvian citizens in it would just spark territorial despute with Bolivia later on, and really doesn’t benefit Peru and only Bolivia. In response to our claims on Tacna and Arica, we would like to solve this problem peacefully first.
 * Turkey: Kemal stands triumphant upon the successful conclusion of the Greco-Turkish War and the war with Armenia. Many Turks have begun to call him "Atatürk", or "Father of the Turks", for his successes. Although Constantinople could not be recovered, it has been kept out of solely Greek or colonial hands, while Anatolia is whole again and no longer under threat of being partitioned. In the east, Turkish troops storm through hastily constructed Armenian defenses, reaching Yerevan in no time at all. Various government offices or other buildings such as banks, post offices, courthouses, and the like are ransacked by Turkish troops drunk on nationalist feeling. However, well aware that they have to turn the territory over to the Soviets, officers are given orders to keep the bloodshed and property damage of important installations such as railroads to an absolute minimum, which is largely followed. By the end of the year, the total occupation is ended and all Turkish troops are withdrawn, with the final numbers leaving after a victory parade of Soviet, Turkish, and Azerbaijani troops. Now in almost total control from Ankara, Atatürk begins programs dedicated to restoring Turkish power. First, the Greeks, although now at peace, remain a threat and the majority of the Turkish population does not trust them. Given that Turkish attempts to regain a foothold in Europe were defeated by Greece's superior naval power, much emphasis is put into growing and modernizing the Turkish fleet. Using leftover bullion from the war, the Ottoman fleet begins a process of repair and modernization. To cap off the repair program, an offer is made to the British government, asking if there would be any obstacles to purchasing the HMS Agincourt, once an Ottoman ship and now destined for the scrap yard (British response please). Domestically, Atatürk also highlights the need for a robust and increasingly industrial economy. However, the population cannot be allowed to starve, and so new model farms are instituted and by the end of the year, farming output is significantly improved, although not yet at pre-war levels. The position of the Ottoman sultan is still an unknown within the government, but Atatürk promises to have a solution to that question by the start of next year. Turkey also accepts the proposal of the Bulgarian government, and negotiations on a trade agreement begin.
 * The Hellenic Republic: Finally at peace, the people of Greece begin a new age of prosperity. However, there are still challenges to be overcome. over 1.6 million Greeks from Anatolia must be resettled and war debts must be repaid. The Army of Asia Minor is demobilized and the Army reduced to eight divisions of 10,000 men each. Fortunately, the Greeks from Turkey brought with them a vast amount of wealth (Greeks owned as much as 40% of Turkey's wealth in 1923). Moreover, many are skilled laborers, doctors, lawyers, bankers, and other tradesmen. The influx of cheap labor is expected to accelerate industrial growth in urban centers. The new arrivals also drive greater urbanization, in excess of 35%. The government does what it can to help the most vulnerable of these new members of Greek society, settling them in Thrace, especially in Adrianopilus and other cities. Efforts are made to restore the Greek financial sector which has suffered due to war taxes and demands. The government under Venezilos implements a series of tax and labor reforms to improve the attractiveness of Greek industry. These see lower industrial and commercial taxes implemented to make Greek products more competitive internationally. Turkish efforts to rebuild their navy are taken as a sign of hostility, and the Greek government diverts a moderate budget to the navy to design new torpedo boats and coastal gunboats. Our orders for the battleships Salamis and Vasilefs Konstantinos due to their obsolescence and the breach of contract by the shipbuilders in not delivering on schedule. This frees up funding for the new navy budget. The Greek Navy also reaches out to the United Kingdom asking if Greece could purchase HMS Centurion and HMS Ajax both of which the United Kingdom recently decommissioned.(Mod Response Please, in OTL they were sold for scrap/used as a target ship) Overall, 1923 is a year of change for Greece, but the influx of Anatolian Greeks and the return of peace finally put an end to the debate over monarchy. The people of Greece are tired of arguing, and now seek prosperity and brighter days.
 * Empire of Austria: When Maximilian I came to power, Austria was still in political turmoil as rising ideologies such as Nationalism and Communism gained influence throughout the nation. However, after arriving in power Maximilian seeing the communists as a threat to Austria attempted to purge the Communist presence in Austria which failed leading to the KPO's open rebellion against the Empire of Austria as they seized Styria and parts of the Vienna industrial district. However, Maximilian I's response was brutal as he sent the Austrian military supported by the Nationalists paramilitary organizations. Soon a coordinated counter attack was launched  and the communists were quickly defeated. The Nationalists with over 100,000 men stormed Styria quickly retaking control of the province  as the Austrian military cornered the Communist forces in Vienna forcing them to surrender after ten days of fighting. The Communist Uprising of 1923 lasted for 19 days and the communists were quickly defeated. With such victory Maximilian I began encouraging the expansion of the Nationalists paramilitary organizations as he believed that they would be essential in protecting Austria from an Allied invaison. In the days following the uprising Maximilian began the ultimate purge of communism in Austria executing communist politicians and sentencing others to death. It was reported that more than 600 communists partisans died during and after the uprising as more than 2000 other partisans fled to Italy to seek refuge in communist held areas. After successfully purging communism Maximilian I declared that the KPO was banned and was now an illegal party as all communist activity in Austria would be prohibited in the newly established Anti-Communist Law. The Austrian Imperial government would also like to send  military support to the Italian White Movement in order to help them defeat the Socialist government in Italy. We would also like to negotiate with the League of Nations in order to revise the Treaty of Saint - Germain - en - Laye. 
 * League of Nations Denies, and readies for a full scale invasion of Austria. The support sent to the Italian White Movement is also blocked.
 * The LoN has a lack of sympathy for Austria as they are the nation partly responsible for starting the war
 *  Austrian Dip :We do not wish to fight a war against the LON as we see that war is not necessary. We wish to find a more peaceful solution as an Invaison of Austria will slove nothing. 
 * you should of thought of that before you violated the treaty -LoN.
 * We never violated the Treaty.
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: With the British invasion forces crushed by the coalition of Syria, Hejaz, Persia, Egypt, and France, the Kingdom of Syria is at least for now independent. Faisal and his family return to Damascus, and call the Syrian Parliament again to implement further reforms for infrastructure. The Hashemite Kingdom of Hejaz is offered a deal to combine our military for a single organization, the Arab Army, utilizing the same training and structure from the Arab revolt in the Great War [Mod Response]. A plan is drawn up for future city infrastructure of the coastal cities, but this is put off until after Britain stops attacking us. Egypt is thanked for their involvement of the war so far, and we offer to allow Egypt to annex the Negev region as well as the port of Aqaba, as long as they end the occupation to hand over control of southern Palestine to the Arabs [Egypt response]. Meanwhile, the coast is devastated by the British attacks, and tens of thousands of innocent Arabs are being left homeless as they are evacuated from the destruction. The Syrian parliament begins a program of sponsoring city-based propoganda, attempting to capitalize on the British bombardment to endere the dissdent groups in Syria among the Alawite and Marionite populations. Still, there comes a logistical strain on the government to give any humanitarian effort to this disaster, leaving most of the victims unatended. Thomas Lawrence is sent to London to plead Britain to leave us alone. We also ask France to please send a naval blockade to protect our coast [France Respond]. Promising the expansion of Jewish autonomous districts, the Syrian government attempts to employ Jewish militant groups as further support for the occupation of our territory.
 * Hejaz Dip: We agree to the United Arab Army, seeing the neighboring Saudis as a huge threat to our sovereignty and the unity of the Arab people, though we would like to wait until after the war between you and Britain is done.
 * Portugal: Portuguese Guinea is annexed. As the new year dawns on the Portuguese Republic, domestic violence continues as, although people are in support for the republican-dominant faction, not many citizens are fully supportive of the corruptional regime in power, as its signs of corruptive nature is evident nationwide, especially in Lisbon. Many people, a majority to be exact, do wish for the continuation of the republican government, but find the numerous changing governments and regimes in power to have "lost the original vision" for the reason of changing governments. This discontent swells into large protests and the eventual resigning of the current President. In his place comes Manuel Gomes, who's promises to de-corruptisize the state fall flat, and as a result many citizens begin vying for the restoration of the monarchal rule, however, many of these calls for reform are properly flushed as corrupt politicians begin sending out various policemen and in some cases, military soldiers, to properly stop any and all of these oppositional movements. This only bubbles into a larger conflict, and by Christmas time, a riot/siege occurs in Lisbon as the government is ousted from the capital city and attempt to flee. Currently on the run, they remain hidden somewhere throughout the country. The interim government, the State of Portugal, is proclaimed until the current President, his family, and his associates are properly executed and the government may be changed once more. No primary leader, or head of state, has been selected, and many of the current leading members of the government are selected from the initial revolutionary movement/group that had stormed the government building. They form the Revolutionary Council, are to be charge of the State until the government is reformed fully. The colonies of Mozambique and Angola continue to operate as if nothing happened, and in some cases haven't heard about the full ousting of the government.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the socialist party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. Repairs in Milan begin, as the trouble with the fascists have more-or-less died down. In March, the White Italian Movement is founded. These reactionaries seek to restore an absent monarch. Because of this, they lack any real support. Much of their manpower comes from the military or from the few Austrian forces that slipped through. In May, they march on Rome and attempt to seige the eternal city. A force surrounds the city to protect it from monarchists while another force from Tuscany advances a day behind. The monarchists siege Rome for several hours before falling back. There, they are confronted by the Tuscan forces. The monarchists are engaged and lose heavily. Emilio Bono is captured and hanged, along with several of his generals. The Austrian forces are imprisoned and tried as monarchists, foreign invaders, and war criminals. All are executed. Italy declares Austria to be a rogue state and recommends swift action be taken against them to secure lasting peace in Europe. Heavy industrialization and automation takes place in factories all over Italy this year. This automation allows for more workers and, of course, more factories and product. Railroads through San Marino break ground while another plan to place railroads through the Alps is proposed.
 * United States: Domestically, things continue much as they have been. The National Highway Act continues to be worked on, as does the Navy’s efforts to build the world’s greatest force under the auspices of the 1916 Naval Act. The unrest in South America, combined with ongoing events in Afro-Eurasia, however, restoke the fires of the Red Scare and as a result a wide ranging crackdown is launched, in a revival of the Palmer Raids; the American Communist Party is also made illegal and its leadership jailed. Foreign policy-wise, the US Marines are pulled out of Cuba after having stabilized the nation; concerns over the ongoing dispute in the Andes between Bolivia and Chile is a deciding factor in the matter. The US Department of State also states its firm desire that Bolivia withdraw its forces from Chile and submit to peace talks in order to end the bloodshed. In the area of Europe, it is much the same, with the United States denouncing the League’s actions Austria, particularly the stoppage of aid to Anti-Communist forces in Italy. Finally, as a matter of possibly containing further Communist spread, the United States floats the idea of a trade pact between itself and its two neighbors of Canada and Mexico.
 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. The government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artist begin to make to national headline as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked upon. With recent actions in Syria, we call for restraint, and keep 1500 troops in the Gaza and Negev, they are still ordered to not open fire upon troops (on any side). Seeing the recent bombing in Syria Wafd Party supporters hold rallies calling for the support of Syrian and Arab Nationalism. Makeshift refugee camps are set up in the Negve to base Syrian Refugees.
 * Most Serene Republic of San Marino: Following the regime change in Italy, the Sanmarinese Communist Party gains popularity in the nation, especially as the agrarian populace becomes more educated due to the connection between Italy and San Marino developing as the infrastructure work progresses.  
 * Soviet Union: The official treaty for the creation of the unified Soviet state is finalized today with the creation of the Union of Federated Soviets coloquially known as the Soviet Union. It adopts Bukharins Federal model which delineates the state as an indissolvable union with all the regions becoming states in a Federal union. While delineated as a one party state, some sort of elections take place with the election of the local Soviets for villages and towns, then city Soviets, then state Soviets, following up to the Supreme Soviet which is presided by the election of all the smaller Soviets into the Supreme Soviet presided over by the Politburo. Lenin is unanimously voted in (albeit this was part of the deal in the creation of the union) as the Premier of the UFS/Soviet Union. With the official creation of the Soviet Union and the issues of the economy becoming prevalent. With an American embargo still in place a policy to make the Soviet Union more self sufficient is adopted. Access to Basic resources is made paramount as things such as food, clothing, and basic utilities are put into large scale production to provide for the populous. Outside of this Agriculture begins to be mechanized with equipment being purchased from abroad to effect this change. A large amount of these purchases are made through proxies to gain access to American equipment but more and more is bought from the Germans seeing no major embargo out of Germany yet. Industrial equipment is also bought to further facilitate the expansion of the Soviet industry but needing to make a concrete deal The Soviets propose a trade and economic pact to the Empire of Japan to the mutual benefit of both nations with Lenin agreeing to overlook Japans recent... intervention.. in exchange for the needed trade and economic agreements to the benefit of both states. While not having the technical expertise and mechnical engineering needed to fully exploit the Baku oil fields, existing infrastructure managed to be repaired bringing Baku back to an operational capacity. The Soviet technological committee begins heavy research into the development of oil and industrial technology seeing the effective need to reverse engineer and and improve upon existing infrastructure heavily regarding heavy industry and the oil industry. While no breakthroughs are made yet, documents and technology left over that is available is looked in to for the reverse engineering process specifically to turn Baku oil fields into some of the most productive fields on the planet. The Military is also downsized to stand at roughly 1.5 million and much old equipment is retired and the new Red Army begins to undergo a standardization process. Watching Europe more or less devolve further into Chaos gives Lenin and his right hand man Bukharin all the impetus to remain in an isolationist stance not wanting to risk their new found consolidated power and with explicit plans to rebuild and restart the Russian economy. The influx of raw materials and now with some oil being brought back onto the market makes a solid impression on fixing the situation with the foreign sales of these resources bringing in much needed capital to mitigate the recession. With the NEP in place prominent investments begin to be placed in the economy from abroad as Bukharin champions this to Lenin as a necessary measure for the eventual creation of a true Communist state. These investments flood mostly into the oil and industrial sectors which do effectively help mitigate a loss of jobs which could be attributed to a recession. While not perfect some of these measures seem to mitigate some of the issues of the Recession with an expected full recovery by 1926 or 27.


 * Japanese Response: Takaaki's cabinet after much deliberation agree to the Soviet's proposal.

1924
Many National Bolsheviks become members of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union.

With the Italian intervention in Austria, the Communist rebellion gets a second wind and fights back against the Nationalists, causing a full Civil War (need an algorithm to defeat rebels now. Ask the mods for help)

'''The Kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes declare war on the Imperial State of Austria, declaring it a threat to peace, sanctioned by the League of Nations. The League call for a conference in Zurich to decide Austria's fate post-intervention. The League of Nations forms an army of foreign volunteers from Former Entente nations and launches the invasion of Austria.'''

Seeing both Serbia and Italy threatening the Austrian Emperor, Hungary lends minor support to the Austrian government.

'''Hitler and the entire Nazi main leadership is killed in a bombing on Nazi Headquarters.The Nazi leadership tries to select a new chief. The National Bolshevik Party’s main leadership is also killed in a terrorist attack.'''

Germany pays its second reparations this year, pleasing Belgium and France and avoiding military action.

The 1924 Summer Olympics begins in Paris this year (page will be up soon).

Mercedes Benz is formed by the merging of the companies owned by Gottlieb Daimler and Karl Benz.

The Immigration Act of 1924 is signed into law in the United States, including the Asian Exclusion Act.

Chile continues to make its advance into Bolivian Territory, though offers Bolivia peace that restores pre-War borders.

Zepplin travel becomes more popular.
 * an algo is already up.

The Nobel Peace Prize is awarded this year to both  Venizelos of the Hellenic Republic and Kemal of the Turkish Republic.

Due to the lack of the Portuguese colonies not having any knowledge of the overthrow of the government and the lack of changement in government there allows for a group of loyal military officers and government officials to flee to the colonies, and declare a government in exile, while the colonial forces there declare loyalty to the government in exile.

The Saudis begin their invasion of Hejaz.
 * Persia: Persia and Syria conclude a deal with the Soviet Union To build two joint battleships for them. The volunteers from the Arab crisis return home and are received as heroes. Persia begins building the Tehran line of fortification near Iraq. It is scheduled to be completed in 1927.
 * Syria Dip: We can discuss future ideas of our alliance at an informal Middle Eastern Conference (The Great Peace Map Game)


 * Republic of China: A small ceremony is carried out in Beijing at the Forbidden City as the five-barred flag of the Chinese Republic under the Beiyang government is lowered and the Kuomintang flag, the white sun and blue sky emblem on a red field, takes its place on 10th January, 1924. With the Zhili clique's territory in northern China absorbed by the KMT-led National Assembly, an entourage of various Nationalist officials attended the ceremony from Gaungzhou as they take office in China's ancient capital. Dr. Sun Yat-sen takes office as the Premier, or head of government as the leader of the Central Executive Committee of the Kuomintang, while the largely symbolic post of Chairman of the National Government (or President of the Republic), the nominal head of state of China, goes to the experienced diplomat Wellington Koo. Although the south and north have reunited, much of China in 1924 remains under warlord control while large parts of the country have been ravaged by decades of instability. As stated in Premier Sun's speech in Beijing, the Nationalist Party's main aim is national unification. Pamphlets are massively printed and distributed as widely as possible throughout the year, into warlord-held zones, talking about the events in the north briefly and calling on all Chinese to join the Kuomintang in building a bright future for China. The new Guominjun (National Army) is formed out of KMT troops, former Zhili and Guangxi/Guangdong warlord forces, as one of the first steps of the new government is to institute national conscription along the model of the IJA following the Meiji Restoration. The new armed forces are placed under the command of the "Christian General" Feng Yuxiang. One of the goals of the new government is to normalize relations with Japan. Sun Yat-sen proposes that China will recognize Japan's control over Manchuria in exchange for Japan not seeking any further expansion in China and establishing military, commercial, and cultural ties between the two countries. Sun Yat-sen has more leverage to do this domestically than did any of his predecessors given that he is the most popular politician in China and has well established nationalist, anti-foreign credentials, so he can avoid being called a traitor. Meanwhile, the pacification campaign begins as with the initial objective of securing eastern coastal China, namely the Zhejiang, Fujian and Anhui provinces. Former Zhili forces march south from Beijing under Feng Yuxiang while southern forces under Li Zongren go north from Guangdong, with the intent on taking the territory in the these central regions, planning on meeting up in the center at the Nanjing–Shanghai line.
 * Japanese Dip: The Japanese are willing to agree to a normalization of relations betweens Japan and China and are pleased with China's recognition of Japanese control over Manchuria. Shigeru's faction in the military demand, however, that all of the Manchurian region be ceded to Japan, to ensure that no border disputes arise in the future, and promise to help with Chinese development in return. 
 * Chinese Diplomacy: The Republic of China is willing to cede all of Manchuria to Japan in return for those conditions.
 * Japanese Dip: Japan agrees, and orders an end to all hostilities against China.
 * British Raj: New Delhi is expanded and other cities are as well. Due to the modernization of agriculture, cities being to grow at a faster pace. Champa rice is cultivated using the modernized method. The Indians continue to open up cigarette joints, shoe factories and other small businesses, creating an Indian middle class. More cars begin to appear in the Raj. Local villages improve medical care, thanks to British help, with them training a cadre of Indian doctors. Medium Mark I tanks being production, to create Indian industrial jobs. Lee Enfield rifles continue production. Several universities open up in New Delhi. Electricity begins to hook up, for now in the cities. However, it will be expected to reach the villages to an extent. Roads are built, as well as dirt paths, these done by the locals to connect the villages. Also, a waste disposal system is being developed by the village elders.
 * Egypt Dip: We ask if we could buy some Lee Enfields from the Raj.
 * Raj Dip We send in some 50,000 rifles as well as 5000 bullet molds (for Egypt to make own bullets) for Egypt. Price is OIL.
 * Turkey: At the start of the year Atatürk announces that the position of Sultan and Caliph will remain within the apparatus of the Turkish government, albeit in a different form. Atatürk, although a constant critic of the Sultanate as an institution, recognized its value when it became known that Sultan Mehmed VI secretly worked in support of the National Movement and remained in Constantinople in order to maintain order and a Turkish government there, boosting its popularity and appearing as a standard bearer of resistance to Europe. However, the institution will be significantly changed to bring it into the modern world. First, the Sultan/Caliph will occupy a solely constitutional position, with only formal power in accepting the appointments and laws of the parliament. The prime minister will hold the real power of government and act in the Sultan's behalf. In addition, there are to be new norms regulating the Sultan's behavior, and the most notable is the abolition of the harem. Current multiple wifes will remain allowed, but from now on polygamy is banned throughout the country. To reflect the belief that the state is now a nation for all Turks and not just the Ottomans, the official name of the country is changed to the Empire of Turkey. Domestically, Atatürk continues his ambitious reform plan through his role as prime minister. Agricultural output continues to recover, although still not quite at pre-war levels. The Ministry of Food, Agriculture, and Livestock is founded to ensure that such growth continues. Education is made a national priority in light of the fact that illiteracy is a huge problem in most of the country. Schools are established across the country and are made free of cost to the students, but the scarce resources of the state limits their initial effectiveness. Nonetheless, the number of students enrolled throughout the country rise, albeit only slightly in the program's first year. The military is reduced by half, with 150,000 troops stationed in various positions around the country. The HMS Agincourt is successfully purchased after the British government provided no objections, and the ship is sailed to Izmir where it is celebrated in a lavish ceremony for finally making it home. It is given its original name, the Sultan Osman-ı Evvel, and she goes into drydock for the limited retrofitting and modernization required. After a few months of service she is finished and is christened as the flagship of the Turkish Navy. The Sultan Osman is sent on a cruise around the Eastern Mediterranean, with stops in Alexandria, Tel-Aviv, and Latakia. While in Latakia, Turkish government officials announce that they will recognize the Kingdom of Syria and open up an embassy as soon as possible. Other embassies are established in similar fashion across Europe and in Moscow and Baku. Soon afterward, Turkish government allows railroad cars of food and medical supplies to reach Damascus for Arab refugees. Finally, the Turkish government calls on the British government, as the protecting power of Iraq, to enter into bilateral negotiations over the Mosul Question, so as to find a meaningful and mutually satisfying conclusion. 


 * Commonwealth of Australia: With the horrors of the Great War behind us, the Australian government issues a series of directives aimed at establishing Australian self-sufficiency in economic and defensive affairs, starting with an immigration program for skilled workers or families from Europe, North and South America. These families shall be granted a 1/4 acre of land to develop in, and will be taught the English language, free of charge. At the same time, tarrifs and export licenses for foreign and local industries are lowered, in hopes of attracting foreign investments. To complement these economic programs, Australia starts subsidizing multiple local industries responsible for the extraction of minerals and resources, such as iron, wood, aluminum, etc. The Australian government lobbies to London for a fusion of the Dominions of Australia, New Zealand, and the surrounding islands (such as New Guinea) into a single federation, to make the administration of these territories easier and efficient.
 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. The government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artist begin to make to national headline as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked upon. With recent actions in Syria, we call for restraint, and keep 1500 troops in the Gaza and Negev, they are still ordered to not open fire upon troops (on any side). Seeing the recent bombing in Syria Wafd Party supporters hold rallies calling for the support of Syrian and Arab Nationalism. Makeshift refugee camps are set up in the Negve to base Syrian Refugees. Wafdist begin to study the recent war in Syria.


 * The Hellenic Republic: Thanks to the reduced tax burden faced by Greek industries, the economy enters a bomb as the shipping and shipbuilding industries flourish. The addition of the Anatolian Greeks into society continues, and housing prices have skyrocketed. The high housing prices has led to a large increase in the construction sector. The government does what it can to help the most vulnerable of these new members of Greek society, settling them in Thrace to solidify the Greek ethnic claim on the lands. Efforts are made to restore the Greek financial sector which has suffered due to war taxes. These efforts prove somewhat successful as investments grow by 25%. The lower industrial and commercial taxes implemented last year do manage to make Greek products more competitive internationally. Internal light industry grows rapidly due to cheap labor costs and competitive tax environment. The Navy continues in its efforts to design new torpedo boats and coastal gunboats. This frees up funding for the new navy budget. The Greek Navy also reaches out to the United Kingdom asking if Greece could purchase HMS Centurion and HMS Ajax both of which the United Kingdom recently decommissioned. (Franz Response Please, in OTL they were sold for scrap/used as a target ship). The nation experiences its most stable political year in easily a decade thanks to the prosperous economy and the increase in national unity thanks to universal challenges
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: With our larger alliances across the Middle East, the British attacks are held at bay just enough to continue administration of the nation. We ask the government of Britain to recognize our independence under the Protection of France (Player response). The Jewish communities are expanded in Palestine to accomadate for the Zionist pressence. With the influx of revanue from American investments, the Syrian parliament works toward large building programs for cities across the nation. The united Arab Army, numbering up to 50,000 men, is trained under the veteran officers from the Ottoman Empire. With the aid of Persia, ships are designed to be built at the harbors of Beyrut and Haifa from Soviet designs. Looking toward external threats, Syria secretly reaches out to her allies of Persia, Egypt, Turkey, Hejaz, and Iraq for a full scale invasion of the Saudi Emirates next year. 
 * Persian Secret Diplomacy: We accept the proposed invasion of Saudi Emirates.
 * Poland: The Polish National Worker's Party begins being more influenced by the fascist tendencies in Europe. Josef Pilsudski begins enforcing a stratocracy on Poland after the assassination of the Polish President. Ethnic violence in Lithuania continues and the grand marshal makes a claim that Lithuanian rebels are actually backed by the Lithuanian Government in Kaunas, causing more tension between Poland and Lithuania. Janusz Radziwill proves to be an influential speaker, holding rallies about the glory of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth and gain a small but dedicated support base. He begins meeting with the National Workers' Party to form a right wing coalition to take down the left-wing Sejm. Radziwill's Gdansk Foundation, based in Warsaw, continues shipping Poles into Danzig using open-border agreements as well as our customs union with them. Radziwill and his colleague, another nationalist named Roman Dmowski, form the National Coalition, a loose confederation of right-wing political parties aimed at taking power from the liberal and social democratic Sejm. Roman Dmowski and Radziwill but heads on the issues of monarchy, the reformation of Poland-Lithuania, and the rights of old nobility. Dmowski is more akin to Italian Fascists while Radziwill is more akin to Spanish Falangists. The National Coalition would also form a paramilitary wing known as the Hussars. The Hussars, however, are small in number and the National coalition only has a small but loyal base in Warsaw and Wilno, where the Hussars participate in the ethnic violence against lithuanians.
 * Republic of the US of Brazil: As the Trans-Amazon Railwy already reaches Salvador with many injuries, more and more workers demand higher wages and more safety at their workplace, the support of the PCB rises drastically. While there is a huge production of coffee in the more rural areas which grants the economic growth, even if the government tries to encourage industrialization. Due to the lack of executive power and the strength of the few oligarchs, anger toward the Republic and its corruption grows. Two movements pick up on the issue, the communist party of Brazil, even if it is heavily suppressed and a nationalist movement around Getúlio Vargas who strongly opposes the communists and the current government alike.
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: Bolivia offers to pay for the expansion of the Trans-Amazonian Railway to Santa Cruz, in the Bolivian oil fields, and offers Brazil a cut of Bolivian oil revenue in return for being allowed to export and import along the railway.
 * Brazilian Diplomacy: Brazil accepts Bolivia's wishes and gratefully accepts their generous offer.
 * United States of America: The 1924 Election is held, which sees the comfortable re-election of Leonard Wood which shows broad public support for his policies. The crackdown on internal Communist and Leftist movements continues, and the US begins Sugar Interventions throughout the Caribbean and Central America in carrying this out in the home region. To this, the FBI continues to be expanded and strengthed while, for the first time since World War I, conscription is brought back and the US Army and US Marines are expanded in size to 400,000 and 100,000 respectively, while the Navy is also increased to aid with the ongoing expanion. Outside of the limited military buildup, construction on the new National Highway System continues. The Muscle Shoals Bill, which will see the construction of a hydro-electric dam on the Tennessee River near the town of Muscle Shoals, Alabama, is passed through Congress. With it the beginning of its construction, Henry Ford begins massive investment into the region, boasting he will turn it into a city of millions with industrial sites miles long. Foreign policy wise, the United States condemns the League of Nations for aiding and abetting Communism by its failure to intervene into Italy while at the same town stoking the fires of Communist expansion into Austria; the US begins a diplomatic effort to restore the Status Quo in Austria and also organize an intervention against Italy. To this effect, an economic embargo is placed on the regions of Italy under Communist control to expected great damage to their economy. Closer to home, the United States proposes a meeting to Canada and Mexico, to be held in a location of mutual agreement, to discuss the formation of a new trading and defensive bloc in order to safeguard them from the growing geopolitical threats.
 * Canada agrees to the economic bloc. -Nate
 * Italian Dip: Italy condemns the United States for its attempt to 'restore the status quo' in Austria. "We fought a war last decade to end Austrian imperialism. The status quo is why Austrians are dying in droves. It needs protection, not another country meddling in its afairs. The people of Austria have a wish to end the status quo and for the United States to interfere in their affairs is an act of imperialism." Italy recommends the League of Nations place severe economic sanctions against the United States for their attempts to spark open war so soon after the Great War.


 * Bolivia: accepts the Chilean peace offer, and begins to construct a strategic defensive line along the Chilean border with the still-mobilized army and hired civilians. Meanwhile, the government deploys nationalized mining revenue to new ends. These include the construction of a number of national medical schools and teachers' colleges in major cities, with Bolivia's limited number of doctors and teachers deployed to train an expanded number of students, while others work to set up an array of new, secular schools and hospitals. The government nationalizes and seizes the Catholic church's property, deploying gangs of peasant paramilitaries, and also sets up new seminaries staffed by sympathetic priests to train clerics who can be expected to toe the official line. A program of subsidized food distribution is organized to the poor, while subsidized fertilizers, livestock and farming tools are distributed. The government also subsidizes rubber and coffee farming in the Bolivian Amazon, hoping to create new cash crops. Simultaneously, the government uses the mobilized army and a new jobs-creation program in which those who seek employment, primarily from the urban population or rural migrants, are hired for internal infrastructure improvements. They begin a program of railway construction and road improvement and pavement, into the Chaco (where the government subsidizes ranchers and yerba mate growers) and to the Chilean border. In the meantime, the government also expands its preexisting program of conscription, including a much larger proportion of the male population in that portion mobilized for yearly basic training, while it seeks opportunities to purchase foreign arms or find foreign investors willing to help Bolivia manufacture arms. Efforts to hire WWI veterans to help with training from abroad continue.
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: Bolivia reaches out to the Belgian and Dutch governments and to major industrialists in both countries. It offers exclusive rights to explore for and extract oil and natural gas in Bolivia's east and south, if either country's industrialists will in return help Bolivia organize a modern arms manufacturing industry, to the extent that they can (Mod responses, please).
 * The Dutch Shell company agrees to to the deal. -Nate
 * The Most Serene Republic of San Marino: The Communist Party wins the election, the government reforms continue, although somewhat different than before.
 * Italian Dip: The Socialist Party of Italy congratulates the Communist Party of San Marino in their recent victory.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the socialist party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Magistrates. This year, the Council of Magistrates is reworked to be a council of syndicates, which appeases the anarchists and syndicalists (and, of course, the anarcho-syndicalists, anarcho-communists, and every other leftist ideology under the sun at the time.) Italian socialist volunteers pour from Italy into Austria. Many of these fighters had been soldiers who fought against Austria-Hungary in the Great War. Italy offers to join forces with the Kingdom of Serbia, Croatia, and Slovenia to form an official League of Nations action against Austria on the condition that the communists forces are recognized as the legitimate successor to Austria (MOD RESPONSE REQUESTED) Though Italy is not officially involved in the Austrian Civil War at this time, it acknowledges the rising Austrian communists and makes no effort to stop its own citizens from aiding the people of Austria in their liberation. The attempt to embargo Italy by the United States, of course, does come with some repercussions, though not nearly to the extend to which it had OTL. With Italy being a worker's state, production is at an all-time high, both agrarian and industrial. Francesco Amalfi produces a comedy about capitalism and the US' attempts to re-ignite the Great War. The film goes on to reach much acclaim. One of the first translations is in English. Amalfi states that he is willing to hand out free copies to anyone who wishes to bring them to the United States. The Italian economy sees a net gain due to trade with Soviet Russia. The Italian military sees reforms under General Bordigo, who wishes to create defenses against amphibious attack in the unlikely event that the US rallies some form of ally to aid in their anti-leftist crusade. Farms, especially those once owned by rich landowners, are officially re-appropriated to the people, with the Italian Agrarian Union taking the reins on Italian agriculture. The same thing happens to fisheries, factories, and other high-industrial areas. However, mid-level capitalism remains in place within Italy, which further helps boost the Italian economy.


 * Republic of Peru: President Leguía of the Reformist Democratic Party begins the year with economic reforms aiming at the agricultural sector, in an attempt to balance the industrial and agricultural sectors. The President calls for peace talks between Chile and Peru to discuss ending the two country’s disputes, Bolivia is also invited to these talks to discuss ending their respective disputes with Chile. President Leguía proposed the talks be held in Buenos Aires, Argentina. (MOD RESPONSE AND PLAYER RESPONSE NEEDED!). We continue to exploit our rubber and rich minerals that was blessed upon our land by god himself. The Reformist Democratic Party seems sharp competition to its grip on power by the Civil Party, and has potential to become the majority party in congress, with congressional elections coming up. The elections end with the Reformist Democrats keeping their majority status in congress, but the Civic Party gaining almost half of the seats. We offer a trading pact with the United States (PLAYER RESPONSE NEEDED!).
 * Chile agrees to open negotiations. -Nate
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: Bolivia agrees to negotiations.
 * Soviet Union: The Embargo of Italy, as well as the Soviet Union forges a new major trade relationship between Socialist Italian Republic and the Soviet Union. With pretty much all of Italies top tier industrial firms open to Soviets Lenin and Bukharin jump on the opportunity to import out of work Italian foreman and high tier Factory workers and also place huge orders for industrial equipment specifically heavy industry. This interestingly enough while a potent buy, remains second hand compared to the amount of help the French communist party has provided into allowing the Soviets to receive industrial equipment. Sympathizers in order to further their cause in France trade top tier equipment from Schneider-Creusot as well as other top tier firms. Blueprints, technical and mechanical advisors with communist leanings and sympathies are all imported and treated to the utomost respect before they are transported to the various regions they will be working in. The Ukraine once again returns to major agricultural production and with favorable policies in effect for the agricultural sector the Soviet Federal State of Ukraine is able to gain a favorable term to begin industrializing specifically around Kiev and in the Donbass which with eyes set upon it by Lenin it looks to become a major industrial hub. Industry in Smolensk, Kursk, Moscow, Petrograd, and Niznh Novgorod see a rebound in their industrial sector specifically as they are able to begin effectively rebuild and continue construction with the influx of black market German industrial material, materials from the French communists, and finally with major trade support from the Italians and surprisingly the Japanese. The restarting of the resource sectors of the Urals and just beyond are all met with success as normal pay regimen and economic opportunity under the NEP saves the industry from failure. With the relative ease in which Italy transitioned to a communist government and with Japan under a huge trade pact, the Soviet government albeit reluctantly from Japan begins purchasing basic necessities in exchange for newly minted resource and oil profits as well as just raw resources in general which on top of previous measures conducted by the government begin to bring the Soviets out of their recession and into the black as the economy continues to recover which in effect is a slap in the face for the US as it looks like its Economic Sanctions have caused a short term problem with a long term benefit to the Soviets. Finally years after his surgery Lenin fully recovers from the assassination attempt of 1920 and assumed more effective leadership of the Union. His policies of deporting unwanted or those opposed to the regime to Siberia takes further shape as he ships many dissenters to Siberia. In the Far East, Vladivostok, begins to undergo an industrial revolution of sorts. The new open trade with Japan allows for the easy rebuilding of the Soviet city as well as infrastructure in the Far East but also sees the importation of Industrial equipment. The Federal Soviet of the Far East requests direction as to what to do, and Lenin being more directly focused on the West deviates to Bukharan and Zinoviev who agree that Siberia is not a wasteland, it's a veritable gold mine and almost like the American Old West, ripe for exploitation and settlement. Bukharin delegates Zinoviev and Rhykov to begin the industrial process and the expansion of Agriculture in the region. The development of more major agricultural products among the Amur River as well as the settling of new industrial firms in Vladivostok, Irkutsk and Ulan Ude sees an expansion of industry, but a lack of manpower. With many peasants in the west seeking work, a series of transportation visas are issued by those willing to come east to settle and work the new agricultural plotlands and industry jobs which have started to develop. Lenin in full support of the Mongolian Peoples Party and the Socialist government of Sinkiang offers Full Soviet Protections to prevent their further involvement in the destructive Chinese civil war (mods, please). The acceptance of the offers by both Sinkiang and Mongolia sees roughly 200,000 troops flood into these nations. 100,000 spread out to put control over Sinkiang, and in full support of the Mongolian Peoples party, the Red Army makes a major incursion and taken out Ungern-Sternberg or the Bloody Baron, in a lightning attack effectively ending his opposition government and putting the Mongolian communists in power.
 * The Mongolian People’s Party and Sinkiang accept the Soviet aid.
 * Chinese Reaction: The Kuomintang condemns the Soviet incursion into Xinjiang, regarding it as sovereign territory of the Chinese Republic. China, which has not recognized Mongolia's independence since the 1911 revolution, also ignores the Mongolian communist government.
 * Mongolia isnt communist yet.- Colgan
 * Weimar Republic: Hitler is dead. A man rising in the political scheme of Germany is gone and so is the leadership of their rivals. The Nazbols, now disorganized, resort to the form of council leadership with people close to the leader taking charge. Rudolf Höss, a great fan of Hitler's works at the funeral of his idol. As the National Socialists mourn what they saw as the man that would be the gateway to their survival gone, many struggle to replace the leadership. Infuriated by the events, Rudolf Höss delivers a fiery speech with such great passion and emotion, it catches everyone's attention: “As the sun sets on our Führer, a new dawn shall arise for what he had left behind will hold true to what must be done for not just our survival but the German people's survival from the multinationals, bolsheviks, and other enemies of the German people corner us with such abominable quantities of degeneracy, it's pathetic. We will not let the Fatherland sink any further as when we hit rock bottom, comrades, there is only one way but up! For the Führer, For the Fatherland, Sieg Heil!”. Rudolf Höss, someone close to Hitler and with access to his private office, finds a journal detailing Hitler's envisionments and standards. It is taken and reviewed four different times over the weekend when headlines discuss further political attacks by an anonymous group called “The Stars of David”, a radical Marxist group targeting people they see as threats. Rudolf Hey takes leadership as party spokesperson while Alfred Baeumler takes charge as party Leader yet mainly focused on the organizational sector while the chairmen handle each sector. Rudolf Höss stands out in Cologne under supervision and protection of the Nazi Paramilitary against the terrorists against the state calling out the multinationals, the communists, and the Jews, specifically the most radical, as the enemies against the Germans and has provided how far and how desperate they are to stop the German movement “for when the people are united, they may stand tall against their troubles but if divided, they shall fall.” - Rudolf Höss. The government's reach is to focus on removing money from circulation to retard inflation. In the meantime, heavy policing is done in the evening as the new organization begins harassing politicians as well - mostly in Bavaria and Brunswick. A new Chancellor by the name of Hans Luther comes to power. Policies by the still present Nazi Party backed by a now more increasingly vocal. Rudolf Höss such as banning pornography and homosexual shows for the sake of traditionalism is pushed. “Sein Kampf” begins to be worked on by Rudolf Höss displaying what is known of Hitler' life by what had been told openly and what had been displayed within his journal's and personal writing to put together a book about the core of Nazi values. More and more people see him as the voice of the party as his speech gain more attention and traction.

1925


The Saudis invade and attack the Kingdom of Hejaz, seizing cities of Medina and Mecca.

'''Tibet begins annexing some warlord states around it, growing to huge size. The ROC annexes Yunnan and splits the Ma Clique with Tibet.'''

National Bolshevism rises in popularity in the Soviet Union mainly in the Far East.

'''Otto Strasser becomes leader of the Nazi Party, and begins shaping the party in my image. After rising through the ranks, he begins reforming the party in his own image.'''

'''Many lobbyists from international corporations dignificantly damages public opinion of Leonard Wood. The Democratic politicians in Congress use this as a general lampoon against the Republican POTUS, arguing that the imperialist policies of the Wood administration have almost as much damage to companies at home as the communists abroad.'''

''' The Civil War in Austria ends with the Austrian Communist Party and the Italian forces seizing the capital, while Serbia occupies the territory they border. The League of Nations organizes a conference in Geneva, declaring Austria to be a territorial mandate until a new government is organized. '''

''' The Hapsburgs go back into exile from Austria to wherever they came from in the first place. '''

Hermann Ehrhardt becomes leader of the National Bolshevik Party.


 * Persia: While the Shah is out of the country a coup d'etat is successfully finished. The coup is led by former Minister of Defense, Reza Pahlavi. He names the next dynasty the Pahlavi Dynasty and crowns himself Shah of Persia. The new Shah addressed the alliance with Syria and says that it remains in force. Tehran University is completed and visited by the new Shah. The Shah begins to modernize the navy and establish an air force - although a small one. Persia sends 30,000 troops to help Syria in the Nejd front [permission from Leliana to post]
 * Syria Dip: We switch our support from the Qajar to the Pahlavi Dynasty, and extend special congratulations to Rezah Khan. We further ask help for the crushing of the Saudi Emirates.
 * Poland: Josef Pilsudski finally sends the Polish military into Wilno to stop ethnic violence. He meets with local Lithuanian leaders and announces the refounding of a friendship between the Polish and Lithuanian peoples. However, he also criticizes the Lithuanian Government in Kaunas for refusing to accept this friendship and, according to Pilsudski, funding Lithuanian rebels to destabilize this friendship. Pilsudski also announces his intention to form the Intermarium - a massive state to counterbalance both Germany and Russia. Radziwill supports this idea while Dwomski doesn't, instead, favoring a greater Poland. The two ignore these differences, however, in wake of threats that the socialists and separatists pose. Radziwill soon overshadows Dmowski with his traditionalist rhetoric, acceptance of minorities and pure charisma. The Sejm breaks down after a session when a fight breaks out between right-wing and left-wing elements. Later that week, the Sejm building in Warsaw is burned down. Polish police arrest a Polish nationalist and alleged Hussar associated with Dmowski as responsible. The Polish Anti-Fascist Front is formed to fight the rising right-wing tide. Jewish anarchists attempt the assassination of Dmowski in response to the Sejm fire. Pilsudski and the police use this as an excuse to crack down on anarchist neighborhoods in Warsaw. Council Communism grows among Polish Germans and inhabitants of Greater Poland. The Anti-Fascists are especially strong in this area. More and more social democrats, formerly the majority of Polish politics, have begun shifting to the right in fear of communist revolution akin to the one in Austria. A legion of the Hussars goes to Imperial Austria to symbolically help out in the fight to save a monarchy. Josef Pilsudski also engages in various reforms, such as the subsidizing of companies to industrialize eastern Poland and take advantage of resources such as oil there and the building of a second port to rival Danzig as we do not have full control over the territory.
 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. The government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artist begin to make to national headline as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked upon. Troops in the Negve are pulled out until 500 men are left..We try to work on a navy with attemps up down and down the Nile. The King begins to work on the idea of airpower by trying to enlist men to create planes. Wafdist begin to study the recent war in Syria. A group called "The Muslim Brotherhood" is formed. Egyptian troops are placed on the Sudanese border, Supplies are sent to the Sudanese border.
 * Syria Dip: we ask Egypt to send help for crushing Saudi Arabia.
 * Republic of China: Having taken large amounts of territories in the west and south, the Kuomintang government turns its attention to securing coastal provinces that have a large population, extensive foreign trade and a lot of economic potential. With many of the minor warlords having fallen, the KMT turns its attention away from military campaigns to developing the country. Premier Sun begins implementing an economic plan to develop north China, the Yangtze River area, and the southern provinces of Guangdong and Guangxi. Although many European and American companies have been involved in trade since the 19th century, the government begins an anti-corruption campaign to allow foreign companies to better invest in China and increase efficiency in the government administration. Corruption among officials is punished by death, with public executions of the first violators carried out in early 1925 to set an example. At the same time, construction begins on extending railway lines while upgrading the existing ones in coastal China to better connect major cities, the countryside, thereby improving the economy. In addition to improving railways, the road network for automobiles is also beginning to be upgraded, even though cars are not very widespread in the country. At the same time, with Japanese help the Chinese government begins constructing more factories to increase Chinese industry and exports. It is also to make China more self-sufficient in terms of military production, to be able to equip its army more adequately. The first of these factories are to be built primarily in Shanghai, Nanjing, Tianjin, and Canton. Due to continued instability, Premier Sun announces that National Assembly elections cannot be carried out until later. As for the national reunification campaign, the Guominjun secures the coastal provinces and the KMT asks the warlord Yan Xishan of the Shanxi Province to join the KMT in return for remaining governor of his territory, as Sun praises the work of the "Model Governor" as an example to follow for the rest of the country. [Mod Response] The military is reformed. The government makes a strong effort to implement national conscription of men between the ages of 18 and 27 years of age. The Guominjun (National Army) will consist of one million men, organized into divisions of 15,000 troops. Divisions will be grouped into field armies of two or more divisions, with the army group of two or more armies being the largest formation. A promising young officer named Chiang Kai-shek is made the first Chief of the General Staff. It is planned that the army will be able to sustain itself primarily from Chinese produced weapons, although foreign arms and equipment will still be bought for the more advanced models. Development of the navy, consisting mostly of outdated warships, and the nonexistent air force will be temporarily put off for now. There is now also more opportunity for China to become a bigger player in the international community. Alfred Sao-ke Sze, recently appointed Chinese Ambassador to the Court of Saint James by the KMT and former head of the Chinese delegation to the Paris Peace Conference in 1919, makes a statement from London. In the statement he condemns the League's aggression against Austria, seeing it as similar to the unjust way that China had been treated by the European great powers. China also seeks to establish diplomatic relations with its northern neighbor, the Soviet Union, and closer economic ties with Germany.
 * I haven't started helping your development yet but that being said.
 * Yan Xishan joins the RoC on the condition that he is given a cabinet position. -Nate
 * Japanese Dip: The Japanese delegation offers China a formal trade agreement which would permit Japanese businesses to invest and develop China's Primary and secondary industrial sector under the condition that companies and enterprises be under joint Chinese-Japanese ownership. It also offers fair pricing on Japanese finished goods on the Chinese market. The agreement also offers temporary worker status and student visas to Chinese citizens to help the economy of China develop and to improve relations between China and Japan. Furthermore, Japan offers its assistance in restoring Chinese national stability by protecting shipping lanes in throughout the China sea.
 * Chinese Diplomacy: China agrees to this deal. Additionally, the Chinese ambassador also asks if Japan can send military advisors to help train officers at the Whampoa Military Academy and troops of other divisions, and allow Chinese officers to study at the Imperial Japanese Army Academy, as was the case back during the Qing Dynasty in the early 1900s.
 * Japanese Dip: Japan agrees.
 * Empire of Japan: The success of Shigeru's intervention in Manchuria and makes him a national hero. Shigeru quickly gains allies on the Imperial Army General Staff including the newly appointed head of intelligence, Iwani Matsui who is considered the resident "China Expert", and Colonel Tetsuzan Nagata. The General Staff continue to analyze. the army's performance over the last few years, taking into account the disastrous Siberian Disaster and the stunning success in Manchuria. A 5000 page transcript is finally writen up establihing that while China and the rest of Asia remains far behind Japan in terms of develop, Japan must adopt countermeasures to European tactics, and adjust the aging doctrine of infantry mass formations, and adopt a more highly trained, and modernized force, taking into account German success in the spring offense and British inventions such as the tank. It is further noted that one of the reasons that Germany lost was because it was outproduced by the western allies. The transcripts makes further note of the mass mobilization doctrine carried out by the reds during the civil war. The papers list a series of recommendations including the complete mobilization of Japanese society, granting the military extensive control over the government apartus, a second wave of technological and industrial development to keep pace with the west, and the establishment of a Japanese bloc in Asia and the Pacific citing Japan's reputation as a formidible force and as a beacon for indpendence movements in East and South East Asia. These transcrits are kept from Takaaki due to his opposition to the growth of military influence of state affairs, Despite this an air of cooperation remains as the successes of Manchuria have restored the confidence that the military had lost after the defeat in Vladivostok. Takaaki's government continues to try to bring the military to its knees in private while maintaining a facade of cooperation. The economy continues to deal with the strains of the years of military adventurism. However, the conquest of Manchuria leads to speculations of renewed growth, and stocks climb for the first time in years, and companies - in particular the large Zaibatsus - begin making informal inquiries with the government and military over the economic plans for the newly acquired territories. The military industry sees a surge in production due to an increase in contracts from the military to develop improved firearms, a homegrown Japanese tank and new aircraft. Naval expansion continues with five more aircraft carriers being commissioned along with four battleships, six battle cruisers, and submarines taking note of the effectiveness of the U-boats during the Great War. Expansion of public infrastructure continues with education, health and transportation receiving a majority of the focus. Government and military subsidized living is offered to those studying mechanical and industrial engineering, medecine, biology, physics and the sciences in general. While the social sciences also receive some attention with intellectuals like Ikki Kita gaining more traction and public funding.
 * Choson (Korea): Expansion of basic infrastructure continues, as does funding of integration efforts. The growth of Korea's economy starts to outpace that of the home island's due to the increased military activity on the peninsula, and the destruction of large ports on the continent. The conquest of Manchuria increases the importance of Korean ports while those in Manchuria are ill equipped for large shipping - at least for the time being. Iron and coal extraction expand greatly as orders are placed to produce more steel. Manufacturing also starts to pick up.
 * Manshu (Manchuria): Following the liberation of Manchuria the remnants of the old Fengtian military are placed under the command of Shigeru Honjo and the Kwangtang Army. Rebuilding efforts begin in Manchuria after years of warfare in the East. The western part is better off due to the lack of fighting there. However, there is a lack of proper transportation networks in the area. Massive funds are poured into the expansion of the Mantetsu (South Manchurian Railway) and into the building of roads throughout Manchuria. The provisional government set up in the aftermath of the intervention is pressured into signing the Treaty of Changchun formally reorganizing Manchuria into the Manchu Protectorate. With the former members of the Fengtian clique being granted positions in the new government along with a lot of reformist Qing officials who fled during the violence that followed the Chinese revolution - and the former Qing Emperor Puyi is made a member of the Kazoku (Japanese Peerage) being granted the rank of Prince. The new administration goes to work on creating a legal code and ensuring the loyalty of the locals. The Protectorate is proclaimed a multi-ethnic region with Chinese and Japanese as the co-official languages and providing Chinese, Manchu, Koreans, and other groups the possibility to advance within the private and public sectors. Changchun is renamed Shinkyo/Hsinking (new capital). Compulsory Education is imposed in Manshu.
 * Taihoku (Taiwan): Economic growth and integration of the natives continues.


 * British Raj: New Delhi is expanded and other cities are as well. Due to the modernization of agriculture, cities being to grow at a faster pace. Champa rice is cultivated using the modernized method. The Indians continue to open up cigarette joints, shoe factories and other small businesses, creating an Indian middle-class. Cars begin to become popular among the Indian upper-class. Local villages improve medical care, thanks to British help, with them training a cadre of Indian doctors. Medium Mark I tanks being production, to create Indian industrial jobs. Lee Enfield rifles continue being produced. Several universities open up in New Delhi. Electricity begins to hook up, for now in the cities. However, it will be expected to reach the villages to an extent. Roads are built, as well as dirt paths, these done by the locals to connect the villages. The waste disposal system created by the villages and city governors is done via collaboration with the colonial authorities. Meanwhile, a nationalist, Subhras Chandra Bose splits from the Indian National Congress and joins Azad Hind, a Hindu nationalist group. He tries to recruit mostly among the lower classes. Seeing this situation, Rufus Isaacs deliver a speech to New Delhi. "Until recently, India has seen dark times. Not enough food to eat. Now, due to reforms we are catching up to the British mainland. Yet I have further. I shall create jobs, get you all wealthier, and expand your rights! You now have full economic freedom!" The Indian crowd cheers and throws hats at this speech. Subhras Chandra Bose and his followers are not impressed. They speed up recruiting. Meanwhile, some Islamists form a group: "Ansar al Deen," which is secretive but active in OTL Pakistani tribal areas. To counter this, more shoe factory jobs are created there.
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: A formal declaration of war is made by the Syrian parliament, declaring the Saudi Emirate as an enemy of the state and a threat to all of Islam. With the Hashemite government in Hejaz at war, the entire Arab Army is marshalled, deploying 10,000 troops into Hejaz and 20,000 troops pour into the Nejd. Establishing a victory on both fronts, the two armies combine to converge on the remaining Saudi forces outside of Riyadh. Seeing the Hashemite patriarch in danger, Faisal reaches out to his brother King Abdullah of Iraq for aid in the Nejd front [Mod Response]. Faisal emphasizes abroad the significance of the Holy Sites, Mecca and Medina, of being threatened by Saudi Forces, and therefore we call in our allies of Egypt, Turkey and Persia to send reinforcements of both fronts for the invasion of Arabia [Player Responses]. Ships continue to be built at Haifa, where the Zionists communities are expanded. City building programs are implemented on many coastal regions and highlands, improving the livelihoods of the diverse people groups in Syria.


 * Commonwealth of Australia: The immigration program starts to be seen as a success, with citizens from war-torn Europe and Latin America starting to relocate to Australia, mainly to the cities of Sydney, Melbourne, Darwin, and Perth. To further provide incentives to skilled worker immigration, the first three children of immigrants shall have half of their school expenses paid for by the government until their last year of college. The government also sanctions a program to use the veterans of the Great War as the shepherds of Australia's fledgeling Armed Forces, with offerings of higher salaries to the veterans to help make the military more professional. In the naval side, a twin to HMAS Australia is slated to begin construction by the end of the year. The rising economy fueled by new labor, rise in education, and the extraction of raw materials supports all of these new expenses. The Australian government reaches out to the Netherlands, asking for privileges for Australian companies in the surveying and extraction of oil and rubber sources in the Dutch East Indies, in exchange for privileges granted to Dutch companies surveying and extracting metals in Australia (Mod Response).
 * The Dutch Shell company accepts the deal. -Nate
 * Republic of the US of Brazil: Rio de Janeiro is connected at the 12th of April with the new railway, thus around half of the track is completed. Meanwhile, civil unrest goes further as many lieutenants and most of the Brazilian navy positioning themselves against the current oligarchy and provoke an anti-government uprising. they don't have a single ideology yet, but all of them want secret and free elections and a more competent and powerful government. The lieutenants also want to educate the people about the misery they live in. The uprisings leader is the lieutenant and PCB member Luís Carlos Prestes who also seeks to arm the people and overthrow the oligarchs in a revolution. In December many workers of coffee plantations go on strike, triggering an intervention of the police.
 * Kingdom of Sweden: Prime Minister Barloe has become subject to migraines and recently broke his hip in an accident. With the Four Brothers meeting again, the discussion is focused on the Soviet threat and has Finland heavily armored the protection on the Soviets. Elections are held but the outcomes are unknown at the moment. MOD RESPONSE Gustaf's son has become extremely dictatorial with the housemaids.
 * I have no idea what this election consists of, but you are free to have whatever election results you want. -Nate
 * Viskail Haljik wins the Election and the Social Party is now in the seat of power
 * Turkey: Atatürk's reforms continue at a breakneck pace, with the economic reforms taking the most precedence. Agricultural output continues to rise and is nearly at pre-war levels thanks to government assistance. The government nationalizes the tobacco industry, which was previously dominated by French-owned companies. While this reduces investment in the short term, the new profits from the tobacco farms are put to use further growing the agricultural and industrial sectors of the economy. The government invests into several industrial and infrastructure projects such as paved roads and railroads to better link the nation. Manufactories continue to recover and grow, although they remain a fraction of the overall economy. Government investment in the chromium industry also helps to grow the economy over time. Domestically, education programs continue across the country, although again it is difficult to ensure that everyone gets a top of the line education. Even so, literacy rates begin to improve, especially in the areas around Izmir and Ankara. Internationally, the Turkish government declares a proactive stance toward the Saudi problem, claiming that the Saudi conquest of the holy cities, especially after the massacre at Ta'if, poses a great danger to the Middle East and the Sultan Mehmed VI's position as Caliph. The Sultan Osman-ı Evvel is sent to the Red Sea, where it undergoes live fire testing as it shells any Saudi encampments along the Hejazi coast. Turkey pledges nearly 5000 men and two squadrons of fighters and bombers to help Middle Eastern forces retake the Hejaz and protect the holy places from desecration. Turkey reiterates its call to the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, insisting that the Mosul Question must be debated and answered with a mutually satisfying agreement. Turkey will not cease its claim until there is some negotiated settlement. POST MOD RESPONSE: Outraged that the British government would not even come to the negotiating table, the Turkish government doubles down on its claim to the former Mosul vilayet and insists that it was illegally occupied following the conclusion of hostilities in WWI. The Turgut Reis, the Turkish navy's oldest battleship, is sent to Gölcük for modernization, especially in order to improve its derelict engines and boilers. Along the southeastern border, the Turkish army begins building up stockpiles of rifles and ammunition and contacts with prominent Turkmen tribal leaders and Ottoman-trained officers in Iraq are established. The Turkish government approaches France, asking to discuss the purchase of different types of military assets.
 * Britain says that Mosul is rightful Iraqi land and refuses to give Mosul to Turkey. -Colgan
 * The Hellenic Republic: The manufacturing, construction and industrial sectors of the economy flourish under low labor costs and the low tax burden. Shipping and shipbuilding industries flourish. The integration of the Anatolian Greeks into society continues, and housing prices have skyrocketed. The government does what it can to help the most vulnerable of these new members of Greek society, settling them in Thrace to solidify the Greek ethnic claim on the lands. The lower industrial and commercial taxes implemented last year do manage to make Greek products more competitive internationally. The Navy continues its efforts to design new torpedo boats and coastal gunboats. With the UK unwilling to even hear the Greek request for ships, the navy decides to take matters into its own hands. Preliminary work begins on the design of a larger than normal heavy cruiser armed with large guns (roughly similar to the OTL Deutschland-class Cruiser). Furthermore, an offer is made to the United States of America, asking to purchase a New York Class battleship either the Texas or the New York for the equivalent of five million dollars. Politically, the stability of last year remains thanks to the focus on the economy.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the socialist party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to social Democrats. With the Austrian Civil War ended, Italy offers to aid the Austrians in rebuilding their country. They propose Johann Koplenig head Austria's communist party, as Austria's current communist leadership is fairly weak. Koplenig worked in Styria with Italian Communists and is highly sympathetic toward them. Having Koplenig in Austria would secure good post-Great War relations, which is exactly what is needed. Some critics of Koplenig have accused him of being an Italian puppet. With the rise of communism across the world, Antonio Gramsci proposes a meeting of the various socialist thinkers and leaders around the world. Italy's economy flourishes this year as trade with Soviet Russia and now Austria seems to be creating a separate socialist world market.


 * Republic of Peru: a trade pact is once again offered to the United States (GB RESPONSE NEEDED!). The Peace Talks in Buenos Aires continues, Bolivia player goes to Here for Peace Talks. We continue to exploit our resources such as rubber and minerals. President Leguía gains much popularity for his reforms to the economy and much more trust of the upper class is apparent in Peru. Our major cities are expanded upon, such as Lima, Cusco and Arequipa. investments in Education begin to be noticable in the class room as better quality textbooks and classrooms are more common.
 * Chile agrees to particpate in the peace conference. -Nate
 * Most Serene Republic of San Marino: The Communist party, growing heavily in popularity and size splits into two, one remaining the Communsit Party of San Marino, and the other becoming the People's Party of San Marino. A hung parliament follows, but the Communist Party, through skillfull diplomacy, manages to keep afloat.
 * Argentine Republic: President Alvear continues reforms to improve living situations in rural areas and increasing industrialization for the nation. He seeks closer relations with Paraguay and Uruguay advocating for a Southern South American league of friendship with Chile and Brazil invited. (Mod and player responses needed!!) With the exclusions of Asians to America via immigration, Alvear supports that Argentina is a place for immigrants to make new lives. Agriculture is slowly becoming more mechanized allowing more to move to the cities and fill jobs in the budding factories.
 * Uruguay agrees, but Paraguay is unsure. -Nate
 * Soviet Union: The advancement of Soviet industry in direct adversity to the US embargo proves to be a selling point and many Communists and National Bolsheviks champion the various policies as being highly successful in not only setting the Soviet Union on the path to self-sufficiency but also allowing for the growth and development of a unique and separate socialist world market. Lenin agrees to the meeting of all the communist leaders and offers to house it in the Kremlin in Moscow, the seat of the world's premier communist state. The unexpected development of industrial and agricultural potential in the Far East brings a tough question to Lenin, force people who are out of work in the west and still suffering to remain in the west, or allow some more freedom of movement specifically to the East. With the further Development of Ekatinberg and Omsk as more thorough industrial centers Lenin in a meeting with the Supreme Soviet brings about the West to East Industrial plan. Taking advantage of the Industrial development momentum in the Soviet Union, and the possibility of untold riches in Siberia, the East will be set as a safety valve. Tens if not hundreds of thousands of people with better chances of work and prosperity in the east will be allowed to head east to settle it and work the new jobs cropping up. This will in effect spur the development of a larger construction and infrastructure industry in the East while the core Western industrial zones will remain intact and solidified and not overenlarged allowing the peasants to head to the underpopulated Eastern cities. As a result of this, heavy infrastructure projects are detailed in the East such as Hyroelectric power, new resource extraction points and the promises of "The Disenfranchised Red will find his Peace out East." The Developments along the Amur River start to come to fruition with a modest harvest this year. Lenin, however, is able to begin the major push to develop the mechanization of Agriculture specifically to expand the Soviet agricultural output seven-fold and make the Soviets one of the largest agricultural production regions in the world. This is especially prominent in Ukraine as the development of the Donbass Basin and the mechanization of Agriculture begins to bring noted benefits.
 * United States of America: The internal crackdown on Communist and other Leftist elements continues, as does the limited military expansion engendered by the ongoing chaos in the Global order. Among the general force size increases is the step taken in support of the US Cavalry, in that a new testing center for the study of mechanized equipment, in particular armored cars and tanks, is established at Fort Still in Okalahoma. A school of armored warfare is also established on site, with the goal of seeing how best to bring mechanization to the US Armed Forces as well as invent and test new tactics. Increased funding for the development of new vehicles is also undertaken. Expansion of the highway network and the development of Muscle Shoals continues. Foreign policy-wise, the United States accepts the trading pact offerred by Peru in light of her refusal to assist Bolivia's madness. The same deal is extended to Chile, along with the prospect of surplus military equipment in addition to low interest loans to finanace their war effort. Closer to home, with tentative Canadian agreement, the United States proposes a meeting between the Heads of State of the two nations as well as those of Mexico in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, in order to discuss the formation of a unified trading and military bloc in 1926. In Asia, the United States requests that the British Raj form a trading and relationship with it. Meanwhile, the American military establishment in China is also increased. An additional six gunboats and four destroyers are deployed to maintain patrols of the Yangzte River while 8000 further Marines are likewise sent to extend American influence along the length of said river. Finally, in what becomes one of his two great speechs as President and the first ever major political radio broadcast, President Wood makes his famous "The Verdict of History" address. Its focus is nothing less than a full indictment against the Communist powers, in particular Italy and the USSR. The address begins with a focus on the facts, as they are known to the United States, in that the utter destruction Communist rule has imposed on the people of Russia is laid bare; [http:// the decline of heavy industry to just 13% of its 1913 total, iron and steel to just 3.6%, the almost destruction of capital goods, and the collapse of small industry to just 44%.]The President then goes on to note that no mechanization of Soviet agriculture nor development of a modern rail system is possible without American capital, given the Soviet lacking, and that no European allies (a jab toward Italy) can make up for this. He then further goes on to note that only with American capital and expertise could the Soviets hope to make their system work and that so long as he is President, this will never come about. He concludes the address by directly calling Communism an evil empire.
 * Weimar Republic: with Rudolf as the new leader of the Nazi Party, organization is altered to that of what Hitler had set up. Rudolf is now the new Führer of the party and as a result, he establishes multiple offices within Königsberg, Dresden, and Cologne with more public funding coming in from donors. The Stars of David re-organize into a gang that works around giving loans to others and in return have to pay back double but with increasing inflation rates, this puts the goons in the pressure of acting desperate to get their money by harassing German Corporatist, and other officials with Ransom's and so forth and will the ever so growing lawlessness, within poor urban zones, they thrive. Their leader remains anonymous. Murders of the national bolshevik leaders occur once more with suspicions of the culprits being linked to themselves. As a result, their popularity drops as corruption is shown with the parties gaining funds from frauds and big bankers showing disconnect from the people. 35% of the party members leave while 45% of those move to the more attractive National Socialist Party. Rudolf Höss is infuriated with the communist seizure of power within Austria and as a result, the sister Group, The Austrian Brotherhood whose main goal was to achieve the threat of communism within Austria. Secret messages would be relayed to others in Austria for organization of the movement while private shipments of weapons from Germany would move in. Josef Leopold is recognized as leader while Strassmen is placed under the role of director of the project. The German Central Bank under control of an unfit Adminstration, has the Marke drop slightly but not as bad as previous falls which is a sign of more stability. anti-Semitism rises unusually higher Lea to 200,000 Jewish citizens packing their bags although others brush it off as a minor phase and an isolated situation. Small minute quanities of concealed rearmament occurs with added weaponry and such put in private owned storage units across the country. Rudolf delivers a speech in Berlin calling out against the unnatural characters promoted by businesses Along city district promoting pornography and adultery which he explains it as an attachment to on German Values of traditionalism and harm to the youth.

1926
''' Following their popular financial support, both houses of the US Congress have a majority of Democratic politicians in the midterm elections. In order to please their lobbyists, these congressmen vote against some of Wood's more extreme foreign policy. '''


 * Completely implausible. In the 1926 elections of IOTL the GOP lost six seats to end up with a majority of 58 seats; this means the Democrats would have to win an additional nine seats to attain a majority, for a grand total of needing 15 victories to accomplish this. To put that into perspective, there has never been a US election to feature that many losses in the Senate during a midterm, not even during the Great Depression. To further highlight how unlikely this is, the largest landslide in Presidential history was 17% in 1920; for the Democrats to achieve this here would require a 20-30% margin. - GBUSA
 * Have you considered that the reason the Republicans were so successful in the 1920s OTL was because of their isolationist policies, which is what was in popular demand? -Nate No, because such policies didn't exist. Up until the Washington Naval Conference they embarked on a Naval buildup, throughout the 1920s intervened in most Central American and Caribbean states, sent troops to China, applied diplomatic pressure on the Anglo-French to change German reparations, pressured the UK on Ireland, supported Fascist Italy economically, participated in numerous conferences such as the Genoa Conference in 1922, and other actions. Even ignoring that, we're presuming a hardline stance on Communism, when the 1920s featured the Palmer Raids and the First Red Scare was in 1919, would result in the greatest electoral defeat of any party in US history when even the Great Depression couldn't achieve such a victory. Finally, you have to remember Democrats aren't a unified bloc; in the 1930s Southern Dems broke with the national party to form a Conservative coalition with the GOP; do you really expect them to side with the Soviets? - GBUSA

Due to the favorable immigration policies of Australia, over a thousand migrant workers enters the nation this year from India and south China.

''' Many Brazilians flee the civil unrest as refugees in Bolivia, the Dominican Republic and the United States.   The Austrian Communist Party begins integrating their socialist policies in their occupied lands, the LoN mandate continues the transfer from the Empire to a democracy. '''

''' Emperor Taisho of Japan dies. '''

''' The Rif War ends with the Rif tribe surrending to the Spanish colonial Empire. '''

''' In Greece, Theodoros Pangalos attempts to use coersion tactics, using veteran military from the Greco-Turkish War, in order to force his way to be elected president of the Hellenic Republic. '''

''' Public radio and sound film begins to be used in the United States. '''

''' Britain recognizes the Kingdom of Hejaz and Nejd, and sends support, and continues to help build their Air Force. '''


 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. The government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artists begin to make to national headline as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked upon. Troops in the Negev are pulled out until 500 men are left. We try to work on a navy with attempts up down and down the Nile. The King begins to work on the idea of air power by trying to enlist men to create planes. Wafdist begins to study the recent war in Syria. A group called "The Muslim Brotherhood" is formed. Egyptian troops are placed on the Sudanese border, Supplies are sent to the Sudanese border. 70,000 Egyptian troops march into Sudan and Khartoum declaring the restoration of outright Arab Land in Africa, we call for the Arab Legion to supply our cause of Arab Unity. we send 1000 men to help in the Arabian Peninsula.
 * Great Britain demands Egypt withdraw from the Sudan which is a joint condomonium. -Nate
 * Seeing Britain Demands we send them this https://althistory.wikia.com/wiki/Anglo_-_Egypt_Treaty_(The_Great_Peace_Map_Game)
 * Republic of China: The development of the economy continues forward, with railways and roads being constructed to connect the vast country while factories are also being built in some major cities, including Shanghai, Nanjing, Tianjin, and Canton. The help from Japan allows more factories to be commissioned in other cities throughout China as well. Finally, after years of civil war, the economy begins entering a period of prosperity and growth as the stabilized political situation allows more development. The mining of minerals and other resources in northern China also provides a source of revenue, along with the Maritime Customs Service. Agricultural production continues to grow as well. Efforts are made to attract more European and American investment. The Second National Congress of the Kuomintang is called and major restructuring of the Chinese government is planned out at this session by Sun Yat-sen, Wellington Koo, and various other politicians. The KMT has surged in popularity as the unifying force of the Chinese nation since the onset of the warlord era. The Premier will remain the effective leader as the head of the Central Executive Committee, which is comprised of seven ministries—Interior, Foreign Affairs, Finance, Transport, Justice, Agriculture and Mines, Commerce. This effectively makes China a one-party state under the KMT. The armed forces, the National Army, is placed under the control of the Central Military Commission, with Sun's colleague Chiang Kai-shek being promoted to the position of Chairman of the Military Commission. The army continues recruiting and drafting, with a strength of one million men that is planned to be increased over the next few years to 1.5 million, organized into new divisions that are spread across the country. Military forces in each region are organized as "War Zones" that oversee the troops and defenses in their area. A training regimen is adopted to provide formal military training for the new troops, and many former warlord and imperial soldiers are required to go through it as well. The Whampoa Military Academy is formally established in Guangxi to train the future general officers. In foreign affairs, Sun Yat-sen, who spent a lot of time in the United States, publicly denounces America's aggressive behavior of sending troops into China as a betrayal of its founding ideals. France is asked if China can purchase several destroyers and cruisers from French shipyards for the ROC Navy. Additionally, China offers to help the Soviet Union economically in exchange for military assistance in the form of equipment and advisors.
 * British Raj: The sanitation system is complete. The trade deal with the United States is accepted by the Governor-general. Work continues to be done to clean up the cities and hook them to electricity. Some early work is done on hooking villages to electricity. British and Indian trained doctors fight disease. Meanwhile, more schools are built where English and writing are taught. At first these were mainly in the cities but are now in rural villages, with the exception of some tribal areas were hostility might arise to being taught to read and write. Modernization of agriculture continues, with many moving to cities due to greater crop yields. Particularly prized is Basmati rice. Meanwhile, help continues to be sent to create the Indian capitalist class in the cities. Lee Enfield and Medium Mark I tanks continue production. Bengal and the Dravidia regions see particular industrial growth. Shoe factories, clothing factories, and cigarette factories are made, some of them now owned by the Indian capitalist class. Subhras Chandra Bose continues to rally Azad Hind troops, many of them wielding truncheons, beating up people suspected of "betraying" their members to the British. They now serve as effective riot police in Chandra's speeches. Secretly, they stockpile some weapons, for unknown reasons currently. Ansar al Deen in the Pakistani tribal areas also stockpiles some weapons, building improvised rockets. They begin to infiltrate farther into Muslim areas, telling stories of the Great Mughals and how that glory can be brought back. Yet they are much more secretive than Azad Hind. Armstrong Whitworth Siskin fighter jets begin production in the Raj, creating more Indian jobs. Azad Hind support drops a bit after this. Meanwhile, more Indian students go to universities, opening with British help. Thus an Indian intellectual class forms, critical mostly of the independence movement, under the justification that "if there was such thing as the Indian nation in history, I would be a patriot, but there was never an Indian nation, so I am a British patriot. More significantly, Indian expertise in science increases.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the socialist party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to democratic socialists. Gramsci, frustrated by the US's failure to recognize the new socialist government in Austria is "an act of imperialism, meant to keep the suffering Austrian peoples bound by the bourgeois power structures that led to the Great War in the first place, and in refusing to recognize the new government of Austria, the United States is perpetuating continuous warfare in the region and is quickly making itself an enemy of the very standards on which it was founded." He sites the successes of socialists across the world, likening their rises to romantic notions associated with the French Revolution and other desires to be free. Italy declares the people of Austria to be under its protection and takes an active role in rebuilding the nation and shaping its newly-socialist government. In addition, it works to radicalize the Yugoslav presence in Austria, hoping to bring its wartime ally into an era of 'cooperation and peace amongst all European peoples.' Antonio Gramsci publishes the Tesi Rosse (The Red Theses), a compilation of his writings on the nature of western Communism. It describes his thoughts on cultural hegemony (how the bourgeoisie retain their control over the proletariat), his feelings on democracy's central place in any dictatorship of the proletariat, his belief that education is central to continuing a socialist state, and his criticism of economic determinism (the fallacy of associating any person in power as being strictly bourgeois or any worker as automatically being a member of a proletariat). The Tesi Rossa is distributed throughout Europe; Gramsci wishes for Europe to view socialism as a natural wish of the people and thereby democratic rather than the 'totalitarian' view many seem to associate with socialism. During this year, Italian arts flourish as the nation enters 'an era of romance,' in which the blissful workers are free to express their thoughts. Allusions to Marxist theory becomes a recurring trope in Italian cinema while physical art emulates Italian futurism. The open trade between the Soviet Union, Austria, and Italy continues to form a new economic market as Gramsci wishes to "wean the people of Italy off the ill-gotten currencies of capitalism." While Italy is more than happy to trade its wealth of culture with the rest of the world, the hostile and hypocritical reactions of nations such as the United States have taught the Italian people now more than ever that there is no ethical consumption under capitalism. Under Gen. Bordigo, Italy begins testing a number of new potential military aircraft, as well as the increasingly popular rigid airships. Furthermore, he wishes to create a stronger Italian navy. With the nationalization of oil fields in the former colonies and of industries such as Fiat, the mass accumulation of metal and oil allows the Italian military to create mass amounts of parts, arms, and ammunition. An Andrea Doria-class battleship is produced by the end of the year, along with several destroyers and corvettes.
 * Bolivia: new elections to the National Assembly are held this year; although there are still no definitive party structures or ideologies, Gustavo Navarro’s bloc of candidates largely secures reelection and even grows. A few Navarro-allied candidates run explicitly as socialists, mostly in urban areas, although most reject the label; no one in Bolivia has much of a clue what socialism is, although enthusiasm for state-directed reconstruction of the economy and expanded welfare is, with the old oligarchic class gone, widespread. Another substantial bloc of candidates win on an agrarian pro-peasant platform, while those who remain of the old liberals are largely swamped by a flood of urban radical votes due to the expanded franchise. New economic policies continue; agricultural reforms begin to take effect, while development of the Chaco and the Bolivian Amazon grows, based around ranching/yerba mate cultivation and coffee/rubber, respectively – although the government, the product of an indigenous voting majority, is careful to confirm the land titles of the regions’ native inhabitants. The improvement of roads and building of railways as a job provision program continues. With the completion of the defensive line on the Chilean border, the army largely demobilizes, with the line to be manned by conscripts rotating through their yearly periods of training. With the railway into the Chaco having reached Filadelfia, a fort and garrison is emplaced there and, as OTL, Mennonites fleeing countries who forced them to fight in the Great War are allowed to settle in the region. In cooperation with a Dutch consortium led by Royal Dutch Shell, to which the Bolivian government has promised the exclusive right to exploit new reserves, further exploration for oil begins in southern Bolivia. Meanwhile, construction of factories to manufacture Mauser bolt-action rifles and light and heavy machine guns begins, with the expertise provided by the Dutch, begins, while plans and the import of machinery begin for factories to produce light howitzers and mortars, which will necessarily take longer. Canning factories are also built with government subsidies in La Paz and Sucre, aiming to produce canned food both to make protein-rich food widely available and to provide a supply stockpile for the military, while factories to process animal bones into fertilizer are established; none of these need deeply complex machinery, only starting capital. Bolivian diplomats in Buenos Aires make state Bolivia's preliminary negotiating position - the restoration of a coastal outlet - and their refusal to deviate from it. Bolivia accepts Brazilian refugees and provides official aid.
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: After Chancellor Navarro reads that the US govt has referred to Bolivian "madness" in one of the few American newspapers to appear in La Paz, he drafts a lengthy diatribe in response suggesting that until the US ends its illegal occupations of Nicaragua, Haiti and the Dominican Republic in defence of US commercial interests, it ought to keep its nose out of the rest of the hemisphere's business. He isn't sure whether the idiom "the pot shouldn't call the kettle black" will translate into English well, but uses it anyway.
 * Peru is like “Hey man, you better like chill and stuff”.
 * Poland: Josef Pilsudski begins instituting several state socialist policies all while strengthening his position as chief of state. His supporters form their own party that joins the Corporatist Workers Coalition along with Dmowski's party and Radziwill's party. Pilsudski also uses the Sejm Fire and the assassination of Narutowicz as an excuse to increase central power and cut down on democratic institutions. Pilsudski also maintains his popularity, being supported by the left and right wing. He also begins nationalization of Polish industry and enlargement of the Polish military, instituting conscription and making sure all weaponry is up to date. The Polish Communist Party begins falling out of favor as they support Pilsudski and the recent Polish-Soviet War. The main polish leftist organization are the rising Polish Syndicalists and Council Communists, seeking to establish a revolutionary syndicalist territory in Poland and Europe. They gain an especially strong support base in Polish Silesia and Galicia. Pilsudski also announces a state of war against Lithuania because of claims that the Lithuanians were backing the Central Lithuanian Rebellion. The Polish Army, which was already stationed in the Wilno Region, launches an invasion into Lithuania, quickly destroying their frail and fragile army. Polish bombers soar over Kaunas and spare civilian areas but destroy military fortifications and munitions factories. Polish bombers also drop propaganda on the Lithuanians in Lithuanian about the "Polish-Lithuanian Identity" and a glorious intermarium that would protect from the terrors of Soviet Oppression.
 * OCC: I'm sorry but explain to me how Pilsudski was a socialist.
 * Pilsudski changed his policies a lot over the course of his life and I'm talking more of a Bismarckian style state-socialism  or social democracy but without the democracy. Pilsudski favored a centralized state and this kind of "socialism" does strengthen/centralize the government which Pilsudski favored.
 * Soviet Dip: Lenin annoyed with the Polish invasion of Lithuania and with Greater Poland being no Secret requests the Polish troops exit from Lithuania. 1.2 million Soviet Troops stand on the Polish Border and it is hoped Poland will return respectfully to treaty lines delineated by the end of the Polish-Soviet war.
 * Polish Dip: The Polish Foreign Minister to the Soviets ensures that the Poles will respect the treaty lines which only pertain to the Soviet-Polish border. Polish diplomats propose the creation of a DMZ in Polish Belarus and Ukraine for ten years which would mean neither of us could threaten each other and poland will even give some supplies to the Soviets to help crush the last bastions of white resistance. Polish Communist party leaders attempt to visit Lenin in the Kremlin about maintaining peace and that Lenin should donate money to them as opposed to just launching an invasion. Pilsudski also promises Lenin that Poland will not make any moves on Soviet land and that the Poles are "satisfied with the current Polish-Soviet Border and will not be doing anything to change that".
 * Soviet Dip: Lenin specifically delineates that Lithuania is to remain fully independent and that the Polish troops are to withdraw at once. No DMZ, No NAP, no tech or trade agreement, the Poles back down or they face the Soviet-backed Baltic states. Latvia and Estonia are recognized as fully sovereign nations in their own right and Lithuania is given the same courtesy. Poland shall withdraw at once.


 * Hungary: Hungary remains in a state of disrepair following the disastrous Hungarian-Romanian War and the failed policies of the Hungarian Soviet Republic. To recover the nation Prime Minister Istven Bethlen plans to release a new currency by next year in hopes to revitalize the nation. Regent Horthy is all but concerned and paranoid following he Austrian Communist Party's rise to power. Horthy orders diplomats to Germany to forge ties with them and gain a possible guarantee against Austro-Italian attempts at reunification, or installation of a Second Soviet Republic.
 * Poland offers Hungary an anti-communist alliance as Poland also fears communists (the Soviet Union). We also propose some sort of economic cooperation.
 * Reluctantly accepts Hungarian-Polish cooperation. However, the diplomatic missions to Germany will continue.


 * The Hellenic Republic: Construction begins on a large shipyard with public and private backing. The new shipyard is built to be big enough to construct larger battleships and battlecruisers. The integration of the Anatolian Greeks into society continues, and housing prices have skyrocketed. The government does what it can to help the most vulnerable of these new members of Greek society, settling them in Thrace to solidify the Greek ethnic claim on the lands. The lower industrial and commercial taxes implemented last year do manage to make Greek products more competitive internationally. The Heavy-Cruiser design begins to take form under the working title Hermes-Class thanks to its high speed. The cruiser will be armed with seven 30.48 cm guns in three turrets, two fore and one aft. With a top speed of 29 knots, the ship is designed to outrun anything that can outgun it, but still hunt down and outgun most other cruisers. Unfortunately, no shipyard in Greece has the capacity to build such a ship at this time. The Greek Navy also reaches out to the United Kingdom asking if Greece could purchase HMS Centurion and HMS Ajax both of which the United Kingdom recently decommissioned.(Mod Response Please, in OTL they were sold for scrap/used as a target ship) The Greek purchase of the New York from the USA goes through this year as well. Politically, Theodoros Pangalos, an ardent Venizelist, is elected to the Presidency of the Hellenic Republic. While largely a ceremonial position, he enjoys working closely with his favorite ideologue Prime Minister Eleftherios Venizelos.
 * The British sell the HMS Ajaz, but the HMS Centurion is being experimented as a radio target ship for the time being.
 * Greece thanks the British for their generosity and wishes them best of luck with the experiments on the Centurion.


 * Republic of Peru: Peru continues to thrive, and with the new US trading pact, we begin to experience an influx of capital coming our way. President Leguía announces that the talks in Buenos Aires are going well, and that they should succeed (Bolivia please see Here for peace talks page, and please put your proposal). We continue to extract our valuable minerals and rubber from our beautiful lands. The Peruvian Government is unsettled by Bolivia’s increasingly wild and radical nature after its Anti-American sentiment, calling it a “Rogue State”, and hopes the peace talks might bring things back to normal. We continue to fund an increasingly more available education system, with more supplies being available for the classroom. We begin to modernize our military, and offer to trade the US valuable crash crops in exchange for state of the art military equipment (GB RESPONSE NEEDED!).
 * US Department of State: The United States accedes to the request of Peru and formulates the Lima Exchange Commission, wherein the US proposes a free trade agreement between the two nations with preferntial rates on surplus American equipment to aid the development of the Peruvian Armed Forces. The US also goes further and suggests Peru allow for extensive US investment into the nation to develop it, particularly its mineral reserves and agricultural sector.
 * Soviet Union: Annoyed with the gall and audacity of the Poles, Lenin, Bukharin and the Politburo convene on whether to intervene. However, rather than outright reignite the Polish-Soviet War Bukharin convinces the Politburo and Lenin himself on the possibility of bringing Estonia and Latvia into the fold as Soviet Protected States. The Soviets offer a guarantee of protection to the Baltics for economic and Political Cooperation to prevent their outright annexation to the Poles insane Intermarium or Greater Poland idea (Nate, please). With this under such scrutiny and an issue now on the border the Soviets hope to attemp to force a withdrawal from Lithuania. Reservists are called back into Service and upward of 1.2 million men are amassed all over the Polish border taking care not to aggressively spark a war with Poland. With a newly consolidated and semi modernized industrial base behind them, the Red Army sees its best and most well equipped troops, with massive artillery support behind them and a with the reconstitution and expansion of the railway system a huge supply chain to keep these troops in the field. The Soviet West to East plan continues with the acquisition of industrial equipment from Japan, and Italy, as well as huge boons from Communist Sympathisers in the French upper industrial circles being able to secure lots of industrial product to build its own industrial base. The beginning of the Expansion phase of Krasnoyarsk and Novosibirsk begins as well with the buildup of more infrastructure specifically rail lines to connect resource deposits as well as expand the amount of traffic the Trans-Siberian Railway can hold. With the initial and intermediate effects of the recession now controlled and Soviet Consumer industry and light industries now back up and running the production of basic goods for the people is now under control and the stuttering Soviet economy finally gets on solid ground as with the influx of oil and raw resources capital from selling abroad allows the Soviet economy to begin to get a grind onto full scale expansion seeing noteworthy growth this year. The influx of Italian engineers as well as some French and German engineers specifically hired for this work officially startup a series of automotive plants across the Soviet Union specifically in Niznh Novgorod and Volgograd. The intial vehicles are of dubious quality but Soviet automotive engineers start researching into improvements. The Military industry has seen some of the most prolific and notable change as the standardization of Soviet equipment has kept them busy and support equipment, as well as rifles and artillery batteries are cranked out. Radios also begin to be distributed in higher echelons leading to a higher level of cohesian in the Red Army specifically amassed on the border with Poland. The control of Sinkiang and Mongolia give the Far East industrial growth a much needed resource boost as the influx of raw resources from a closer source allows the Soviets to further build up Ulan Ude and Irkutsk. Vladivostok as a result of proximity to Japan is able to begin building up its dockyards in a more respectable fashion specifically geared toward producing trade ships and some shipyards even large enough to produce heavy hitting naval ships with one of these specifically able to construct battleships. The signing of a temporary pact with the Estonians and Latvian sees roughly 100,000 troops from the Red Army flood over the border and set up positions on the Lithuanian border prepared to move on a moments notice.
 * The Baltics decline protection but propose a temporary military alliance with the Soviets to combat the poles, as they see the Soviets as more friendly, and an economic corporation..
 * Poland is willing to come to an agreement with the Soviets, recognizing their overlordship over the two northern Baltic states and even a science/economic agreement and non-aggression pact in exchange for keeping Lithuania.
 * Soviet Dip: We Decline, Lithuania shall go free and we shall lobby for the Lithuanians to give up their claims to Wilno. But that is it. Poland shall retreat out of National Lithuania.
 * Poland would like to occupy Lithuania for one year and establish a new government before withdrawing but promises to withdraw after that time.
 * Soviet Dip: 1.3 million Soviet soldiers stand on your doorstep, well supplied, and staring down across Poland's large... mostly indefensible border. Retreat from Lithuania.
 * Poland calls the international community, mainly enemies of the Soviets, to stand against this aggression while readying our formidable and battle hardened forces (three-fourths of our entire army). Also, I am rather sceptical of being able to field 1.3 million men after the infrastructure in that area was already decimated in the Polish-Soviet War and according to Wikipedia the Red Army only numbered 800,000 during this time period, not to mention Soviet forces occupied elsewhere in Sinkiang and on the border with Japan.
 * Actually, the Soviets - along with many other forces - could move around over one million by the end of the great war. Secondly, you're being super aggressive against Lithuania so while the west would be antagonized by Soviet expansion, I doubt they would intervene specially with the civil war still fresh in everyone's mind With Blood and Iron (talk) 17:35, July 10, 2018 (UTC)
 * On this, I shall side with Poland. IOTL they outright attempted to annex Lithuania in 1919 and the British were still willing to go to bat over the Soviets in the Baltics. - GBUSA
 * Empire of Japan: With the passing of Emperor Taisho the country enters a brief morning before embracing the new Emperor Hirihito is proclaimed Emperor Showa. Following his acension there is a major fall out between Takaaki and the Imperial General Staff. The military command successfully outmenuever Takaaki, by gaining the cofidence of the young Emepror. Takaaki is dismissed and Tanaka Giichi is named Prime minister of Japan forming a new cabinet and Diet mostly filled with pro-Zaibatsu, and pro-military members of the Rikken  Seiyukai party (conservatives.) Amongst his cabinet appointments surprisingly is Ikki Kita, whose books and political theories have grown in popularity amongst members of the military, the general public and the emperor himself he is made the Minister of Education and minister of colonial affairs and Fumimaro Konoe (the man who famously walked out of the peace of varsaille as Minister of Foreign relations, Within the military itself, Tanaka finds allies amongst the growing Toseiha faction (control Faction), whose members include Shigeru Honjo, Iwane Matsui, Tetsuzan Nagata, and Isoroku Yamamoto amongst others. The Toseiha faction quickly gain prominence within the new government and quickly establish connections with the Zaibatsus. They advocate total control over the state apparatus, State-capitalism, corporatist economics, and military and trechnological innovation so as to prepare Japan for total war in peace and wartime and Pan-Asianism along the lines laid out by Ikki Kita's works. The Imperial Military Institute of Engineering in Osaka is giving the task of developing new tanks and armored vehicles and improving existing military technologies. Economic growth starts to pick up at a rapid pace thanks to the growth in trade in East Asia. Shipping, manufacturing, steel production, and radio companies in particular enter a booming period. Massive efforts are put into expanding infrustructure across the empire and the government starts investing in radios and improved lines of communcation. Military excpansion and modernization continue. The army is expanded to one million active troops with another 500,000 in reserves. Drilling and tactics are giving greater emphasis now. Naval expansion continues with two more battleships and another aircraft carrier being commissioned, five more battle cruisers, and six submarines are also built. The IJA, AND IJN begin ordering large quantities of aircrafts which are being produced by Misubishi and Kawasaki Heavy industries to meet the growing demand. Both companies secure contracts from the military and government to begin building factories in Manchuria as part of the industrialization of Manshu. Investments in enginnering, and technological innovation is increased. Many western weapons and decvices are reverse engineered. Japan's Automobile industry also starts to take off with increased domestic demand. Major Banking reforms are also put forward by Tanaka Giichi's cabinet to modernize and bring under control the rampent lending without collotoral, the planned reforms are supported by the Zaibatsus, but opposed by the liberals, and small business lobbies.
 * Choson: Economic growth continues due to increased traffic between Manshu and Japan along with the increase in trade with China and Japan. Cultural integration continues and with the recent appointment of Ikki Kita to Minister of Education major efforts are made into adjusting the perception of both Japanese and Koreans toward each other to show that both people are from the same origins they just diverted in development but remain sister cultures. Confucius, and Buddhist teahings of self enlightenment and social harmony become a major focus of the corriculum, along with practical skills to further the productivity ofthe population. Police brutality against ethnic Koreans is curved, and Korean is promoted in primary and secondary education along side Japanse though Post secondary education remains almost exclusively in Japanese. The Japanese population in Keijo (Seoul), and Inchon and the south start to grow.
 * Manshu: Industrialization of Manshu begins in earnest with the Kwantung Army building lots of army owned factories, and with the major Zaibatsus following suit. Shinkyo/Hsinking, Port Arthur, Mukden, Karbin, and other cities receive a major influx of capital as the protecterate government goes about rebuilding and modernizing the cities. lines of communication are improved greatly with telegram lines, telephone lines and electricity lines being built across the region alongside improved roads, and railway lines. Mantetsu (south Manchuria Railway) is a major investor in a lot of these projects and the company quickly grows to become the largest company in Manchuria alongside the traditional Zaibatsus. Education is improved greatly as compuslary attendance is enforced. Buddhism is promoted within the corriculum, alongside confucius teachings. Manshu is declared a multi-ethnic entity within the Japanese Empire, and Ikki Kita's education reforms and colonial propaganda are heavily implemented here in an effort to build up a following for his Pan-asian ideals. Fortification of the region begins to solidify control over the region. Mining increases tenfold, and surveying of the region begins in earnest to determine the resources found in the area. Manshu's ports start to pick up increased traffic as trade with China nad the Soviet Union expand.
 * Taihoku: Taihoku sees a major advancement within the Japanese empire with three members of the Imperial Diet being elected from the island. The City of Taihoku and its surronding area are made into the Prefecture of Taihoku marking a change in Imperial policy toward the islands, from one of a model colony to one of formal integration into the Home Islands. The Imperial University of Taihoku lots of funds to improve the overall quality of education to bring it up to par with the Home Islands.
 * South Pacific Mandate: Efforts to integrate the locals begin in earnest. Contruction of ports and fortifications throughout the South Pacific begin. Lines of communication are improved throughout the mandate.
 * Japanese Dip: China, Britain, USA and the Dutch and French are invited to Tokyo to an international summit to discuss trade, security in the Far East next year. (mods and players respond)
 * The United Kingdom and the Netherlands both agree to the summit.
 * Jap Dip: Japan offers a trade agreement and alliance to Siam, to its longtime friend Siam. (OTL Japan and Siam had really good relations at this time, and Siam saw Japan as model for itself to avoid colonization) ( Mod response, please)
 * Siam agrees to a moderately extensive trade deal on certain goods.
 * US Department of State: The United States agrees to attend this summit, on the basis of establish a new order in the Pacific.
 * Chinese Diplomacy: China agrees to attend the summit.
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: Victory is commemorated over the fall of Saudis. A bronze monument is commissioned in the city of Ma'an, in honor of the fallen soldiers during the Battle of Nejd, which was the turning point of the war. The agreements for the division of the Middle East are given at the Middle Eastern Conference. However, disputed borders remain with Turkey which will be decided at the earliest possibility. The re-establishment of the Kingdom of Hejaz, under King Ali ibn Hussein, is henceforth called the Hashemite Kingdom of Nejd and Hejaz. Persia is given a portion of the coastline as mining outposts. Meanwhile, the internal organization of the nation takes priority, investing much of the economy toward the development of proto-industry. We ask the United States and France to help invest in developing a Syrian Air force, as the British were doing for the Saudis (Player Response). Cash crops of fruit and wheat are primarily used for exports from the nation, but there is additional investment in the production of jewels and diamonds. In order to aid the Egyptians in their disputes, 1000 men are sent to Egypt and are stationed in the Sinai peninsula.
 * US Department of State: The United States agrees to provide the Syrian Air Force with three Zeppelins for observation and logistical purposes.Three dozen Ford Trimotor aircraft are also offerred, as well as an offer to extend production of the Curtiss P-1 Hawk into Syria with licenses and American technical and capital aid to establish and maintain production.
 * Republic of Brazil: Backed by most of the military, even some of the higher ranks, Luís Prestes overthrows the oligarchy in Brazil in February 1926 with a relatively bloodless coup d'état. New, fair and secret elections are held in December, while Prestes is voted as an independent candidate. He massively supports the PCB, even if his biggest threat in domestic politics is the almost equal popular Getulio Vargas. Prestes is willing to form a left-wing "catch-all" party with Vargas who is still sceptical of this idea. The new Party is called "Movimento para um Novo Brasil", MNP for short. The brazilian society comes to rest since promises of peace are taken. Meanwhile, the Trans-Amazon Railway reaches Sao Paulo, making it easier to transport manufactured goods like tools from there to the building site.
 * Persia: The Shah invites His Majesty Faisal of Syria to visit Persia and Tehran University. The ecconomy gets a significant boost with the new Shah's economic reforms. The Shah holds a speech in Tehran. The air force has now grown to 40 fighters. Ten of these are sent to Syria as a gift.
 * Commonwealth of Australia: The Australian government lobbies to London for a fusion of the Oceanian colonies and dominions of the British Empire to a single Dominion of Australasia/Oceania. In the meantime, plans for New Guinea's elevation to statehood commence. (Mod Response). The immigration policies start to bear fruit, as Indians, Chinese, and Caucasians relocate to Australia under the prospects of employment and prosperity. With all the British equipment left behind in the country during the Great War, Australian industry starts to reverse-engineer these crafts, such as firearms, Gatling guns and artillery. The extraction of raw materials and resources continue, fueled by the new influx of foreign capital and labor. Manufacturies, factories, and roads/railways continue to be built across Australia. Several state-owned corporations begin the surveying and extraction of oil and rubber in the Dutch East Indies.
 * Turkey: Turkish troops demonstrate their ability during the Arabian war. The air force is particularly useful as it gains valuable experience destroying the still new and inexperienced Saudi air force. Turkish bombers damage Saudi ability to operate by bombing fortifications and camps in the desert. However, tragedy strikes the nation soon after as Mehmed VI dies in Ankara. The next head of the Ottoman dynasty is crowned as Sultan and Caliph as Abdulmejid II. Domestically, agricultural output stands at 90%, almost at pre-war levels of output. Tobacco sales by the government help to bring in additional revenue. Chromium mining is also an important source of income and the profits from chromium sales are used to invest in industry and infrastructure. The education program continues and literacy levels continue to rise, albeit slowly. To continue the process of industrialization, Turkey hopes to purchase industrial equipment for use in shipyards and factories from the United States. With tensions heating up over the unresolved Mosul Question and the apparent British hostility to Turkish interests, the Turkish government resolves to spend even more to modernize its armed forces, albeit going into debt in the process. The Turkish government purchases 50 Renault FT tanks from France, using them to form a dedicated armored battalion within the Turkish army. The navy also purchases the battleship Imperator Aleksandr III by paying for its docking fees in Bizerte. The ship is sailed to a Turkish shipyard and after limited restoration is pressed into service as the Kanunî Sultan Süleyman, meant to add to the Turkish navy's ability to deter Greek and now British naval operations within Turkish waters. In southeastern Turkey troops are deployed in case Britain resolves to launch a punative attack against Turkish territory, which the general staff fears in light of strong British policy in Egypt and Nejd. Turkish agents begin to supply arms and ammunition to Turkmens within northern Iraq, creating a clandestine militia group soon referred to as the "Turkmen Levy" designed to operate in Turkey's interests if a major war were to break out.
 * United States of America: The Naval Act of 1916 is completed, resulting in the United States Navy now being the largest, most modern force on the seas in the world. In conjuction with the fact the US is now secure as the World's top economy, it is now clear to say the US the dominant world power. President Wood, attending the commissioning of the last of the newly built South Dakota-class battleships, the USS Virginia, uses the opportunity to deliever what becomes his final and most famous address. Covering the humble origins of these United States, from their birth to their current greatness, he equates the United States to a shining city upon the hill. Well received, it ultimately comes to be defined as symbolic of his presidency, as a few weeks later President Wood dies quietly in the White House. A massive state funeral is held to much mourning throughout the nation, while Vice President Lenroot is sworn in as President. Lenroot vows to maintain many of policies of Wood, although he does signal a more progressive turn in other areas, particularly with regard to finance and social welfare. Military testing of a new semi-automatic rifle to replace the M1903 Springfield results in the approval of .276 Pedersen design by Garand; as a result, the US begins to move toward serial production of the ten-round per magazine rifle by next year. As a result, the US begins offerring to sell massive quantities of .30-06 munitions to interested parties. Foreign Policy remains relatively consistent, with the US moving to request greater economic ties with India as well as asking Poland for the right to send one of the new American Battleships to conduct a visit of the Port of Danzig. The Bretton Woods Conference is held in New Hampshire, where the US proposes the establishment of a free trade pact between itself, Canada and Mexico with the goal of eliminating all tariffs between them by 1930 and the formation of a working council to oversee any disputes, streamline trading and establish a common set of policies with regards to products also by 1930. All three economies will also open themselves up to investment by the others.
 * Egypt Dip: An envoy is sent to the US asking for the purchase of American Weaponry.
 * US Department of State: The US assents to this proposal, agreeing to supply 50,000 Springfields over the next two years, in addition to ten million rounds of .30-06 ammunition for them. The US further proposes the formation of a US-Egyptian investment and free trade pact.
 * Argentine Republic: The government invest more in education. More mines are opened to help expand the economy of the nation. We ask America to invest in our industry in exchange for Mining and Gas rights. More land in Patagonia is developed in order to open up agriculture and cowherding. The nation begins finding ways to makes itself as self sufficient as possible.
 * Weimar Republic: After another year of heavy inflation, it now takes 1000 Markes to make a dollar. The Stars of David, now check to the Sons of David are suspected of burning the Reichstag. In this, the fire had consumed half the building in a blaze. The Nazi's move and transfer weaponry ranging from rifles to vehicles sold privately to supporters of the Austrian Brotherhood as codenames and other variants are made to call members in private and simple code system based off numbers for letters. 180,000 total members are confirmed. In the meantime, many speakers come out during the holidays preaching against the Communist and calls for true German Will and Spirit to rise up against the corrupt and un-German system. Rudolf Höss allows the distribution of more weaponry to the Austrian Brotherhood. 12 million voters now supported the Nazi Party. With members of the paramilitary in East Prussia, some Nazi members call for the Germans to rise against their occupier's. The Austrian Brotherhood calls for a secret plan called “War of Flowers” that would take effect in April of need year.

1927
'''The Portuguese government in exile is recognized by most of their external colonies, especially Angola and Mozambique. The Portuguese Republic launches an attack to reclaim the Guinea.'''

'''The rest of the Baltic states declare war on Poland. Danzing sends 50 volunteers to Lithuania, most of these are Nazis and Anti-Polish. Britain is neuteral on the war unless Poland homeland is invaded. '''

''' There is an unarmed uprising by 2000 affiliants of the Austrian Brotherhood in Vienna, as a haphazard attempt for the fascist party to take over the government and remove Italian influence. '''

The Bretten Woods conference agrees to the US proposal.

The Buenos Aires Peace talks continue (see Chile response on the page).

'''The Summit in Tokyo Begins. The British and Dutch both wish to invest in the development and armament of Japan and its constituent states in East Asia while maintaining the integreity of their East Asian colonies.'''

The LoN mandate in Austria is mainly Italian administered.

''' The HMS Centaurian is decomissioned. '''

'''Great Britain recognizes the fusion of Greater Australia. However, New Guinea remains an autonomous region within Australia to protect the enfranchisement of the Austronesian people.'''


 * Republic of China: By the beginning of 1927 the economy of China continues to grow at exponential rates and industrialization increases, as Chinese delegates attend the Tokyo trade conference. The government promotes more foreign investment into China. More railways are laid down throughout eastern China and roadways are also developed, making travel easier and promoting more business activity. Telegram wires are also expanded in order to increase communication while more wiring stations are built. Mining in northern China of coal and iron is also increased with the development of railways that allow more quantities to be moved and faster. Excavation of other raw materials increases in other provinces as well. Industrial machinery is purchased from European markets at the moment. Factories are opened in several cities as more are being built and begin producing different basic products at first. A few that are modeled on the arsenals of the Qing Dynasty in order to begin manufacturing weaponry and equipment for the Chinese National Army. Commission M1888 rifles based on the German design are being produced, along with Hanyang 88 rifles based on the Gewehr 88. Versions of the Maxim gun are also made, in addition to ammunition for all of these. It is planned for more arsenals like this to be built throughout the country in the coming years. The Guominjun currently stands at 1.5 million active duty troops, and all of the soldiers are required to undergo the standardized training program implemented with the help of Japanese advisors based on the IJA model. Officers receive education through provincial military schools initially established during the Qing years and developed by different warlords, now standardized throughout the country by the Kuomintang government. The Whampoa Military Academy is the most prestigious due to its close KMT affiliation and takes the most talented candidates. China asks France to purchase several of its older warships for the ROC Navy. China asks to buy the two Edgar Quinet-class armored cruisers, the two Léon Gambetta-class cruisers, the Jules Michelet and the five Bisson-class destroyers. [MOD RESPONSE since Falconis seems to be inactive] The Kuomintang government also wants to deal with the Sinkiang question as it sees the area as a part of China, and secretly it begins funding pro-KMT forces within the region as well as distributing propaganda encouraging rebellion. Hui Muslims there are told about the Soviet occupiers' atheistic ideology. The Ma Family former warlords that joined the KMT take a leading role in these efforts to incite anti-warlord and anti-Soviet uprisings as they are familiar with the peoples of Sinkiang. More National Army divisions are stationed in neighboring Qinghai ostensibly to further stabilize the area since its unification with the ROC a couple years ago.
 * France agrees to sell these -Nate
 * Poland: The Polish army has already made it to Kaunas before the Soviet threats. In Kaunas, the Polish army offer to create an occupation government under Antanas Smetona, who was surrounded in the capital and had no choice. This government is declared as the "National Republic of Lithuania". Poland also engages mass mobilization efforts and the building of forts and fortifications in the Kresy Borderlands near the Soviets. In Polish Ukraine, Henry Jozewski finishes up his "Volhynia Experiment" in creating a Ukrainian National Identity tied to the Polish State. This culminates in the formation of the Volhynia Guard, a right-wing paramilitary organization that advocates Ukrainian independence in federation with Poland. The VG tries to stir up Ukrainian nationalism and ally with groups that already exist in the Ukrainian SR. The NRL (Lithuanian Puppet) forms an army of 2000 recruits, mostly Lithuanian POWs and followers of Smetona. The NRL army launches an offensive into Klaipeda, picking up recruits from rural parts of Lithuania along the way. The Lithuanian army, now dismembered from its head of state and already under-supplied, is crushed by mid year. The NRL is left to clean up any guerrilla resistance while the Polish Army (600,000 in the Baltics) stands at the Latvian border. The Poles offer to sign a peace with Latvia and Estonia as they really have no stake and Poland offers to even garuntee their independence (Mod Response for Latvia and Estonia). Conscription continues in Poland as recruits are rushed to the Soviet border to bolster our defences. Polish regiments are placed in Lwow and Bialystok and fortifications are made along the Polish part of the Dneper river. Pilsudski begins implementing a war-based economy to revive Polish economy, with the building of munitions and arms factories in the underdeveloped Kresy. Tanks are also produced and the Polish Air Force is expanded with the bombers and fighters being upgraded. With no response from the Latvians or Estonians, Polish bombers launch an assault on Riga as Polish soldiers advance into Courland. Polish Artillery backs Polish offences and Lithuanian guerrillas attack Latvian supply lines. The Polish Army holds steadfast in Courland while also guarding the Soviet-Baltic Border. Polish commanders attempt to contact the Freikorps in the Baltic to help against the Soviet Invasion (Mod Response for the Freikorps).
 * Only going to allow up to 200,000 per nation on this front for logistical purposes, this goes for all nations involved so it should be fair -Nate
 * Soviet Diplomacy: With the Soviet invasion of Lithuania proving a success in driving out the Polish Army, the Soviets proclaim victory in Lithuania and wait for the Polish to present peace to the Soviets seeing as the lesser, defeated state should be the one offering peace not the triumphant victors.
 * Persia: The battleship ordered by Syria are commisioned as RsN Hussein and the destroyer Rpn Reza Shah is bought from Russia. They are armed with 15-inch guns in four guns. The RSN Hussein is sent to Syria and the RPN is sent to Persia. The ships were jointly paid by the Syrian government and the Persian government. The border with Soviet Union begins getting fortified with forts. Pss Soviet shipbuilders built them for a sum of four million rubles, and bought the recomissioned USS Delaware from the US for two million dollars.


 * The Hellenic Republic: Construction continues on the large shipyard with public and private backing. The new shipyard, Hellenic National Shipyard, is built to be big enough to construct larger battleships and battlecruisers. The integration of the Anatolian Greeks into society ends this year. While the integration process was expensive, the economic boom associated with the lower labor costs and taxes helps to supplement the national budget.. The navy shelves the Hermes-Class until the new Hellenic National Shipyard opens in 1928. With the incorporation of the HMS Ajax and the USS New York into the Hellenic Navy the battleship force swells to four. The New York is renamed the HNS Krete and joins the ranks of the Hellenic Navy. Meanwhile, the Ajax is simply registered as the HNS Ajax. The expense of funding such a rapid naval development becomes clear and the Hellenic Parliament demands reductions in expenses on capital ships. To accomplish some of this the three ironclad cruisers of the Hydra class are sold for scrap this year. The Hellenic Navy then drafts plans for a large fleet of “Fast Torpedo Attack Craft” armed with torpedoes and smaller rapid-fire guns. These are intended to be cheap reliable attack boats which will replace much of the lighter portions of the fleet. The Hellenic Navy determines that a Hickman sea sled hull will provide the right combination of high speed and stability for a light torpedo bearing attack craft. The Greek shipbuilding companies Basileiades and Neorion receive contracts to each build two separate designs for the craft to undergo sea trials. Neorion’s second design, a 16 meter long craft able to reach speeds of 37 kn (69 km/h; 43 mph) and carry two 530 mm torpedoes, wins the preliminary design phase. After some adjustments, the navy plans to purchase 24 of the Neorion ships between 1927 and 1928. The final armament includes twin 12.5 mm machine guns, a 30 mm auto-cannon, two 530 mm torpedoes, and four 200 kg depth charges.
 * Greek Diplomacy: The Hellenic Republic offers a defensive alliance to the Kingdom of Serbia, Croatia, and Slovenia for the mutual protection of both our nations.
 * They agree.
 * Soviet Union: Seeing the refusal of the Poles to pull out of Lithuania, the Soviet Army repositions yet another 100,000 troops under Mikhail Tukhachevsky unite with the other army in Latvia and in a stark difference from the Polish Soviet war begin devoting some fighters and bombers to the offensive as well as some of the Soviets new experimental tank designs. Backed with massive artillery support and an a practically endless pool of manpower General Tukhachevsky launches an offensive into Lithuania from the Latvian border. This effectively begins the Second Polish-Soviet war but in a more limited Fashion as the Politburo believes that the Polish will not incur into any of the proper Soviet territories. While technically engaged in yet another war with Poland, the Soviet industry and economy finally recovers from the Economic Recession with the well-to-do help of the Japanese, Italians and many other investors including simply the Soviet government which has taken great interest in building up a consumer goods industry, a Heavy industry, and a mechanized agricultural base. While many hardliners push for the collectivization of Agriculture this falls to the wayside as large harvests this year prove the effectiveness of new mechanized agricultural initiatives and the overall flood of investment into the Soviet industrial base. The West to East Plan enters its third year as this year a major focus on increasing the supply load of the Far East is taken into consideration. Entire sections of the Trans-Siberian Railway are overhauled to handle more traffic and the amount of people heading into what is considered "the wild east" reaches record levels as the safety valve for the unemployed in the west sends thousands east. Omsk, Tyumen, Ekatinberg, and Novosibirsk have all seen notable population growth as the expansion of working jobs here brings many people to seek prosperity. The further development of the Urals as extraction sites and the Baku Oil fields continues to drive an influx of capital into the state which is effectively redistributed and invested into the country wholesale as Lenin and Bukharin push heavily for the Soviet state to embrace large scale agriculture and industry. Some of the money, however, is safeguarded in the treasury acting as a buffer fund in the case of another recession or if the world seeks to simply embargo the Soviet Union again. It is hoped, however, that the generation of goodwill from the Baltic republics and preventing an expansionist Poland will bring the Soviet Union out in a positive light rather than a boogeyman staring down Europe like many believe. The influx of propaganda into Sinkiang sours a note with the Republic of China being the only nation to really be responsible for these leanings and the Soviet forces in Sinkiang effectively bring a popular support Communist Government in power renaming the state the Chinese Soviet Republic. While technically independent of the Soviets the Republic takes a Cue from the Soviets and begins sending dozens of dissenters to the Gulags and a with authorization of the Soviets set up major checkpoints across the border from the Republic of China curtailing ROC incursions by almost 80% this year. This is specifically accomplished as those seen crossing the border are shot if they cannot be captured. After some torturing it is revealed the ROC seeking to undermine the workers revolution has been sending agents into the PRC. Already a marginalized group in China and seeing as the Soviets have been more than amicable to the Muslims in Central Asia under their control, the PRC is galvanized against the ROC with a pro communist sentiment upswinging significantly especially since the PRC has taken major economic growth as it supplies some of the materials used in the Soviet Industrialization of the Far East. The Mongolian Soviet Republic sees positive outlook on the Soviet Union and with their own economic growth assured as the Far East develops the Mongolians stand firmly within the Soviet Sphere. As Polish dissenters enter Ukraine trying to whip up nationalist tendencies the Soviets simply ship many to Gulags in Siberia not tolerating the nationalist sentiment and also reminding the Ukrainians that the Poles essentially screwed them in the First Polish Soviet War. The Advance of Soviet troops into Lithuania is met with a pitched battle all the way up to the border as Soviet troops meet the Polish in their attempt to advance on Courland and Riga. However, the large advance of more well trained and experienced troops and officers effectively crushes the Polish army toward and then inside Lithuania pushing out from the border and taking Kaunas in short order. The use of aircraft, trucks and the Soviet's first tank the T-16 proves to be major influences to winning the battles a the border and across the fields of Lithuania. The Soviet Army stops just short of the Polish-Lithuanian border and brings back many elements of the Lithuanians previous government while also hosting a condition that the Communists be allowed to run and participate in the government. This is accepted widely as first, there is no way for the Lithuanians to say no, and second, the boogeyman concept of Bolshevism and Communism in Lithuania has been shattered as Victorious Soviet troops have liberated the Lithuanian republic and effectively humiliated Pilsudski. Adhering to the British communique that an invasion of Polands homeland will lead to British intervention the Soviets instead wait for a Polish response. The resignation of Pilsudski and the collapse of Polish Resistance in Lithuania brings the Soviets to declare total victory over the Polish state, seizing abandoned equipment and supplies. This effectively champions the new ideal of Benevolent Bolshevism in the Soviet Union and Bukharin being the mastermind of this is lauded. Lenin officially appoints him as his favored successor with majority support from the Politburo and the Supreme Soviet. The Soviets request a seat at the table for the Tokyo Conference
 * Josef Pilsudski resigns from government but before that proposes that Poland abandon all claims on Lithuania, destroy its fortifications on the border, dissolve the Volhynia Guard and remove all Pro-Intermarium politicians from government.
 * Japanese Dip: In a show of good faith the Japanese allow their new trading partner, the Soviet Union, to attend the conference.
 * Egypt Dip: An envoy is sent with the request of helping your nation after the civil war.


 * Hungary: Prime Minister Bethlen unveils the pengo as the new currency. Bethlen sends an envoy to the Weimar Republic to establish an economic and military alliance between Germany and Hungary. Bethlens new economic policies turns the Hungarian economy around. Factories return to Budapest and other cities. However, the general living conditions remain poor despite the economic growth. The army is placed at 20,000.
 * British Raj: The sanitation system is complete. The trade deal with the United States continues to increase project. Work continues to be done to clean up the cities and hook them to electricity. Some early work is done on hooking villages to electricity. British and Indian trained doctors fight disease. Meanwhile, more schools are built where English and writing are taught. At first these were mainly in the cities but are now in rural villages, with the exception of some tribal areas where hostility might arise to being taught to read and write. Modernization of agriculture continues, with many moving to cities due to greater crop yields. Particularly prized is Basmati rice. Meanwhile, help continues to be sent to create the Indian capitalist class in the cities. Lee Enfield and medium Mark I tanks continue production. Bengal and the Dravidia regions see particular industrial growth. Shoe factories, clothing factories and cigarette factories are built, some of them now owned by the Indian capitalist class. Subhras Chandra Bose gives a speech. "People of India, it is time for me to go East. I may never return. My soul has never left you, India. God willing, I will try to return. That I promise. Jai Hind!" Common sense might say that he fled to Japan or Tibet, somewhere in Asia. Yet, some Indian Christians in the South believe his spirit left the body, and he will return as the Second Coming of Christ to defeat the British Antichrist. Meanwhile, with conditions improving in tribal Muslim areas, Ansar al Deen declines. Meanwhile, more Indian students go to universities, opening with British help. Thus, an Indian intellectual class forms, critical mostly of the independence movement, under the justification that "if there was such thing as the Indian nation in history, I would be a patriot, but there was never an Indian nation, so I am a British patriot. More significantly, Indian expertise in science increases.
 * Bolivia: With Chile having consented to a land swap to provide Bolivia with a coastal outlet, Bolivia formally declares an end to the long period of tension following the War of the Pacific and confirms its acceptance of the legitimacy of Chile's annexation of most of Bolivia's former coastal territory. The new port of Chacalluta is extensively developed and money poured into a new railway to link it to the majority of Bolivia. Meanwhile, efforts to develop industry continue with the aid of Dutch investors given oil concessions in southern Bolivia - where, this year, they discover several lucrative new oilfields, which increases the Bolivian government's incentive to develop the Chaco region, where there might be further deposits. New garrisons are emplaced there. Mennonites continue to be permitted to settle and railways and roads to the region are built or expanded. Efforts to pave roads and construct railways over the whole country, in concert with the building of new schools and hospitals, continue, largely as a jobs creation program for the urban unemployed. The government pushes newly established teacher's colleges and medical schools to push out their first classes of indoctrinated graduates to staff new infrastructure. With Dutch expertise, small arms production begins to operate on a scale sufficient to begin rearming the military, while factories for more elaborate weaponry remain in development. Fertilizer production and canning continues to expand with government subsidy, while the government also hires several foreign agronomists to focus on alleviating plant diseases and pests and developing more productive varieties of key crops. Envoys are sent abroad to try to establish trade agreements with formerly inaccessible nations in Asia and Europe.
 * Bolivian Diplomacy: Bolivia makes a formal offer of alliance to the new Brazilian government, admiring its efforts to overthrow its own oligarchic ruling class.
 * Kingdom of Egypt and Sudan: Faud is the King. The government's attempts of improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (This is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artists begin to make to national headline as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked upon. Troops in the Negev are pulled out until only 500 men are left. We try to work on a navy with attempts up down and down the Nile. The King begins to work on the idea of air power by trying to enlist men to create planes. Wafdist begins to study the recent war in Syria. A group called "The Muslim Brotherhood" is formed. The number of troops in Sudan drop down to 10,000. Leaders picked mostly by tribal and urban elections pick the new set of leaders within the Sudan region (Mayors and Regional Leaders). We follow the guidelines of the Anglo-Egypt Treaty. An attempt to make an airfield is worked on in Cairo and Karthoum. The Royal Navy is expanded and we send an envoy to Persia asking for help in the creation of battleships. We accept the deal sent by the US, we send an envoy to the US asking if later deals can add in tanks or airplanes. 
 * Sinkiang: Sinkiang accepts Soviet aid. Sheng Shicai becomes the leader of Sinkiang, with Deng Ma as his political advisor. Liang Wei flees the country for Japan.
 *  Empire of Japan: The Tokyo Conference begins to much jubilation. With Japan being treated as an equal party at the table and hosting the summit major credibility is given to Tanaka's cabinet. Economic growth continues with as The Japanese stock market continues to go up. Tanaka's government pushes through their finance reforms restructuring Japan's banking sector along OTL post shows crisis reforms. The reforms greatly improve the unstable financial structure of Japan's economy. However, it brings most of the small banks into the economic sphere of the Major Zaibatsus, and streamline domestic investments in manufacturing heavy industry, and the growing armament industry. The growing auto industry takes off with domestic usage of cars growing and as military demands for vehicles increase ten fold. Manufacturing, and heavy industry also take off as domestic demand gorws alongside demand for japanese goods in China, and the Soviet Union. This shift toward big business also cements the ties between the conglomerates, the military and the Rikken Seiyukai party. Ikki Kita releases a new political treatise 1500 pages long called "The Yellow Empire: Japan and its People". The book lays out a coherent platform for Japanese properity, pointing out the need for the Empire to protect all who live within its borders and allow for all ethnicities to share in a common imperial citizenship and all the benefits that this would entail, he lays out the need for the emperor and the imperial military to become pillars of stability and morality in society by becoming the people's emperor and a citizen's military. Furthermore he emphasizes the need to bring together people of all sectors of society to work together for the betterment of the empire and its inhabitants for the working class to cooperate with the Zaibatsus, and for the Zaibatsus to ensure that their employees are working in safe environments and make enough to live dignified and honorable lives. The book quickly becomes a best seller in academic and military circles. The government continues to subsedize technological innovation particularly into reserach in Engineering, physics, medecine, and biology. The Type 87 Chi-Ha light tank is developed. However, the system is viewed as flawed due to a complicated suspension system and its slow movement. The Type 100 sub-machine gun is also developed (based on 1922 German and Swiss weapons OTL) and production of the amg begin in large quantity. Efforts to develop a semiautomatic rifle also begin alongside standardizing and streamlining other weapons. Military trains are refurbished to be armored as to improve the security of men and goods. Naval expansion continues with the three commisioned aircraft carriers being completed along with five Type-13 class battleships (based on OTL designs that were scrapped because of the Washington Treaty. The Type-13 are said to be amongst the fastest and best equipped battleships in the world. Seven more battle cruisers are commissioned. The IJN now stands at 16 battleships, ten carriers, 20 cruisers and 300 smaller vessers (this is smaller then OTL WWII naval buildup. I'm aiming to reach OTL numbers, though soon) making the Japanese navy the third largest in the world. The navy and Army begin working on improving naval landing tactics using the islands in the South Pacific and Manshu for war games, the Newly created Imperial Japanese Marines are created to fulfill this role. The IJM are structured to act as a fast deployment force and their training is regirous. The development of the Radio is looked upon with great interest by both the political and miitary establishment and a request is made to purchase a few of them from the US. 
 * Choson: Economic growth continues due to increased traffic between Manshu and Japan along with the increase in trade with China and Japan. Cultural integration continues and with the recent appointment of Ikki Kita to Minister of Education major efforts are made into adjusting the perception of both Japanese and Koreans toward each other to show that both people are from the same origins they just diverted in development but remain sister cultures. Confucius, and Buddhist teahings of self enlightenment and social harmony become a major focus of the corriculum, along with practical skills to further the productivity ofthe population. Police brutality against ethnic Koreans is curved, and Korean is promoted in primary and secondary education along side Japanse though Post secondary education remains almost exclusively in Japanese. The Japanese population in Keijo (Seoul), and Inchon and the south start to grow.
 * Manshu: Industrialization of Manshu begins in earnest with the Kwantung Army building lots of army owned factories, and with the major Zaibatsus following suit. Shinkyo/Hsinking, Port Arthur, Mukden, Karbin, and other cities receive a major influx of capital as the protecterate government goes about rebuilding and modernizing the cities. lines of communication are improved greatly with telegram lines, telephone lines and electricity lines being built across the region alongside improved roads, and railway lines. Mantetsu (south Manchuria Railway) is a major investor in alot of these projects and the company quickly grows to become the largest company in Manchuria alongside the traditional Zaibatsus. Education is improved greatly as compuslary attendance is enforced. Buddhism is promoted within the corriculum, alongside confucius teachings. Manshu is declared a multi-ethnic entity within the Japanese Empire, and Ikki Kita's education reforms and colonial propaganda are heavily implemented here in an effort to build up a following for his Pan-asian ideals. Fortification of the region begins to solidify control over the region. Mining increases tenfold, and surveying of the region begins in earnest to determine the resources found in the area. Manshu's ports start to pick up increased traffic as trade with China nad the Soviet Union expand.
 * Taihoku: Taihoku sees a major advancement within the Japanese empire with three members of the Imperial Diet being elected from the island. The City of Taihoku and its surronding area are made into the Prefecture of Taihoku marking a change in Imperial policy toward the islands, from one of a model colony to one of formal integration into the Home Islands. The Imperial University of Taihoku lots of funds to improve the overall quality of education to bring it up to par with the Home Islands.
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: With support from both the United States and Persia, the Syrian military undergoes a massive reform. The Arab Army is maintained as a volunteer service, steady at a total of 50,000 soldiers with a cavalry of 5000 horses and 2000 camels. This military is jointly held by both Syria and Hejaz, with no standing independent military between the two. An air force is commissioned, starting with the ten Russian planes given from Persia, and expanded based on training and technology from America. A navy is created, mostly with smaller vessals and a single American battleship rechristened the RHS (Royal Hashemite Ship) Hussein, in honor of Faisal's father who has recently died. The Treaty of Mosul is signed with Turkey, officially settling the border dispute existing from Antioch to Mosul. Following the end of this treaty, relations are strengthened with Iraq. As infrastructure is improved, railroads from the former Ottoman Empire are worked to be completed to connect Syria and Iraq, and oil continues to be drilled with aid from the Americans, although not enough to outproduce cash crops for exports.


 * Philippine Insular Government: The Philippine Legislature drafts the Treaty of Manila, and sends a commision to Washington to seek American ratification ( AMERICAN RESPONSE ). Meanwhile, the Philippine Legislature ratifies a law that makes elementary and junior high school (a total of eight years) compulsory, while establishing literacy schools for adults. Under the influence of agrarianist elements, it also establishes labor regulations such as minimum wages, the adoption of standard working hours, and a tenancy law for agricultural laborers.


 * Republic of Peru: As 1927 rolls around, Peruvians are confident in their president that peace will finally come to the Andean Nations. We continue to exploit our resources such as rubber and valuable resources, and start this year a new process of growing cash crops, which is then shipped off to the United States. Investment in education continues, as Peruvian schools look brand new, and have many of the teaching resources they need. Expansion of our major population centers also continue, such as Lima, Cusco and Arequipa. New military supplies for the Armed Forces comes in today, and proves to be one major leap toward total modernization of the military. We accept the State Department’s offer for American investment in the Peruvian economy, and in return, we request that Peruvian companies be allowed to invest in the US. (GB RESPONSE NEEDED!). Peruvian Nationalism grows. We offer to attend the Tokyo Conference as observers (NK RESPONSE NEEDED!!).
 * US Department of State: We agree to this Peruvian request.
 * Jap Dip: Peru is allowed to access the conference.
 * Commonwealth of Oceania: With Oceania's inception including the British possessions in New Zealand and the Pacific are slowly incorporated in the new country, twin provisional capitals in Melbourne and Auckland jointly administer the integration of the new state. The Australian immigration program is extended to New Zealand. Over the past five years, an estimated 100,000 new residents have come to make Australia their home, significantly boosting the local economy and labor force, continuing with the extraction of raw minerals both in Oceania and the Dutch East Indies. New Zealand's military veterans are offered to teach the new Oceanian military alongside their former Australian counterparts to keep the armed forces up-to-date. We ask the government in London to give Oceania any stockpiles of equipment, aircraft and naval vessels they have to spare, with Oceania paying for the transportation costs, stating that the British Empire is not only European nor in the Near East (Mod Response)
 * Turkey: The Turkish government's popularity reaches new heights and is more powerful than ever. Celebrations occur throughout the nation about the successful return of Kirkuk and Alexandretta to Turkish hands. Turkish troops are sent to establish border defences while government officials begin the administration of those territories. The Turkmen Levy is mostly disbanded, although some detachments are integrated into the Turkish military. Soon after the integration of the new territories, the Turkish government announces the Turkish Development Commission, a joint Turkish-American effort to develop and industrialize the Turkish economy. American railroad and infrastructure companies are invited in to help construct and grow Turkish infrastructure between major cities and then to resource sites. American technical experts and low-interest loans are used to help Turkish national railroad networks also expand. One of the first major railroads to begin construction is from Alexandretta to Kirkuk. In Kirkuk, the oil fields are placed under government control and the oil is soon extracted and sent to the coast for sale. Once again, American technical knowhow is imported in order to ensure that the previously French and British machinery is working efficiently. To ensure that the oil wealth is put to good use, Atatürk creates a sovereign wealth fund as a depository for government profits derived from natural resources. This fund is to be used primarily for social benefits or industrialization rather than for discretionary spending on military projects or government expansion. The oil extraction greatly helps the Turkish economy grow, as does the growth of cotton in the newly taken areas. By this point the Turkish agricultural output has surpassed its pre-war levels, although it must be said that is partially because of new acquisition of territory. The first funds collected from the oil go to infrastructure development and also investment into national education, with previously undersupplied schools gaining new resources and raising the literacy rate even further. This in turn allows for other resources to be dedicated elsewhere, allowing for a rise of the military budget from non-resource funding. At the Gölcök naval yard, Turkish engineers plan to build a new and modernized version of the S138 torpedo boat provided by Germany during WWI. By the end of the year, three such boats have been constructed and begin trials to join the Turkish navy. In addition, the Turkish navy begins looking at submarine designs, as they were impressed over the strategic usefulness of submarines during WWI by the German navy.
 * United States of America: With the end of the Naval buildup, further funding is dedicated to the ongoing buildup of aerial and ground forces. Limited conscripton is restored, with the goal of building up the US Army to 500,000 and the US Marines to 150,000 by 1930. The US Army Air Corps is to be expanded to 20,000 men likewise in the same time, with a force goal of 1200 aircraft. A new design specification for an aircraft is put forth, calling for an enclosed, heated cockpit and two .50 caliber machine guns; this is answered by a new variant of the venerable Curtis P-6 Hawk, now slated for production starting in 1929. Elsewhere domestically, continued efforts to complete the National Highway Act by 1931 continue, are are well apace. President Lenroot, acting on his progressive roots, leads a crackdown on Wall Street by vigorously using the powers of the SEC as well as general Anti-Trust actions. Efforts continue a pace with crafting the final results of the Bretton Woods Conference, with the tentative name of the North American Free Trade Association (NAFTA) put forth for agreement to Mexico and Canada.
 * Commune of France: In a stunning landslide, the communist party takes power. The right attempts to coup the government, but fails. Communist parties in Germany, Spain, Italy, and Romania are funded.
 * US Department of State: The United States extends its economic embargo of Communist nations to France, and calls upon the other Great Powers to join it in such efforts. The US further calls upon all loyal Frenchman within the colonies, opposed to the Communist takeover of their homeland, to rise up in revolt against the new Government. Recognition and material aid is promised to all of those who do that. In the interim, American agents attempt to form communications between colonial forces in the Caribbean and in French Guiana, with the intention of having them form a Government in Exile or declare independence. The US Navy, meanwhile, forms Task Force 151, codenamed "Blackbeard". Six Battleships, two carriers and numerous escort ships as well as transports containing thousands of US Marines are readied in bases throughout the Gulf of Mexico, particularly in Cuba and at Newport News on the Atlantic seaboard. Should efforts fail to peacefully settle the situation, the United States intends to use force to remove the openly Communist positions in the Americas.
 * Weimar Republic: With the Nazbols in turmoil, the party shrinks by half. The Nazis continue their support for the Austrian Brotherhood with guns being offered to them and vehicles which are used by the Austrian Brotherhood for purpose of the now-known “war of flowers” operation with the rise up in Vienna, the men march to the capitol building now assisted with guns, they call on people in the streets to join in for “the true German restoration”. The city falls into lawlessness as the brotherhood try to sieze control of Vienna while the brotherhood other groups see rise-ups in various cities. The year goes splendidly will some economic recovery while reparations are being paid with any surplus gains made by scrapping and selling old military and other various sources of equipment. Rudolf begins to attract attention from other leaders in the Reichstag and other sectors of law with the party holding 34% of seats and the second largest party now. The Königsberg local Nazi HQ campaigns for great party membership. Small amounts of rearmament of supplies are done with more equipment being placed in secret non-government facilities. Inflation grows but slows. With Nazi activism, “degenerate” shows are put out of business being called by Rudolf a success and a milestone of taking back what is ours.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the Socialist Party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to democratic socialists. Italy maintains Austria as a League of Nations mandate and is responsible for its well-being. Italy proposes loosening the restrictions on border control between Italy and Austria. This border, which had a military presence for some time, would still have a military presence, especially during Austria's fascist uprising, yet trade and travel between the two borders would become much less restricted. Italy proposes a number of railroads between the two nations as well as extending its own rail lines to reach these proposed new railroads. The railroad through San Marino is completed this year. Antonio Gramsci speaks at Geneva this year, stating that he hoped for a world without borders. With the rise of France's Communist Party, Italy re-opens its railroads with the fledgling government. The economy of Italy sees massive growth this year; the more nations follow America's lead by embargoing communist nations, the more independent the socialist global economy becomes. With the rise of new socialist states, this market becomes increasingly saturated by trade and product. In the meantime, the Ardti del Popolo is nationalized into an official anti-fascist paramilitary force. Furthermore, the Italian navy is bolstered, as well as its forces in southern Italy.

1928
Arabs in Persian-occupied Arabia rebel against Persia, and request support from Syria.

A revolt occurs in Krakow, led by veteran governent officers, seeing the central authority in Poland in the form of Piludsky resign. An attempted communist coup in Berlin fails, and both pro-communist and anti-communis riots spread through the streets.

Riots in France take place in opposition to the new communist regime, and gain popular support.

A fascist coup in Venezuela establishes the world’s first fascist state.

Otto Strasser continues to shape the Nazi party in his image.

The National Bolsheviks gain sweeping popularity in North Germany, and their Berlin branch gains supporters as well and is a huge success.

National Bolsheviks gain positions in the Soviet Government and become members of the communist party, and support most of the Soviet’s policies, seeing them as rebuilding the Russian state back to glory.

A Kurdish Rebellion begins in Northern Iraq


 * Austrian Soviet Republic: With the end of the civil war the newly elected President of the new communist regime in Austria Koritschoner began investing in the reconstruction of the Austrian economy and infrastructure as Austria was left scared by the Civil War. Franz Koritschoner also reinstalled the Hapsburg Law in which forced all Hapsburg to be deported from Austria as the trade pact with Germany would be cancelled as Austria would begin to support the German communists in opposition to the Fascists in Germany. With Austria receiving support from the Socialist Republic of Italy we would also like to negotiate a military alliance with Russia, France and Italy in order to improve our economy and our relations with other nations. Koritschoner also begins to rebuild the Austrian Military which was dissolved after the Civil war due to the military's support to the Hapsburg regime as the Austrian government would like to buy military equipment and weaponry from Italy and France in order to improve their military.  However, the Fascist uprising in Austria continues to grow as elements of the old Austrian Military and the former Nationalist organizations have begun supporting the Fascists organizing massive riots throughout the Nations with the support the the German Nazi Party. The Government has still not responded to the riots and it seems that a coup or even another civil war is near.
 * Raj OOC: Sorry, but I question whether such a disgraced movement (Austro-fascists) could actually still be a force. They sent the nation into chaos. Also, it's highly unlikely such a situation would be ignored. A coup would not happen to a government which is infinitely more stable than restored empire. Also, it is very obvious what you are trying to do.
 * Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs: Austria's failure to respond to the riots will not be tolerated. The Ardti del Popolo is deployed to discover and exterminate fascists. On January 23rd, the ADP marches into Vienna and opens fire on a rioting crowd. Over 140 are killed. Their supporters and families are arrested. Though their families are rarely detained for very long - provided they are not seen as a threat to the Austrian peoples - those who had a hand in the riots or the fascist parties in Austria are detained in re-education camps. By the end of the year, the Austrian fascists are largely disorganized, yet elements of the Ardti del Popolo remain to ensure safety. Italy offers to aid Austria's economy through a number of trade pacts and looser border restrictions.
 * British Raj: The sanitation system is complete. The trade deal with the United States continues to increase project. Work continues to be done to clean up the cities and hook them to electricity. Some early work is done on hooking villages to electricity. British and Indian trained doctors fight disease. Meanwhile, more schools are built where English and writing are taught. At first these were mainly in the cities but are now in rural villages, with the exception of some tribal areas where hostility might arise to being taught to read and write. Modernization of agriculture continues, with many moving to cities due to greater crop yields. Particularly prized is Basmati rice. Meanwhile, help continues to be sent to create the Indian capitalist class in the cities. Lee Enfield and medium Mark I tanks continue production. Bengal and the Dravidia regions see particular industrial growth. Shoe factories, clothing factories and cigarette factories are built, some of them now owned by the Indian capitalist class. Meanwhile, with conditions improving in tribal Muslim areas, Ansar al Deen declines. Meanwhile, more Indian students go to universities, opening with British help. Thus, an Indian intellectual class forms, critical mostly of the independence movement, under the justification that "if there was such thing as the Indian nation in history, I would be a patriot, but there was never an Indian nation, so I am a British patriot." More significantly, Indian expertise in science increases. Also, the Cult of Chandra is quickly purged and viewed with suspicion in Indian society. However, some operate in secret. The move to the cities increases further. By now, 12% of the upper-class own cars, 3% of the middle-class own cars, and these begin to be produced in the Raj. The sanitation system improves, and littering in the Ganges is now illegal. Trash collectors are offered jobs, boosting the British administration's popularity. Also, a wave of Hand-Cranked radios is popular, with the populace fearing communist infiltration.

Persia: The Shah sends the army to deal with the rebels and after two weeks control has returned to Persia in that area. Persia invests in the Syrian air force and sends military advisors to them. A law is passed in Syria after heavy fighting between the conservatives. The law gives women the right to vote and hold public office. The Shah says this is a great step for Persia.
 * The Hellenic Republic: The Greek economy continues its boom of the last few years. Government expenses fall dramatically thanks to the completion of integration efforts. Furthermore, the massive growth (In excess of 8% a year) has led to dramatic increases in real tax income. The Greek shipping industry has grown massively during this time and it now controls a significant percent of the global shipping fleet. This is due to extremely low taxes and permit costs. The Greek Merchant Marine has also grown rapidly thanks to industry support and government encouragement.This has allowed the national government to pay off its debts from the wars of the last decade. Seeing Turkey’s economic development efforts, the United States and the United Kingdom are asked for their assistance in developing the Greek economy (Mod/Player Response Please). Now that Greek society is finally demobilized and settling down, a national census is conducted. The results determine that there are 6.32 Million Greeks living throughout Hellas. The Hellenic National Shipyard, is finished this year and construction begins on the first of three planned Hermes-Class Heavy Cruisers. The Hellenic Navy further continues the acquisition of the 24 Neorion Fast Torpedo Attack Boats.
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: The military continues to be organized based on the designs from last year. Infrastructure is built up to accomadate industrialization around Syria, Palestine, and Jordan, with aid and investiments from America. A railroad continues to be built to connect Syria and Iraq, as well as an oil pipeline. Faisal works to organize the three Kingdoms of Iraq, Syria and Hejaz to unify together under a single loose federation. The three monarchs of Faisal, Abdullah, and Ali will all retain independence, but will gradually merge the nations together as each of the brothers die, rather than inheriting the title to their sons (Mod Response). This union of states will also share a joint military, which is de facto the case already as the Arab Union Army is already the only standing military between the three countries. The single battleship of the nation, the RHS Hussein, is stationed in Beirut to protect it against further shelling. Arms and ammunition is secretely funneled to the Arab revolt in Persia, using the Trucial States as a go-between. 500 troops of the Arab Army are stationed in the Alawite parts of Northern Syria, both to enforce the new border with Turkey, and also to suppress any dissident Shia communities. The Zionist regions in Palestine are slightly expanded.
 * Republic of China: Chinese negotiators are at the Tokyo Summit. Work on railways and road networks goes on throughout eastern China, now expanding westward in order to better connect the Chinese interior with the coast. Industrialization continues, with more factories being built as Chinese industry begin producing many basic products. In addition to civilian goods, the new military arsenals expand their construction, not only rifles and machine guns but also other equipment. China has begun making several types of artillery, starting mostly with mortars but Chinese engineers have made an effort to begin replicating several German medium field guns that have been purchased in the past. The army currently stands at 1.5 million men and the training program continues to be implemented for all troops based on the Japanese model. The new Republic of China Navy is formally organized after decades of neglect. The former French warships, five cruisers and five destroyers, are given Chinese names and sent to their units. They are divided between the Beiyang (Northern Ocean) Fleet at Weihaiwei and the Nanyang (Southern Ocean) Fleet at Canton, similar to former Qing organization but with a centralized admiralty that is part of the Central Military Commission. Two Naval Academies are formally opened to train officers for the fleet: one at Tianjin in the north and one at Canton in the south. The Chinese navy commences carrying out coastal patrols to build up its experience with the goal of protecting the trade routes from piracy. Initially, the Chinese government had mixed attitudes toward the Soviet Union. Sun Yat-sen was not necessarily opposed to them and wouldn't have minded forming some kind of agreement, considering that both China and Soviet Russia had been discriminated against by the Western powers. However, the communists' recent aggression in Sinkiang could not be overlooked and the Kuomintang has resolved to take a stance against the spread of this barbarian ideology. A decree by Premier Sun has created the new Bureau of Investigation and Statistics, which will function as the military intelligence service of China and answers to the Central Military Commission. The Juntong (as it is known in Chinese) organizes the infiltration and subversion efforts in Sinkiang, giving it centralized leadership. Infiltrators take advantage of the large area and their knowledge of the terrain to evade Soviet patrols and enter the territory. Once there, they spread leaflets that tell the citizens of the region about the progress and economic prosperity of China, comparing it to the poverty and backwardness of Sinkiang, calling on Chinese to join the Kuomintang in an uprising against the foreign oppressors. Persecution of religious groups in Russia during the Russian Civil War and the atheism of the communists is also emphasized to gain the support of the Muslim population, with the former Ma warlords calling a holy war against the Soviet occupiers. Propaganda is spread to the populace with slogans like "Expel the foreigner, support the Kuomintang." Cells are formed to organize resistance, following the structure of a typical underground rebel group. Former Sinkiang Clique arsenals are raided for weapons. These groups, with the help of Juntong agents, begin targeting local collaborators for assassinations. The National Revolutionary Army strength in Qinghai is increased to 200,000 men.
 * Japanese Dip: Noticing the increase in tensions along the Soviet-Chinese border raises alarms in Tokyo leading to an envoy being sent to both Moscow and Beijing offering to mediate and to inquire into the military buildup. Further The envoy tells China that any efforts to go to war with the sovets over Sinking will not be backed by the Japanese military, as the Japanese feel that China should focus on development and not on claiming a region that is to far away to fully integrate or protect.
 * Chinese Diplomacy: The Chinese government responds that Sinkiang has been part of China since the 18th century formally became a province in 1885. The majority of the population is Han Chinese, and like the rest of the country it splintered among warlords after the fall of the Qing. The Kuomintang regards Sinkiang as Chinese territory, and sees its occupation as nothing more than an excuse for further territorial concessions in the future. After a century of regional division thanks to the Western imperialist powers, allowing this disunity to continue is unfathomable as far as the Chinese government is concerned, and this situation poses a constant overwhelming threat to national security. That being said, China does not want war, and Japan's mediation is welcome if it can get the Soviets to withdraw.
 * Soviet Dip: We agree to the Japanese Mediation offering to bring the Chinese and Japanese delegates to Vladivostok.
 * Peoples Republic of Brazil: Prestes begins to shape Brazil in his shape, with the disposession of the owners of cotton and coffee landlords, giving the lands and means of production to collective councils. Steel factories are technically still privately owned, but the bosses are replaced with loyal trade union leaders. The government encourages poor and unemployed people to work at the trans-Amazon Railway, which now almost reaches the border to Bolivia. Meanwhile, the MNB starts to pressure Vargas supporters to reject the "bourgeois nationalist" and anticommunist views, with many following in fear of violence. In November, Prestes publishes his theories of socialism in the southern hemisphere which focuses on the countries of the third world and how to establish a modern and industrialized socialism out of agrarian countries. The book also functions as a guideline for socialist leaders and activists in South America. In Brasilia the first meeting of the agrarian councils is called, to discuss the economic course of the agricultural sector. Due to anticommunist and imperialist propaganda as well as threats by the US, the PR of Brazil seeks to strengthen its ties to other South American nations to preserve peace and national independence in the region (Argentinia, Bolivia, Chile response)  as well as ties to other socialist countries (Italy, Soviet, French response).
 * Argentine Diplomacy: We gladly agree


 * Republic of Peru: The new communist government in Brazil is looked at with heavy suspicion and distrust, and so we begin to militarize our border with Brazil. The Buenos Aires peace talks end in no success, and with that, We revoke any claim we have to Chilean land (CHILE MOD RESPONSE NEEDED). We continue to develop our economy, as new economic policies favor both industry and agriculture. President Leguía‘s term is almost ending. The Peruvian Armed Forces, with their new American equipment, continue to train both on land, sea and air. The arms industry becomes major in the economy as the government begins a massive militarization campaign. We look at the new fascist Venezuelan government with as well, but wait to see what happens. American investment in the Peruvian economy causes an economic boom and the Peruvian investment in the American economy causes some positive outcomes at home as well.
 * Brazilian Diplomacy: Brazil has no interest in a war with Peru, rather wanting a friendly and neighborly relationship, yet Brazil warns Peru of becoming to dependent on American aid.
 * Chile dip: ok, we won't invade you then
 * Turkey: Economic development continues at a breakneck pace thanks to American investment and technical knowhow. Roads and railways begin to show up across the nation, connecting major cities such as Ankara, Izmir, Konya, and Kirkuk together. New methods of transportation are now being constructed to ensure valuable natural resources like chromium and oil reach market. The Alexandretta-Kirkuk railroad that begun construction last year is finished, allowing for much faster transit of oil from its source to sale. This in turn has significantly expanded the financial gain of the Turkish development fund, allowing for even greater investment into infrastructure and education. More schools are supplied with adequate teaching supplies, raising the levels of literacy. With the greater income of oil sales, the Turkish government also begins a slow but gradual payoff of the country's Ottoman era debt. The Kurdish rebellion taking place in Iraq causes considerable concern for the Turkish government given the large numbers of Kurds living within Turkey. The military expands to about 175,000 troops, with about 50,000 stationed along the southern border to protect against potential Kurdish insurgents or any spillover of violence. Troops are especially garrisoned around Kirkuk and its oilfields, with guards placed on trains to and from the city. A few Renault FT tanks are placed with the city garrison as well, as a measure of protection that the insurgents can't effectively counter. In the east, the navy continues its production of new torpedo boats, with about ten total entering the navy by the year's end. Naval technicians continue to look at potential submarine designs, prefering to purchase some from abroad in light of the Turkish navy's historical inexperience with such craft. They also begin drafting plans for a new class of destroyers to replace the obsolete Samson class of the earlier Ottoman navy.


 * Empire of Japan: The Tokyo Conference continues despite tensions amidst the Sino-Soviet crisis. Economic growth continues alongside the heavy industrialization of the Home Islands and the industrialization of Manshu and Choson. Strong economic output continues thanks to the massive flow of goods into the Chinese and Soviet markets. Heavy industry, manufacturing, and arms industry. The Toseiha faction continue to consolidate ytheir influence over the military and political institutions of the country, and the government passes laws improving the security apparatus of the empire granting greater powers to the Kenpeitai who are reorganized as an interpnal security force, with their numbers growing to 250,000, and granting the cabinet and general massive budgets for public projects, military expansion and technological innovation. The government continues to heavily subsidize aerospace, industrial, marine, electric and mechanical engineering leading to an expansion of these departments in the national universities. The first national radio station is set up in Tokyo and Kyoto. With the military quickly seeing the usage for communication purposes, they quickly begin developing a radio system for the military on a national scale. Naval expansion continues. Research and development of improved engines begins alongside improved gun barrels to fit larger sized munitions for tanks, as the IJA present tank designs lackluster. Efforts to start develop the rate of fire for rifles begin, as does the development of a more reliable SMG other then the Type 100 which proves inaccurate, and prone to jamming, despite this mass amounts of them are produced as the high command wish to offset the advantage in numbers that most of Japan's neighbors have. imprtovements in air plane designs are also promoted by government subsidies. The automobile industry continues to grow to provide for a growing domestic market that is further fuelled by the construction of national highway system.
 * Manshu: Industrialzation and fortification of Manshu continue. The education system is greatly expanded upon leading to more practical training alongside specialized curricula are developed to fill the growing demands of the economy in Manshu. More Japanese start moving into the urban areas, and buying land cheaply.
 * Choson and Taihoku": Economic growth continue alongide intergration efforts.
 * Japanese Dip: Japan agrees to help the Soviets develop, but request Soviet assistance with developing land tactics, and military hardware to better fit the changing nature of warfare. 


 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the Socialist Party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to democratic socialists. Italy maintains Austria as a League of Nations mandate and is responsible for its well-being. Further loosening of restrictions between the Italo-Austrian border continues as Italy wishes to incentivise commerce and movement between the two peoples. "The divisions between Austrian and Italian peoples were created by rich men and made a reality by tens of thousands of our own children. We must work to ensure such a divide never happens again in history," Gramsci says in a publication in May. Italy proposes the creation of the Global Marxist Economy. This would allow for the socialist nations of the world to work together economically and to reduce the buying power of the bourgeiosie capital. Furthermore, Soviet Russia and France are both offered military alliances. The Italian economy booms this year as it continues to wean itself off foreign investments. While this does harm the economy of Italy to a degree, Italy's economic growth remains steady as the buying power of these non-marxist economies begins to crumble. Italy proposes that France grant its colonies a 'commune' status, which would allow the peoples of the colonies to govern themselves with the supervision and aid of a developed nation. Furthermore, the military of Italy sees great expansion, especially in the south in case of aggression from reactionary nations such as the United States. Socialist propaganda continues to make its way throughout Yugoslavia.
 * Argentine Republic:We continue agricultual and industrail growth, the YPF is sent to look more gas fields in patagonia. The coast is focused on as a ship yard is opened in Mar Del Plata. Education funding is increases as Alvear wants to bring Argentine science to a world leader. We ask for Economic investment by France, The UFS, and Italy. (Player Responses!!!) The military looks at light tank designs as well as domestic aircraft and naval designs.
 * Soviet Union: We agree to limited investment at first but once these prove profitable will scale up accordingly.
 * Soviet Union: The Soviets, annoyed with constant issues with the Chinese, officially deploy the Sinkiang Occupational army to the very thin border with China. This border is effectively militarized and closed to the Chinese allowing no further ingress of KMT agents. As another result of this the Soviets now with the Western Border handled and Poland made essentially a non issue, evacuates lithuania and the baltics and allows for the burgeoning economic cooperative between the Soviets and the Three Baltic states to advance being able to make significant gains in tech from the US by buying necessary equipment through proxies in the Baltic states which not only gives the baltics a much needed influx of Capital but allows and effective circumvention of the US embargo of certain goods for the time being. Some much needed oil infrastructure is imported quickly before the US can plug the whole and along side some reverse engineered tech the Baku oil fields see expansion and sophistication of its oil industry. In response to the Open Chinese Aggression in Regards to Sinkiang the Soviet Union sends another 100,000 troops bringing the Sinkiang Occupational Army to 150,000 troops and the Mongolian Assistance Army to 150,000 as well. In some other news the West to East Industrial plan continues to see success as resources brought from central asia and east asia are able to continue this year the expansion of the Trans-Siberian Railway as well as fund more infrastructural projects such as roads. The expansion of the Trans-Siberian Railway is met with positive views in the party and government and it is expected that the Soviets by 1930 should be able to field a large force of nearly 500,000 in the Amur/Valdivostok regions with full supply. This is backed specifically by the development of the Far East's first arms factories which ironically stand as some of the best in the whole Soviet Union having not been rebuilt from old equipment but built from the ground up with new equipment and technology. With the flip of the French state to a communist government purchasing contracts abound and high tier industrial, oil and mechanized, and shipbuilding technology is purchased en masse as the Soviet Industry begins to take off. The Donbass Industrial Zone looks to become one of the heartlands of Soviet Industry in the west while in the Amur basin Irkutsk looks to become the industrial capital of the Far East as its industrial potential soars as investment and an estimated 350,000 people have flocked to the Far East for new jobs and opportunity. Rather than alienate the rich peasants which have remained in the Soviet Union Bukharin realizes that much like the United States, investors were a good way for the state to push its industrial potential ahead and calls for the richer peasants to invest into Soviet improvements and industry. Seeing as the once scarce aristocracy from the old Russian empire and those that managed to become personally rich during the Russian civil war see much less of a threat to their stability a fair portion begin investment especially into the Donbass Industrial Zone as well as the prosperous shipbuilding industry cropping up in Vladivostok. Resources from Sinkiang and Mongolia still continue to fuel the Soviets Far East industrial concerns and for the first time it is revealed in a report that the Far East is under-producing but not due to bad work but clearly due to manpower shortage. Lenin, while skeptical in allowing the workers so much freedom of movement, appeals to Bukharin's politburo alliance about what to do refusing to make a unanimous decision in a region that is becoming so prosperous. They advocate a limit in people per year allowed to go east and they be specifically allocated to regions that are in most need. With that in place a number of 200,000 a year is set to allow movement with which the queue quickly fills up and the wave of people is sent mostly to Amur and Vladivostok. Various cities in the Far East quickly see their populations begin to swell as more and more head east. Agricultural production in viable lands in Amur and Northern Kazakhstan see notable success in feeding more people than originally thought possible in the Far East and with a more effective farming method in place the Soviets having rebuilt a good portion of the Western Union focus highly on moving east. More tertiary rail lines are built connecting the cities just east of the Urals to each other and on other lines running as part of the Greater Trans-Siberian Railway which sees more lines added between cities coming from both directions. It is noted that Novosibirsk looks to be the central hub between the West and the Far East and because of this its population of just over 125,000 sees a fair portion of the immigration from the west noting in the most recent census the population has grown by nearly 80,000 people. The West now focusing on making its industrial production more potent rather than expansive sees the lacking road infrastructure of the Soviet Union as a major setback. The nations focus on railways is seen as important but inefficient as the expansion of Roadways specifically a highway system. The recent development of a growing auto-industry in the Soviet Union has seen the growing push for cars to be developed. While having little experience in this system some observers are sent to other nations (which can be accessed) with even a rudimentary highway system begin to learn about its construction and the Japanese seem to be the perfect pick for this. With their own building of highway infrastructure many insights are taken and applied to the system which will eventually span the Union and the first layouts begin to be constructed in Moscow planning to be fanning out toward all of the West's major cities and then heading east. The Soviets agree to a Socialist Market with the Italians hoping the French and other communist states will join as well. A large chunk of funding and equipment is sent to Tito to help in his own communist campaign seeing as communism looks to be an ever growing popular ideology in Yugoslavia. The Soviet Union also approaches Japan on the modernization and redevelopment of the Soviet Navy (NKKKK) Learning of new tactics and the faults of Soviet equipment from the Second Polish Soviet war as well as the myriad of wars the Soviets have been involved in over the last eight-to-ten years the insights gained begin to have an effect as more effective tanks, artillery and infantry equipment are made. The Soviets first aircraft designs are scrapped as the Aviation industry begins to build new equipment from the ground up hoping to phase out dated designs and bring more prominent technology to the table for its aircraft before the building of a major Soviet Air Force.


 * Kingdom of Sweden With Gustaf V's health declining as he contracts Terminal Heart Cancer, Gustaf's most trusted assistant, Josephi Krakowski, begins training his son for Kinghood. Prime Minister establishes various laws about workers equality and such to a Social Democracy. Not much is going on.
 * Weimar Republic: Rumors begin to circulate about the events within Austria and some believe it to be true while others try dismissing it over the socialist Italians. The Austrian Brotherhood asks for more support as they hope to start another putsch next year within the holiday period on Christmas. In the meantime, rumors of harsh treatment are clarified to be a reality due to reports being reviewed in Munich by Austrian Brotherhood associates but some still question the validity based on bias with communists denying such rumors to have any truth. Strasser goes to Austria to meet in secret with members of the Austrian Brotherhood within the Alps. In the meantime, The Sons of David begin to sabotage the currency manufacturing facilities. Factories begin to recover after a year of mediocre activity. Rudolf Höss mainly focuses on his works in Berlin as a politician. Rudolf, a happier man now due to his engagement, starts talking more about family values and unity within the German people's to give up the systems of divisions enforced by outside forces but to unify political views to focus on a common goal and achievement for the German people and for the better. The Nazbols see stabilization but will never be the same. The SPD sees some backfire as well due to their affiliation with the National Bolshevik Party and their connections of gaining funds from outside forces being seen and ridiculed as an unhonest group by the right while the left abstain but use this as an example to maintain the liberal Administration. With more activism, cases are opened up against bank corruption within the country seeing it as a turning point of regaining control on “who pulls the strings”. Liberal Parties seeing the extremists on the rise push for coalitions will campaigns to back each other up bring done with elections soon to come while He's continues to rally the people.


 * Philippines (associated state of the United States): With the ratification of the Treaty of Manila by the United States Congress, the Philippines is now a semi-independent associated state of the United States. All Philippine nationals are granted citizenship. All males above the age of majority (eighteen years) are granted the right to vote, and elections take place this year, with Manuel Quezon and Sergio Osmeña being the President and Vice President respectively. The legislative body turns into the unicameral National Assembly.

1929.A
''' We have decided to split turns in half. This decision will prove to make things go slower, but will also allow things to improve, in terms of war, events and other things. Enjoy! '''

The Kurdish Rebels establish a state in northern Iraq, and declare Mosul their capital.

'''French Indochina revolts from France due to their turn to Communism, and asks the Republic of China for support. In France proper a general revolt from Nationalists attempts to take back the government in Paris, with large popular support.'''

Civil War breaks out in Poland between Nationalists and Communists.

The National State of Venezuela organizes a security force that patrols the streets of villages, towns and cities, with the purpose of enforcing the party’s ideology, ideals and standards, and to use force, if necessary, to enforce these things.

'''The Great Depression hits Wall Street, due to people using credit too much and not paying for their things, and government overspending. The repercussions of the Wall Street crash takes place immediately on the international scale, as banks in Switzerland, Britain, Germany, France, and Syria all close down, and trading grinds to a halt between any and all nations trading with the US, or to nations that were trading with nations affected by the Wall Street crash. Communist countries are able to escape the Great Depression, excluding France, but still see very obvious damage to their trade with capitalist nations, and so severe shortages on imported goods begin, and fail to be distributed. All American international stuff is forced to stop.'''

In spite of their communist system, the Russian economy goes into a moderate recession at the same time due to recent large mobilization of the military, while reconstruction of the nation after the civil war continues.
 * Persia: Persia cedes Dammam to Syria after much negotiation. The economy has grown a lot thanks to growing relation with America and to an extent the Soviet Union. The border with the Soviet Union keeps getting heavily fortified. Persian Diplomacy: Persia wishes to hire fortification advisors.
 * Egypt Dip: We send an envoy to the State of Persia, asking for more trtade between the states, from Goods to Arms.
 * Persian Diplomacy:we accept the envoy and invites egypt to A trade negotation.
 * Republic of China: A delegation is sent to meet with the Soviets and the Japanese at Vladivostok, and China continues its participation in the Tokyo Summit. Since China does a lot of trade with European and American companies, the Great Depression has had a significant effect, slowing down economic growth noticeably in the first half of 1929. Nonetheless, progress is continuing to be made in other areas. The Chinese government implements a tax code and an agency for its administration to stabilize tax collection. Around the same time the Central Executive Committee formally institutionalizes the Chinese yuan as the national currency, backed by silver and gold. Economic forecasts state that the number of factories in China has greatly increased since the beginning of the economic boom in 1924–25. The Yangtze River valley has become a hub of foreign trade and other business activity as well as manufacturing, while north China around Beijing has had a growth in natural resource extraction and the south in Guangdong and Guangxi has seen the opening of many factories, along with being a place for trade from Southeast Asia. The government is focusing on putting more resources into developing central Chinese provinces, like Shaanxi, Henan, and Yunnan, with railway construction underway to link them better to the coast. Railroads have been laid down from the eastern cities to go as far west as the population centers of Qinghai. Communications have improved as well with more telegram wires being laid down. Industrial production capacity has increased and some tariffs are introduced to defend Chinese industry at this time. The government's census bureau has noted that China has seen considerable growth in birth rates since the reunification in 1925, keeping population growth at an increase. Military production of firearms, other equipment and artillery also continues as Chiang Kai-shek, Chairman of the Central Military Commission, is determined to make the National Revolutionary Army more self-sufficient in supplies. Small shipyards are to be created along the coast, with the objective of being able to provide the country with small classes of ships like torpedo boats and potentially, submarines. The Chinese navy carries out patrols in the waters around China, integrating the new ships from France together with its other warships like the Chao Ho-class cruisers. However, all of the current cruisers are older models from the early 1900s or 1910s. The Chinese government asks the United Kingdom if China can buy several Emerald-class and C-class light cruisers from British shipyards. Also, China asks to buy some aircraft and Zeppelins from the UK. [Mod Response] The nascent Chinese Nationalist Air Force will still have to rely on foreign imports for the time being. In other events, officers at the Whampoa Military Academy study the warlord era of the 1920s to improve tactics as well as plan a development strategy for China's armed forces for the future.
 * Soviet Dip: Bukharin sends a delegate to Beijing to discuss the Soviet terms. The Demilitarization of Inner Mongolia and the panhandle nearest Sinkiang, and a massive indemnity to be paid to the Soviets.
 * Britian sells some obsolete Zeppelins to China. -Nate
 * Soviet Dip: The Soviets once again impose their treaty on the Chinese. The Creation of a Demilitarized zone in Inner Mongolia, and the entire Sinkiang panhandle, as well as a massive indemnity to be paid for the Soviets which will pay for the costs of Soviet Mobilization, occupation, as well as funds to go straight to the Soviet Treasury. Declining will result in further offensives into China.
 * Hungary: Despite the economic growth the population was still in poverty. As the Great Depression hits the factories that had just opened a couple years ago shut down. Bethlen, not a popular man politically wise despite his achievements of the last two years, gains opposition to his center-right politics. Gyula Gombos begins to see favor with many people around the nation. Gombos is making his name out there as Secretary of Defense and with his anti-Semetic comments of which he gains the support of several officers in the army, most notably that of Ferenc Szalasi. Gombos as Secretary of Defense - begins making arrangements with Regent Horthy for a possible secret rearmament of Hungary to end the Great Depression in the future.
 * Turkey: The Great Depression hits Turkey, ending significant levels of private investment. However, not all growth in the economy is halted thanks to oil and chromium exports. Even so, much government investment in non-critical aspects of the economy is halted, at least for the year. In infrastructure, the government maintains its investment from oil sales, believing that such projects will continue to provide citizens with work and help maintain growth. Other than previously ordered torpedo boats, new manufactures of military craft are halted, although navy staff continue to explore the concepts of new destroyers and submarines. On the southern border, the Atatürk government declares that it cannot accept an independent Kurdish state because of the territorial implications that such a state brings with it. With that in mind, the Turkish military launches Operation Seljuk, an invasion of the Kurdish state. 50,000 Turkish troops are gathered and sent against Mosul. Forty tanks are sent to spearhead the attack, which the Kurdish troops are relatively unable to counter because of limited heavy weapons. Turkish air squadrons are sent in to gain air superiority and then strafe and bomb Kurdish positions. The Turkish general staff anticipates no major problems because of Mosul's relatively indefensible position from the Turkish border, the numerical and technological superiority of Turkish troops, and projected relatively few Kurdish troops. Some within Turkey believe the operation is just a distraction from the Turkish economy, but most within Turkey support the operation as proactive protection of Turkey's territorial integrity.
 * Empire of Japan: The collapse of the global market creates a slowdown in exports to the west and their colonies generating a loss in revenue for companies geared toward western markets. This causes a lot of companies that take on new loans. However, with the new laws passed in 1928 all loans must be secured with collateral or backed by a creditor, this puts a lot of small businesses and independent banks under the thumb of the big Zaibatsus, further diminishing the economic independence of politically non-conformist businessmen. Collusion between big business, the military and the government continue, though this raised eyebrows, amongst ultra-nationalists along with the growth of pan-asianism. Liberals and communists protest against the growing centralization of power and silencing of political freedoms. However, these protests are quickly shut down by nationalist groups, and the Kempeitai who are granted wide-ranging liberties to maintain public order and social harmony. Ikki Kita's education program is expanding after he is also given the office of Minster of the Interior. Using the new Radio he begins an extensive nationwide propaganda campaign which promotes cultural integration of all ethnicities living within the Empire, the promoton of state capitalism and, promotion of Buddhism, State Shintoism, and confucianism to reinforce the values of community, patriotism, and loyalty. Japanese Statism starts to take hold over a large sector of society partly out of nationlist values, and partly out of fear of the growing secruity apparatus. Officer training, and standard military training courses are offered at all State Universities and students who enroll and finish the program will recieve government recommendations in any job they apply along with going into the reserves automaticlly instead of being potentially drafted into the military. Industrial growth continues to meet domestic and regional demands for manufactured goods and heavy industry. Expansion of the railway sytem, and highways continue. Funding for scientific reserach conitnues in all fields. Naval expansion continues in earnest and the new IJN begins flexing its muscles in the Far East patroling waters as far as Thailand to protect sea lanes and keep the growing Japanese trade networks running smoothly. Aerial tech is improved as new fighter and bomber planes are designed taking into account new engines being developed by the military to improve speed, maneuverability, and overall performance. Improved training and drilling of the reformed IJA continues with non-com  and com officer traning being given particular attention to improve the chain of command while improving individual units tactical flexibility in combat The Soviet invasion of China is no surprise but regardless the military is put on alert. The forces in Indochina succeed in breaking French rule with overwhelming success. Rear Admiral Yamamoto who lead the invasion takes note of the flaws in Japanese landing and works to improve the methodology of Naval invasions for future endevours. With the capitulation of the French colonial authorities Japan goes about setting up a new government with Indochinese rebels being invited to form a government with Japanese economic and military protection, The Japanese show preference for the Vietnamese who they consider better educated and equipt for ruling. The newly set up Empire of Vietnam is set up under Japanese protection until stability is restored indochina. 
 * Manshu: Industrialzation and fortification of Manshu continue. The education system is greatly expanded upon leading to more practical training alongside specialized curricula are developed to fill the growing demands of the economy in Manshu. More Japanese start moving into the urban areas, and buying land cheaply.
 * Choson and Taihoku": Economic growth continue alongside integration efforts.
 * Japanese Dip: Japan agrees to help the Soviets develop, but request Soviet assistance with developing land tactics, and military hardware to better fit the changing nature of warfare. 
 * Soviet Dip: Agreed.
 * Japanese Covert Dip: The government looks at the collapse of France's legitimate government with great concern and also as a potential opportunity to extend Japan's alliance and trade network. Japanese agents begin covertly seeking out resistance groups in French Indochina, offering them military, financial and diplomatic support should they decide to go down the road of resistance (mod response, please). They also approach the British and Americans in private to discuss a potential intervention in the French empire. 
 * The Indochinese Rebels comply.
 * Japanese Black-ops (I have to): Japanese agents begin planning with rebels for a coordinated uprising later on in the year to that will be supported by an amphibious invasion by Japanese forces in the Mekong Delta and in the Red River Delta. (mod response, please). Four Type-13 battleships, three aircraft carriers, and an escort fleet are moved to Taihoku (Taiwan) along with 150 aircraft, and 50,000 Imperial marines backed by 4000 artillery pieces, 50 tanks and 300 armored cars in preperation for the liberation of French Indochina, though efforts are made to conceal the objectives of the movement as wargames in the region and practise amphibious landings which are used to prepare for the upcoming campaign Units involved in the assault are equipped with radios. However, there are only enough to establish them at a regimental level. 
 * Japanese Military Action: With the revolt in French Indochina underway the IJN fleet begins a blockade of French Indochina, beginning landing operations in the Mekong and Red River Deltas, following a large bombardment of coastal defences and aerial recon scouting out enemy positions. 25,000 troops are deployed in each of the Deltas with the intent of securing the ports of Hanoi and Saigon before moving inland. Weapons and supplies are given to the Vietnamese rebels primarily as the Japanese see them as the strongest and best organized out of all the Indochinese freedom fighters. Siam is invited to partake in the liberation should they desire. 
 * Indochinese Rebels: Yeah, knock yourself out.
 * Soviet Union: This year in a national tragedy Vladimir Lenin dies, plunging into a quick sickness and succumbing having never truly fully recovered his full health from the attempted assassination. Unsurprisingly. Bukharin takes power but not without incident. In full surprise Leon Trotsky and his supporters also try to seize power having plotted for years to try to seize power following Lenin's death. This is met with a short but bloody clash in the Kremlin as Trotskyite supporters attempt a quick seizure of power only to be met with Bukharins Personal Red Guards Brigade. In a short engagement in Red Square in the middle of the night Bukharin and Trotsky former brothers in the revolution engage in a close quarters battle between the Trotskyites Brigade and Bukharin's Red Guards which in short order is revealed to be nearly a Division in Strength, Trotsky believing many of his supporters were secret or waiting for his move is defeated thoroughly and his treason is announced the next day in a battered Red Square where he is publically executed by firing squad after an extremely public trial in which it is revealed much of the public were massive supporters of Bukharin. With Trotsky out of the way, a small purge is conducted of his supporters, and many non compliants within the party who voiced their outrage over the years of Bukharins support for the NEP. With so much prosperity having come from this, the Soviet people are shown to be in full support of Bukharin who is able to purge the radical left without any further incident leaving only his inner circle, the Politburo, and the Supreme Soviet all of which agree with his Policies. The Civil war in Poland is left alone as the Soviet armies have another matter to attend to. The issues with China. Seeing as China will not back down and Japan essentially condoning the Soviets puppeting of Mongolia and Sinkiang, the Soviets launch a full scale invasion of China. The Sinkiang Occupational army of 150,000 marches directly across the border into China (the panhandle region) directly challenging the 200,000 strong Chinese army in Qinhai. The other army of the Mongolian Army of Assistance of 150,000 invades directly into Inner Mongolia effectively meeting no resistance from an organized army. These armies are both headed by Mikhail Tukhachevsky who in recognition for his efforts in the Baltics is offered the position of Cheif of General Staff of the Soviet Union should his Chinese efforts prove successful. Both Armies are heavily outfitted with modern artillery and given a wide array of radio communication. Light Aerial units accompany both armies to the best of their capacity and a new design of Soviet tank developed from lessons of the Second Polish-Soviet war is sent in fair numbers as well operating like quick cavalry divisions. With a fair amount of Motorization the army is deployed in a campaign of rapid dominance as the cities and towns of Inner Mongolia are put under Soviet occupation rather quickly. The Soviet forces quickly dig in and ready themselves for a possible Chinese assault between both armies. Bukharin sends a delegate to Beijing to discuss the Soviet terms. The Demilitarization of Inner Mongolia and the panhandle nearest Sinkiang, and a massive indemnity to be paid to the Soviets.   While a war is being waged still and a small recession coming into effect the Soviets tackle the threat whole heartedly with Bukharin championing the previous policy of filling the treasury before such a backspin could happen. This "rainy day fund" is effectively emptied as huge influx of money is spent to reverse the trend and keep the Soviet economic path in a positive light. This does effectively stall the recession but does stagnate Soviet growth for a bit. Bukharin continues investing heavily into the Kulaks as well hoping to expand their farming system heavily into a mechanized one giving them funds needed to expand their agriculture sigificantly. The term, however, now expands to industrial owners which while being investigated for proper communist leanings are given investments as well to improve or expand their industrial potential. The Result of the clear Success of the Soviet Offensives into China sees a small Soviet bomber force array itself and bomb Beijing showing just how far the reach of the Soviet power is.
 * Chinese Reaction: The 400,000 troops of the 1st War Zone, covering northern China, respond to the Soviet invasion of Inner Mongolia by launching an offensive. A lot of the newly produced equipment is put to use, including mortar, field guns, and machine guns, with the communications network developed in the region over the past few years being able to assist the operation. Using that and their superior numbers, as well as the fact that the Chinese supply line is far shorter being closer to their main economic regions, the Chinese army expects success in dislodging the Soviets. Using the new expanded railways and road networks, another 400,000 men are moved northward while another 300,000 (along with some artillery) are sent to Qinghai to assist the troops opposite of Sinkiang. That leaves some 200,000 as uncommitted reserves. The Beiyang Fleet of the Navy blockades Vladivostok and bombards the port from the sea. The Kuomintang declares a state of emergency and a general mobilization in a war of national defense, with some two million men being ordered to report to army barracks in the initial stage. At the same time, the rebel groups built up in Sinkiang over the past couple years launch uprisings, sabotaging supply lines, raiding convoys, and killing officers while inciting tens of thousands in a popular revolt against the Soviet occupation. Much of the countryside falls quickly to the Chinese rebels. China demands a total Soviet withdrawal from all Chinese territory.
 * MOD: The Republic of China cannot field more than 500,000 troops for a single war; Sinkiang can only support logistically 300,000 troops per side; more than 10,000 people incited in a planned popular revolt wears on plausibility. -Nate
 * China is perfectly capable of amassing millions of troops.
 * Why not? A few years later China would field more than two million troops against Japan OTL, and the Central Plains War of 1930 saw more than one million troops take part (and that was just between warlords when China was not unified like it is now in the game). The Northern Expedition in 1928 also saw more than one million troops take part, one million deployed by the KMT, also before China's unification. China is capable of mobilizing that many.
 * Soviet response: The assault of the Chinese on semi-prepared defensive positions is deflected and met with a general counter-offensive by the Soviet forces which push hard and deep going into the Chinese heartland. Qinghai is seized with ease by the now renamed First Expeditionary Army and the Second Expeditionary Army pushes out of Inner Mongolia cutting deep and seizing Shanxi (both of the provinces), Ningxia and Gansu. The Soviets once again impose their treaty on the Chinese. The creation of a demilitarized zone in Inner Mongolia, and the entire Sinkiang panhandle, as well as a massive indemnity to be paid for the Soviets which will pay for the costs of Soviet mobilization, occupation, as well as funds to go straight to the Soviet treasury. Declining will result in further offensives into China. The Soviets who refuse to see their gains go to waste bring up another 250,000 troops personally led by Tuhakchevsky who brings these troops now into Mongolia proper to act as a reinforcement pool and ostensibly as a major supply base of Soviet equipment into China.


 * The Hellenic Republic: The 1929 recession hits Greece with a vengeance. Many minor banks fail and companies suffer increasingly poor sales. The Hellenic National Bank is quick to respond through the adoption of deflationary monetary policies. However, the effects of the new policies are only minor and little comes from them. The fall-off in international trade hammers the Greek shipping industry as many smaller firms either go under or scale back their operations. With debts paid off as of last year, the Hellenic government acts quickly to mitigate the effects of the economic crisis. Taxes are reduced and the little surplus revenue from last year is used to pay off the debts of as many local Greek banks as possible. Snap elections are held this year after Prime Minister Venizelos, shaken by the economic collapse, resigns. His liberal coalition is replaced by a loose parliamentary alliance of the Organization of Hellenic Patriots and the People’s Party. Thanks to intense nationalist support by the Anatolian Greeks, both parties had been expanding over the past few years and now control ~53% of the Parliament. Although the People’s Party supports the monarchy, the Organization of Hellenic Patriots refuses to allow the return of a monarch. The new parties take power under Prime Minister Georgios Kondylis.
 * Kingdom of Egypt and Sudan: Faud is the King. The government's attempts at improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (this is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artists begin to make national headlines as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked on. Troops in the Negev are pulled out until only 500 men are left. The Wafdi and Muslim Brotherhood begin to gain more support due to the Great Sadness (yes, I called it that). The number of troops in Sudan drop down to 10,000. Leaders picked mostly by tribal and urban elections pick the new set of leaders within the Sudan region (Mayors and Regional Leaders). We follow the guidelines of the Anglo-Egypt Treaty. An attempt to build an airfield is worked on in Cairo and Karthoum. The Royal Navy is expanded to one ship. We accept the deal sent by the US, we send an envoy to the US asking if later deals can add in tanks or airplanes. The royal air force is created, covering ten planes. Attempts at copying tanks from Germany and the US are worked upon. Troops begin to amass on the Libyan border, Supplies are sent to the troops 
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: In order to crush the rebellion in Kurdistan, the Syrian Parliament commissions the Arab Union Army as a field test to invade and capture the city of Mosul, aiding our Turkish allies. 10,000 regular troops, with heavy cavalry and eight planes are sent to Iraq. Infrastructure continues being expanded and improved, as the military is further organized. The Syria-Iraq oil pipeline is almost complete, as is the Syria-Iraq railroad with American engineers. King Faisal of Syria issues a formal apology for the selling of arms to the Trucial States, who we had no idea were involved with the Damman Revolt. He further emphasizes a desire to normalize relations with Persia and further our mutual alliance. Libraries and universities are expanded in Damascus and Aleppo, creating a new generation of engineers like the Americans. Alawites and Jews continue being dealt with. Faisal once again opens his call for the union of Hejaz, Iraq and Syria as a loose federation (MOD RESPONSE).
 * United Kingdom


 * Philippines (associated state of the United States): With the collapse of the Dow–Jones Industrial Average, the economy of the United States plummets. President Manuel Quezon nationalizes key institutions and organizes an economic board to direct the country's financial policy, trying to avoid financial contagion by stimulating growth through cheap credit and low-interest rates.The agricultural sector is heavily emphasized, with grains (rice, maize) and cash crops (sugarcane, coffee, cacao) both being cultivated. The cultivation of fiber crops (cotton, abaca, hemp) is reemphasized, due to investment in the textiles industry and the construction of processing facilities and mills. In addition, to decrease reliance on foreign imports, a steel-mill is constructed in the province of Cavite with American technical aid (as guaranteed by the 1928 Treaty of Manila), and is scheduled to be operational by 1932. While the United States still assumes the responsibility of the island's defense (until the eventual termination of the associated state status), the Japanese conquest of Indochina coerces the government into investment into military development. A single munition plant is constructed in Laguna, with a planned production capacity of ~150,000 units, and is expected to be complete within three years. About ~500,000 firearms (semi-automatic rifles, carbines and sub-machine guns) and various artillery pieces (field guns, howitzers and infantry mortars) are purchased from the United States. A permanent military force of ~100,000 troops is established. Areas in Manila, Lingayen, Cebu, and Davao are fortified, with shore batteries, anti-aircraft defenses, and underground complexes being built. Under the orders of the President, the Executive Department is revamped, with the Department of Agriculture and Commerce being separated into two distinct entities. More government institutions are established, specifically: the Council of National Defense, the Board of National Relief, the Mindanao and Sulu Commission, and the Civil Service Board of Appeals. The government initiates a vigorous program of social justice as envisaged by President Manuel Quezon, influenced by the doctrines of Pope Leo XIII and Pope Pius XI. Due to a successful plebiscite, female citizens above the age of majority are granted the right to vote. To improve life expectancy and reduce mortality, rural sanitation facilities are built or pre-existing ones are improved, while basic hygiene practices are taught. Stricter penalties are placed on those accused of the abuse or exploitation of farmers, while supervisors are sent to rural areas to enforce proper working conditions and labor regulations.


 * United Kingdom: With the Wall Street crash occurring shortly before the general election which cripples the British economy the liberal party makes major gains on promises to intervene heavily in the economy and defend against communism. While Labour wins the election overall they only hold 263 seats and the Conservatives hold less at 239. The liberals take 104 seats. Ramsay MacDonald does not move seats and loses his in the election and Henderson becomes Prime Minister. The labour party and the liberal party are forced to form a formal coalition with much of the Liberal parties economic ideas on We Can conquer unemployment being taken. The government quickly drops the pound from the gold standard allowing it to heavily devalue in May and then lowering the Bank of England overnight lending rate to a historic low of 0.25%. Seeing the Empire under threat due to actions in the Middle East, the rapid rise of communism across Europe the British government agrees to significantly increase funding for the military to £450 million a year as part of the liberal party's plans to combat unemployment by going into debt and issuing bonds as well as the government printing out money itself. These actions all have the effect of significantly increasing inflation. A banking holiday is declared for five days and legislation to reform banks is done via Royal prerogative temporarily while the legislation is signed through Parliament with the Bank of England promising to Act as a Lender of Last Resort to all affected banks while the hoarding of gold is made illegal. Tariffs are introduced but Imperial preference excludes the colonies. In foreign affairs as France goes communist randomly, we feel very threatened by this. Taking advantage of the expansion in military funding for the expansion of the successful Experimental Mechanised Force are planned with plans to significantly increase construction of the Vickers Medium Mk II to equip the forces as well as trucks to transport and supply its forces. The RAF will receive much larger orders of Bristol Bulldog and Boulton Paul Sidestrand. We appeal to Petain, Foch, Joffre or anyone else (Mod response) to rebel against this illegitimate French communist government and join us in establishing a Free French Republic in North Africa. We send a force of two battleships, an aircraft carrier, seven cruisers and 13 destroyers commanded by Ernle Chatfield to escort the 2nd and 4th divisions and the Experimental Mechanised Force commanded by Archibald Montgomery-Massingberd to take Algiers in a Coup de main under the banner of restoring the French Republic appealing to figures such as Paul Frederic Rollet and Alphonse Juin and other soldiers in the Army of Africa to abandon communism. Britain closes the Straits of Singapore to France firing on any ship making the passage while George Molesworth is ordered to take two divisions of the Indian Army to Egypt and station themselves at Marsa Matrouh to garrison against any attack. The Mediterranean fleet maintains position at Malta ready to sortie out.
 * Canada: No trade deal with the US without going through London.
 * Australia and New Zealand: It's called Australia and New Zealand - not Greater Australia.
 * Egypt: We never signed the Anglo-Egyptian treaty.
 * India: No trade deal with the US without going through London.
 * Petain secretly goes to London to talk to the British Government about supporting a possible coup led by him.
 * The Army of Africa doesn’t respond to British demands, not wanting their plans to be spilled out into the open.
 * Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs: Britain's attack on Algeria is an affront to global peace, the sovereignty of the Algerian peoples and an illegal invasion. Italy donates 10,000 forces to the Algerian front in France, with Libya donating 3000 more.


 * Peoples Republic of Brazil: With the global market crashing, the Brazilian trade relationships with capitalist nations are in ruins, yet the industry at home is flourishing. Because of the lack of resources, the Brazilian government is looking for close relationships with other socialist nations (Italy, Russia, France PLAYER RESPONSE!!!). Prestes gave a speech shortly after the market crashed, saying that communism saved Brazil from a crushing, and the support of other socialist parties and movements will help with the liberation of South and Central America from oligarchies and fascism. Due to the aggressive behavior of Venezuela, the border to Venezuela is fortified and troops are placed there and a limited conscription is implemented. The Brazilian army is trained to fight under difficult conditions like mountains and in the jungle, as well as urban warfare. The Trans-Amazon Railway is now officially completed on the Brazilian side, but the works continue to connect the track with La Paz in Bolivia.
 * Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs: Italy wishes for stronger relations with Brazil and offers the new government a series of trade deals.
 * Brazilian Foreign Affairs: Brazil is asking for oil and trucks as well as plans for ships of the destroyer and cruiser classes in exchange for steel and agricultural products like cotton and coffee.
 * The Weimar Republic: Like a thief in the night, assets gained during economic recovery face almost total collapse. The new National Socialist movement ever so growingly more present must confront the issue and push their policies just enough to ensure that the German people are satisfied. Unfortunately, what is put on the tables such as expansion of public works is resented nearly completely by the liberal coalition due to heavy resentment for anything affiliated with Höss. As a result, Rudolf calls out “the snakes of the Reichstag” as the villains of nation and against everything the people who which is recovery and to go back to “the golden days”. The liberal coalition push on that what they have seen is too radical to be put in effect and will hurt the democracy one of the leaders explains in a town hall outside Berlin. It was Franz Von Papen. Later that evening, he was shot by an alleged communist. The people are rattled by the polarization of the political scheme in Germany. What can be clear is change is wanted but not decided on who may leave to such change. The Marke explodes. 20,000 Markes is needed to make a dollar now. Regional banks owned by Germans fail. Factories that had just been open have no other choice but to sell off their assets. A flawed yet weakly stable nation is now in the grasps of a select few. The choice is theirs for what will be the future of the nation. In the meantime, rallies occur in the streets led by the Austrian Brotherhood with now less connections to the National Socialist party of The Weimar but with ties nonetheless. Under the director of Strasser, they set the Parliament on fire in the wee evening hours while others go after weapons manufacturing facilities and military locales. The next day, some of the Fascist Leaders call out their government for not only failing to serve the people's desires but to also be a “puppet” to the Italians and calls for the Austrian people to rise again these demons within their state. The Christmas Putsch begins. The National Socialist uses whatever surplus they have to fund nationalist Germans in the civil war within Poland.
 * Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs: German meddling in an Italian-administered League of Nations mandate will not be tolerated, nor will the lies of nationalists. Over half the rail systems from Austria to Germany are halted while many more are intentionally damaged in order to cause delays. Guards are posted at roads. Anti-German and anti-Austrian propaganda is published to defame these lies.
 * Weimar Government: The government would like to reiterate it has no control of party affiliates nor will tolerate such aggressive activity. An investigation would be open to figure out exactly if the Italian involvement within Austria would fit under crimes against humanity or corruption and from there, further diplomatic action may continue. In the meantime, a government investigation will be done to confirm such claims of brutality by witnesses with affiliation to the Austrian organization that reside within the Republic.
 * United States of America: Operation Blackbeard, under planning and organization since the collapse of the Third Republic in 1927, is launched in the wider Caribbean region to neutralize the French colonial presence in accordance with the Roosevelt Corollary and Monroe Doctrine. Six Battleships, supported by two carriers and numerous other escort vessels, are used to establish sea dominance in the region and begin landing operations by US Marines on the various French possessions of the region. Extensive shore bombardment is carried out to support the landings along with aerial attacks, with the landings occur the first half of the year. The United States announces its intention to either allow the islands their independence, or to turn them over to a French government-in-exile should one emerge. A particularly notable highlight of the operation is when a pair of P-6 Hawks, operating off the carrier USS Lexington, engage six French aircraft near Martinique; one of the Hawks is lost but his wingman manages to shoot down four of the French in return and drive the other two off. Domestically, the British program to handle the current economic malaise is met with interest by the United States, with President Lenroot (Re-elected in 1928) taking the United States off the Gold Standard by Executive Order which results in a devaluation of the US Dollar making exports cheaper. In tandem with this, Lenroot announces his intention any effort to raise tariffs at this point, given the threat it would pose to reestablishing trading markets.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the Socialist Party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to democratic socialists. Italy maintains Austria as a League of Nations mandate and is responsible for its well-being. Further loosening of restrictions between the Italo-Austrian border continues as Italy wishes to incentivise commerce and movement between the two peoples. Italy declares support for the French Commune and lends volunteer troops, along with a wing of the Ardti del Popolo to remove the Nationalist presence in France. With the shattering of the Capitalist Global Economy, Italy's economy sees massive growth. Gramsci hires photographers to document the sudden depression gripping the world. Over 1300 photographs of destitute farmers, starving people, and Wall Street suicides make their way too the Socialist Republic of Italy. Many are published in newspapers across Italy, with many receiving worldwide recognition. Fiat, which has already been nationalized, is combined with over 18 different manufacturies. Vehicles of war are produced en masse, including the new L5/30 tank, troop transports, tankettes, and trucks. Firearms and naval vehicles receive the same treatment. Bordigo issues Operation: Scipio; this two-fold order intends to make the Italian navy the most powerful in the Mediterranean by 1940 while at the same time providing protection to socialist nations not touching Italy's border. In Yugoslavia, Tito is funded and weapons are donated to underground communist forces in the nation.

1929.B
'''This is probably too slow. We will use half turns to finish 1929 and then go back to full years in 1930. -Nate'''

''' The Anglo-French War against the communist government is turning badly for France, with victories for the British in Africa, America in the Caribbean, and Japan in Vietnam. Marshal Petain sets up a Free French government in exile in Algiers, supported by the Army of Africa and defectors of the Foreign Legion. '''

''' The Soviet Union decisively wins on their front in Sinkiang and Mongolia, further escalating the Central Asian border dispute. '''


 * The algo still needs to be revised for the Sino Soviet War
 * The Algo was adjusted per Nates decree and the Soviets still win. This is open and shut now.

''' The Civil War in Poland continues. '''

''' The Great Depression continues to hamper foreign investments across the Western World. Unemployment in America, Britain and Germany rises dramatically. '''

''' Afghanistan falls into civil war between tribal cultures claiming the throne. '''

''' The BBC is founded in Great Britain. '''

' Wings'' becomes the first movie given an academy award. Sound films are produced this year such as The Singing Fool by Al Jolson. '''

'''The Fascist Venezuelan government organizes Christianity, Judaism and Islam into their own respective Sub-parties, and that all worship sites and religious followers of the three Abrahamic religions must follow in order to be, what the party calls “Holy and Pure Believers”. Worship sites come under party control, and religious autonomy total dissolves with the state subjugating religion. The party begins shaping these religions into their own image, where they follow the Leader’s ideals and goals.'''

The Kingdom of Serbs, Croats, and Slovenes changes its name to the Kingdom of Yugoslavia.
 * Argentine Republic: Hipólito Yrigoyen returns to office and introduces reforms to keep the economy from tanking. A great roads project is started meant to keep unemployment low - as well as a temporary closing of banks. Farmers continue to do well as they have been subsidized for a decade. The YPF begins to open more oil fields in Patagonia.


 * The Hellenic Republic: The 1929 recession continues to plague the Greek economy. Prime Minister Georgios Kondylis fresh in his office begins a massive economic overhaul. Protectionist policies are rapidly adopted to protect Greek industry. The government, unable to secure international loans declares the dichotomization of the drachma. In essence, all drachma are divided in half and the government takes one of the new half-drachmas. These revenues allow the state to implement a massive work project in building infrastructure. Projects range from a new port for Athens, rail and road infrastructure between major cities, and several hydroelectric projects. These projects help reduce unemployment. Meanwhile, the dichotomization of the drachma is only slightly inflationary. The impacts of the new policy are drastic and the damage from the economic collapse of the shipping industry is lessened. Demand rises thanks to the new employment opportunities which saves as much as 40% of Greek industry from collapse.
 * Persia: The Shah invites Egypt, Syria and Turkey to celebrate the Shah's birthday and the completion of the Tehran railroad. The military budget for 1929 is awarded to be focused on the air force. The air force numbers 60 planes now divided into two squadrons.
 * Egypt Dip: Happy B-Day, the king sends his brother with the gift of British and American rifles, and Five live hand grenades (to give to the Shah). Let's just say it caused a "Scene" at the first visit to the Shah.
 * Soviet Union: The war with China - while in all effects continues - but with the mobilization and linking of the First, Second and now Third Expeditionary Armies and the industrial base behind them, the Soviets this year have made major inroads to fixing logistical strain quickly using their new knowledge with railways and roadway building to establish a reliable supply chain into Mongolia. The 550,000 troops are spread out across a wide front from Sinkiang to Inner Mongolia and the Soviets having scored a decisive Victory last year the Soviet armies dig in building up their entrenchments heavily and building supply stations and roads to connect to supply depots in Mongolia. This has taken a rather heavy undertaking but with the development of previous infrastructure to bring in raw materials from Mongolia and Sinkiang respectively both of these puppets have their logistical networks expanded rather than having to build from the ground up like many think. The settlement of more people into Siberia as well as the expansion of the Logistical and Infrastructural bases in something that is seen as a massive national project to build the Soviet Union into something great,  the once lacking supply load of the Trans Siberian Railway has been expanding greatly with more railways connecting major cities and the railway from Vladivostok to Irkutsk being the most heavily developed as the Far East develops rapidly as part of the West to East Plan. With the necessary materials already in place the diversion of railway building to the military front is complex in engineering but simple in its goal. The Soviet Union must be able to protect and supply the Far East in a strategic arena. With so much focus on the logistics these last few years coming into this year the Soviets under Bukharins leadership champion that the expansion of the supply load and ability to support people must be handled first before the industrial concerns can be fully sated which drives roadway and railway construction in almost zealous levels. The Drive to Link Novosibirsk as well into the Greater Trans Siberian Railway meets success as much rail track is laid down and the city is to be linked into the Greater Eastern Network by next Year with the larger Elements of the Western Network reaching a year later. The Expansion of Farming, and Industry while not a primary focus sees Kulaks opening more factories and building up the Far East even more. The Soviet Recession while still involved in an active conflict in China is actively avoided as the buffer fund seems to have served its purpose and effectively buying the Soviets out of the Recession. While Western Economies have crumbled the allowance of the Soviet Oil industry to take dominance provides a vital lifeline of capital as the Soviet fund heavily into their economy reversing the trends of the recession which was based on funds used on military buildup. The new profit coming out of the resources rich Far East also does much to offset this as the Soviet economy begins to lock down a new position of Positive growth plunging ahead in full in the later half of the year. The Soviets reiterate their demands to the Chinese before once again calling on Japan to mediate an end to this conflict.With the development of the Far East and the census of agricultural lands being conducted it is known more commonly that the Lena river and its river valley and Delta are much easier to colonize and settle and with some smaller communities already cropping up some settlement is funneled into the river valley with a two-year grace period to build up the infrastructure and settlements needed to begin effective farming. The Defeat of the Chinese within a year is seen not only as a huge propoganda victory as it is seen as the defeat of what can be considered truly a major threat on the global stage. On top of a propoganda victory, it turns into a major internal political victory as well as a victory abroad in terms of Soviet policy and diplomacy. With Japan having mediated to the Soviets Benefit, and with the effective pushing back of the Chinese hundreds of miles from both Sinkiang and Mongolia, Bukharin declares victory and with the realization of the massive amount of capital to influx into the Soviet Economy he authorizes the refilling of the recession fund "the rainy day fund" so to speak with the rest to be invested back into the Far Eastern Economy.
 * Japanese Dip: Japan agrees to mediate between the Chinese and Soviet government. Japan recommends a return to the pre war borders with China recognizing the Sinking as a separate state under Soviet protection, and The paying of indemnities to avoid further destruction of Chinese land and industry. Japan Will help China rebuild, and recover. 
 * Soviet Dip: We also wish the Chinese to recognize the previous Soviet Demands for demilitarization of the previous said borders and recognition of Sinkiang and Mongolia within the Soviet Sphere.
 * Chinese Diplomacy: After the defeats in Inner Mongolia and Sinkiang, Foreign Minister Wang Zhengting is sent to negotiate with the Soviets. China will accept the conditions.
 * Commonwealth of Oceania: Oceanian Forces mobilize in Darwin, North Island and New Guinea in an attempt to support British offensives against the French, with a task force of 10,000 sent to assist the British in seizing key French Pacific islands. To ease the effects of the Great Depression, the Oceanian Pound will NOT be on the Gold Standard. The government nationalizes multiple industries and businesses in an attempt to mitigate the effects of the worldwide depression, while still continuing with the production of new munitions plants, trucks, and other equipment that Great Britain has left Oceania. The further integration of New Zealand and other Pacific Islands merged into Oceania continues, with provisional plans for a new capital city to be established in New Guinea if it accepts Oceanian integration. The Immigration program continues, with thousands more applying for citizenship from the West due to the Great Depression and the Anglo-French War. Oceania offers Japan raw materials at cheap prices in exchange for military equipment (most notably ships) and investments (player response).
 * Hashemite Kingdom of Syria: The image of Syria now begins to vaguely take shape of a modern nation. The production of industrial goods with the help of American investiments have increased the finacial standing of average citizens. Infrastucture building takes the form of westernization and urbanization. The military also continues to be modernized. In order to aid Persia, our ally, we send 8000 troops and minimal air support for any future conflict they have. With the full improvement of education and research, the King Faisal Hashem holds a grand meeting in Damascus of all the eminent Emirs across the three Hashemite realms. We continue to ask Hejaz and Iraq to unite under a single loose federation. This is almost de facto the case already as we have the only standing military between the three powers (MOD RESPONSE). With the end of conflict in Mosul, the Syrian Parliament votes to utterly remove all Kurds from the Mosul metropolitan region, and relocate all Kurds to nearby smaller villages. This, in reaction to the Kurdish revolt earlier this year, causes a small movement within the Syrian Parliament to be vehemently anti-Kurdish. Other laws begin to be considered, restricting Kurish rights and privilages in aspects of society. Due to the Communist Government in France, the Syrian Parliament votes to declare full and complete independence from European powers, relying instead on American support as well as the French government-in-exile in Algeria.  Finally, the Syrian Parliament makes many reforms to the legal code this year, clarifying the use of Sharia Law in the nation of the Afsharid School of Theology.
 * British Dip: Iraq is a British protectorate if it unifies we will take military action to remove Syria from our protected lands.
 * Syia Dip: This does not affect the protectorate status or infringe on British economic interests in any way.
 * Turkey: Although the economic downturn still significantly impacts the Turkish economy, reform enters two new phases to encourage further development and continues providing work for Turkish citizens. Infrastructure construction continues, much of which involves building paved roads between cities and resource sites, as most railroads are already built. In addition, the basic groundwork of an oil refinery is built in the outskirts of Alexandretta to help increase income revenues from the Kirkuk oil deposits. The funding for this project comes from the national development fund. In addition, small but important steps are taken with the mechanization of the state's agriculture. Small numbers of tractors are imported from the United States and given to Turkish farmers after they are taught how to use them. While this is a small step, the government hopes to increase such efforts in the near future so as to further expand Turkish agriculture, growing health benefits and trade in food and clothing products. Diplomatically, Turkish troops withdraw from northern Iraq, with Operation Seljuk considered a success after the defeat and scattering of the Kingdom of Kurdistan. However, some Turkish nationalists are disappointed that the government did not attempt to annex Mosul at the same time. Because of this and other perceived slights against the greatness of Turkic civilization, alongside the economic downturn, a proto-fascist party, the National Party, is formed in Ankara late in the year. At present, however, its popularity is minimal, as many enjoy the development of the state brought about by the benefits of Turkey's recent, and largely peaceful, expansion. Turkey watches with concern as Persia intervenes in Afghanistan without due cause. The Turkish foreign ministry urges the Persian military to support the internationally recognized government of the Kingdom of Afghanistan against tribal forces. Military spending is rather small in the second half of the year, with only two more torpedo boats entering service. The navy staff have produced designs for a new and more modern destroyer, but production cannot begin yet due to a shortage of funds focusing on internal economic development and investment.
 * Persian Diplomacy: Persia has not attacked Afghanistan.
 * Commonwealth of the Philippines (associated state): Similar to the United States, the Philippines abandons the gold standard, allowing the Philippine peso to avoid deflation as well as lowering its value–allowing Philippine exports to compete internationally. Due to sluggish growth in its main markets, the Central Bank of the Philippines encourages expansionist monetary policies and continues to provide cheap credit and low-set interest rates to stimulate internal growth. The Laguna munitions plant and the Cavite steel mill continue to be constructed and are to be completed by 1931. The agricultural sector is heavily emphasized, with grains (rice, maize) and cash crops (sugarcane, coffee, cacao) both being cultivated. The cultivation of fiber crops (cotton, abaca, hemp) is reemphasized, due to investment in the textiles industry. The Philippines is organized into fifteen provinces, two special autonomous regions, and a single national district. The Armed Forces of the Philippines (currently numbering at ~150,000 military personnel) is established as a separate entity from the Philippine Constabulary. The Batanes archipelago and the Babuyan Islands are declared unsuitable for fortification, due to their mountainous terrain and near-negligible population. However, key strategic points such as Manila, Lingayen, Aparri, and Cebu are fortified, with shore batteries and anti-aircraft defenses being built. The first shipment of ships ordered from the United States is expected to arrive in 1931.


 * Republic of Peru: President Leguía is replaced by Alfonso La Cruz in a popular revolt. He is a member of the Alianza Popular Revolucionaria Americana - Partido Aprista Peurano which calls for a democratic reform to Peru and social democracy. Due to the Great gDepression, peru’s Economy begins to crumble. The new government orders for new social programs to made in place, and for the nation to temporarily launch a self-reliance based economy. We power our funding for the military to help with our economy, but continue to spend a fair amount on it, amounting to 800,000 men. We continue to grow cash crops like tobacco and sugercane. In order to diversify our economy, we Send diplomacy to both Japan and Oceania, proposing trade pacts between Peru and their respective countries (JAPAN AND AUSTRALIA RESPONSE NEEDED!!) Diplomacy is Sent to both Chile and Bolivia, proposing the creation of an alliance called the “Southern Strategic Alliance” or “SSA” (MOD AND PLAYER RESPONSE NEEDED!).
 * Chile would agree to a mutual defense pact -Nate
 * Kingdom of Egypt and Sudan: Faud is the King. The government's attempts at improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (this is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artists begin to make national headlines as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked on. Troops in the Negev are pulled out until only 500 men are left. The Wafdi and Muslim Brotherhood begin to gain more support due to the Great Sadness (yes, I called it that). The Royal Navy is expanded to two battleships. The Royal Air Force is created, covering 15 planes. Attempts at copying tanks from Germany and the US are worked upon, creating an Egyptian made tank of "Assad" (It's not that good). These tanks are worked on in gthe Egyptian Desert. 80,000 troops begin to amass on the Libyan border, Supplies are sent to the troops and the city of Misru Marsa (idc on spelling it right now) is worked on with fortification.


 * MOD: Where did you obtain two battleships?
 * Yugoslavia: Yugoslavia has been having a wonderful time. We continue our propaganda to unify the various ethnic groups in our nation, and work toward a fairer and more representative governmental system. We raise taxes slightly, and spend that money on infrastructure. We ask Italy for an NAP, and offer to withdraw all troops and claims from Austria in exchange for investments in our infrastructure. Our current leader is Alexander I, but as part of the new governmental reforms, he has little domestic power, and domestic issues are decided by parliament (and a House of Lords equivalent appointed by the King, known as the Chamber of Deputies), which is currently controlled by a centre-left party called Slavic Unity. We ask Egypt, Argentina, Mexico, Sweden (plus Four Brothers allies), Spain (he's been inactive, so MOD RESPONSE), Siam (MOD RESPONSE), Ethiopia (MOD RESPONSE) and other medium-sized non-aligned countries to send delegates to a meeting in Zagreb.
 * Ethiopia, Spain and Mexico say yes, Siam says no
 * Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs: In this time of renewed global conflict, we are elated that Yugoslavia intends to keep a clear head. We accept Yugoslavia's pact of non-aggression. The troops from Austria, however, will not be withdrawn, Austria having forced our hand in intervening against a renewed Austrian Empire. Italy maintains no claims in Austria; imperialism in Europe shall not be tolerated. However, supervision of the new Austrian state is needed, especially in the face of nationalists and imperialists.
 * Yugoslavia: I think that you misunderstood. According to past turns (sorry, I just joined), Yugoslavia is explicitly mentioned as an original leader in the invasion of Austria. I was sayingt aht I'd completely withdraw my troops from their southern border if you would invest in our insfratructure.


 * Kingdom of Sweden: Gustaf V is now bedridden, his son gives nothing for his father, the son believes his father is a soft gentle boy, while he is a hard, demanding man - he is only nine, though. Prime Ministers reforms have some happy, some not. His socialist views are looked down upon by the Nobles, Aristocrats and Wealthiest while the commonfolk, miners and such look to him as amazing. Meanwhile, Josephi is unsure if Heinrik (I totally didn't just name Gustaf's son this because I forgot to name him in 1920) is fit for king, his tyrannical attitude and demanding personality is not that of a King, but an Emperor. But Gustaf insists he will do fine, as he has no other heirs to the throne. Sweden is affected by the depression, but their mining incomes and such help them, and fixing the banking issue is on way. But the country's commonfolk have fallen to peasantry as they lose money, they start working extra for the wealthy, who become richer and richer. Prime Minister agrees to meet in Zagreb, and will represent the Four Brothers.


 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the Socialist Party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to democratic socialists. Italy maintains Austria as a League of Nations mandate and is responsible for its well-being. Further loosening of restrictions between the Italo-Austrian border continues as Italy wishes to incentivise commerce and movement between the two peoples. The troops meant to aid France in retaking Algiers are diverted back Libya, where the belligerent Egyptian government is amassing troops along the border. King Faud is instructed to withdraw his troops from the border and no harm will come to Egypt or Her people. With the shattering of the Capitalist Global Economy, Italy's economy sees massive growth. Gramsci hires photographers to document the sudden depression gripping the world. Fiat, which has already been nationalized, is combined with over 18 different manufacturies. Vehicles of war are produced en masse, including the new L5/30 tank, troop transports, tankettes, and trucks. Firearms and naval vehicles receive the same treatment.
 * United Kingdom: With success in North Africa: the 48th, 1st and 3rd infantry divisions, are all dispatched to North Africa landing at Annaba supported by a Wing of aircraft. The Five divisions, 12 regiments of the French Army of Africa and the Experimental Mechanised Force are ordered to move along the coast supported by the fleet commanded by Ernle Chatfield through Tunisia to Mareth where they should establish defensive positions with large amounts of barbed wire, concrete, steel, wood and sandbags dispatched to build heavy entrenchments in the form of multiple lines of trenches, artillery emplacements, dugouts and lines of obstacles with locals hired to participate and a number of British labour battalions. The 48th Infantry division break off at Tunis and Bizerte splitting in half and hold position there so they can either move to defend the new Mareth Line or oppose a landing in Tunisia. Edmund Ironside is also sent to the front while Petain is given overall command of forces in French Africa. The rest of the French Army of Africa is deployed across French North Africa to defend it against attack. The British Mediterranean fleet remains ready to intercept an attack. Recruitment for soldiers begins across the Commonwealth in India, Canada, South Africa, the rest of Africa. Five battalions of the Army of Africa, the 1st Canadian Infantry division, the 50th Northumbrian, Three battalions of the King's African Rifles, Four battalions of the Indian Army are sent to West Africa. Oceania should start recruiting heavily. The Canadians are ordered to take Dakar from Gambia, the 50th to take Conakry from Sierra Leone and the Indians and Africans to take Abidjan from Ghana. One battleship, Two battle cruisers, Three cruisers and Eight destroyers are dispatched to support these forces. It is hoped these opposing french forces forces will capitulate quickly with Petain on the side of the Free French. Supplied are stockpiled at Marsa Matrouh Seeing unemployment rising, the government increases recruitment for the army with further expansionary monetary policy to pay for said high military spending and plans to raise some 100,000 men this year while the territorial army will be expanded by some 150,000 men. The military budget is expanded to £550 million a year. Production of the Vickers Mk II, Bristol Bulldog, trucks and half tracks increases rapidly. Further research is done into improved tanks and aircraft. This all causes high inflation and there are some strikes but the Industrial relations act is passed allowing employers more rights to sack striking workers and in a climate of high unemployment there are more workers to be found. Income tax is increased on the upper class to 30% and tariffs are charged. Tougher banking regulations are passed to avoid large scale stock market speculation while the BofE continues to act as a lender of last resort. The school leaving age is raised to 16 to lower unemployment. The pension age is lowered to 65 to allow more people to retire early reducing unemployment. The value of the currency continues to fall leading to higher exports. The availability of cheap loans keeps the construction business going giving some employment and allows the government to expand their growing amount of bonds.


 * Republic of China: The defeat in the Sino-Soviet War has caused a shakeup in the Chinese government and the Kuomintang. Sun Yat-sen, who has already been in ill health, decided to take responsibility and resigned from all of his government offices in November. Wellington Koo, the Chairman of the National Government, joins him in resignation. The Central Executive Committee of the Kuomintang convened and decided to appoint Wang Jingwei as the new Premier, and the cabinet was reshuffled as well, with Alfred Saokze being recalled from his posting in London to replace Wang Zhengting as Foreign Minister after the latter's role in negotiating with the Soviets. Wang Jingwei's appointment was determined due to him being viewed as one of the most capable politicians in China after Sun and also due to his close relationship with Sun, many considering him the natural successor. Although he is a progressive, Wang was disturbed by the aggression of the Soviet Union and advocates a closer alliance with Japan to counter Soviet encroachment, becoming fiercely anti-Communist (similarly to OTL but earlier). Although Japan did not do anything to help China in its war, Wang considers the Soviet-Japanese detente a temporary aberration that will not last in the long term. He also came to reconcile to some degree with Chiang Kai-shek, formerly viewed as a close rival of his, in their opposition to communism and their objective of strengthening China. They still had some disagreements but their interests were more or less aligned, and in addition to remaining the Chairman of the Central Military Commission, Chiang is also the given cabinet-level position of Minister of the Interior. Effectively, Wang is seen as the representative of the civilian bureaucracy in the new government while Chiang is the military's representative. After consultation between them and the Central Executive Committee, the august elder statesman Lin Sen is made the new President of the Republic in the place of Koo. Meanwhile, the duo (Chiang in particular) does not share Sun's commitment to the principle of democracy, and thus has no qualms in taking a more direct hand in managing provincial politics than his more restrained policy. As a military man Chiang and his associates on the Commission as well as the Whampoa Military Academy made an assessment of many of the issues they viewed as being the key hindrance to economic and military development that led to the defeat. One of the first goals of the new government is to redouble their predecessor's efforts to streamline the administration and make the state function more efficiently. Most of the former warlords and their affiliates that hold governorships or other high ranking posts in local bureaucracies are forced to resign, with Chiang instructing the KMT regional committee in each province to draw up and determine a list of candidates for their replacement. Candidates are chosen not only for their patriotism and loyalty to the Nationalist Party but also their effectiveness as managers and innovators. The government sees this as a campaign to inject "new blood" into the lower levels of the state that will improve its efficiency, while removing the older and less effective, more corrupt former officials from the Warlord Era. The recently founded Investigation and Statistics Bureau, placed under the direction of the young but capable Dai Li, is given the task of ensuring the process of removing any officials involved in corruption or other criminal activity goes smoothly. The initial phase is expected to take months, though the provincial governor candidates will be chosen first, and will be complete by the end of next year. In response to the significant economic shocks since the beginning of the Depression and the Anglo-French War, Finance Minister Sun Fo, upon recommendation from Chiang and others, has taken the yuan off of the silver and gold standard, at the same time nationalizing many Chinese banks and their assets. Nonetheless, modernization and economic growth continue (albeit more slowly) despite the market shocks (as per OTL). The Kuomintang's new leadership will begin implementing more economic reforms in the next couple of years. Since the communist takeover in France and the beginning of its war with Great Britain and the United States, the Chinese government states the unequal treaties it signed with previous French government granting them special privileges are nullified. The communist bandit regime occupying Paris is denounced as official recognition is given to Petain's government-in-exile as the legitimate government of France. Chinese authorities inquire to the French diplomatic staff throughout China and to the management of the French Concession in Shanghai as to whether they have pledged loyalty to the government-in-exile yet [MOD response].

1930


'''Apologies for the late turn. On the bright side, more people got to post, so that's good.'''

''' The French outpost in Shanghai do not recognize the government in exile, and as such are nullified by the recent action by the Chinese government. '''

''' The Polish Civil War ends with the nationalists taking power again. '''

 Mahatma Ghandhi begins civil disobedience against the British government in India  (subject to revision if Ethan posts).

''' Mickey Mouse and Looney Tunes become popular in America. '''

''' The Mount Rushmore presidential Memorial begins being constructed. '''

''' With westernization reforms in Turkey, feminist groups begin forming that push for universal suffrage. '''

''' The Nazbol Party’s Branch in Berlin becomes extremely popular. Meanwhile, Nazi brownshirts are arrested and charged for assault, causing Nazi popularity to take a heavy downturn. '''


 * Hungary: Bethlen starts to fall out of favor with the Hungarian populace and Horthy. Gobombos begins to rise in popularity. Gyula Karolyi starts to fall into favor with Horthy as the last political centrist. Ferenc Szalasi travels to Germany to attend National Bolshevik Party meetings and to meet with Nazbol leaders about German and Hungarian irredentism.
 * Persia: The Trans-Iranian Railroad is completed and is visited by the Shah. This year's military budget goes to the navy.
 * Yugoslavia: Extends an invitation to Persia to join the Zagreb Conference.
 * Persia: Accepts the invitation.


 * Commonwealth of Oceania: The Oceanian government issues a call to volunteers to enlist in His Majesty's Armed Forces, with a goal of four to five hundred and 50,000 men in arms set by the government within the year (including all active personnel). Veterans of the Great War are offered incentives to rejoin the Armed Forces for their battlefield experience and teaching mechanisms that will greatly benefit the Army. The government tries to take on a militarily-induced recovery from the Great Depression, with Oceania offering to sell raw materials to her allies and fellow Commonwealths for war purposes. A massive expansion of roads and railways fueled by the selling of raw materials and capital investments meant to mitigate the effects of the Depression are undertaken by the government, with these roads planned for military and civilian use. The pastural industry in New Zealand is mechanised, with the introduction of tractors and shearing equipment to make the industry much more efficient. The Oceanian census of 1930 reports a combined 9.1 million people, more than half of whom live on the Australian continent. This number is increased due to the recent immigration policies undertaken by the government, which has helped in the production of military equipment and construction. A few hundred Indians and Chinese enlist in the armed forces.


 * Commonwealth of the Philippines (associated state): Mindanao is organized into provinces, while a government program is enacted promoting settlement and missionary activities within the region (to promote its territorial legitimacy), while incorporating the Muslim Moros into the Philippine national identity. This is further encouraged through tax incentives and cheap land grants. The National Assembly approves of an act which will authorize the construction of a pan-Philippine highway and ferry system, which will be completed by 1935. Meanwhile, the government begins to allocate more of the national budget on the development of an extensive telecommunications network, as well as sewagery and indoor plumbing in both urban and rural areas. Due to sluggish growth in international markets, the Central Bank of the Philippines encourages expansionist monetary policies and continues to provide cheap credit and low-set interest rates to stimulate internal growth. The Laguna munitions plant and the Cavite steel mill continue to be constructed. The agricultural sector is heavily emphasized, with grains (rice, maize) and cash crops (sugarcane, coffee, cacao) both being cultivated. The cultivation of fiber crops (cotton, abaca, hemp) is re-emphasized, due to investment in the textiles industry. Key strategic points such as Manila, Lingayen, Aparri, Cebu, and Davao are fortified, with shore batteries and anti-aircraft defenses being built. More artillery pieces (infantry mortars, field guns and howitzers) from the United States, both self-propelled and towed are imported for defensive purposes and to provide infantry support.
 * Yugoslavia: Yugoslavia has been having a wonderful time. We continue our propaganda to unify the various ethnic groups in our nation, and work toward a fairer and more representative governmental system. We raise taxes slightly, and spend that money on infrastructure. Our current leader is Alexander I, but as part of the new governmental reforms, he has little domestic power, and domestic issues are decided by parliament (and a House of Lords equivalent appointed by the King, known as the Chamber of Deputies), which is currently controlled by a centre-left party called Slavic Unity. This is done in order to continue our efforts to unify and to not make non-Serbians feel unempowered. We add Persia, Turkey and Peru to our list in Zagreb. At the Zagreb Conference, we propose a new era of cooperation among medium-sized, non-aligned nations. This system will work as an alliance, free trade organization, cooperative research consortium, and more (see our proposal in the conference page). We ask all attendees of the conference to give input on our proposal, and hope to establish this new alliance in 1931.
 * Turkey: Economic policies dedicated to reform and recovery of the global downturn continue. With significant amounts of infrastructure already built or still under construction, the government turns much more of its development funds toward the expansion of agricultural capacity. Even more tractors, fertilizer and other important equipment or materials for farming are purchased and handed out to farmers following their instruction. Agricultural output continues to grow as a result. In Alexandretta, the oil refinery continues construction, with most of the building now complete and only waiting for the finishing touches of American technical experts and rare parts. Turkish ambassadors remain at the Zagreb Conference in hopes that it leads to a beneficial arrangement. Turkish diplomats are also present in Bulgaria, where they hope to establish a closer relationship with the ruling government. Eight more torpedo boats are laid down and built this year, bringing the navy to a total of twenty modern boats. The first two new destroyers are also laid down, although only one is finished by the end of the year. Christened the Kërkuk of the new Kërkuk-class destroyers, it is widely celebrated as an example of Turkey regaining its lost prestige in both military power and rightful territories. Domestically, Turkish women are granted the right to vote in local elections, and many do so in elections held later this year. They are not yet able to vote in national elections, but many believe that it is only a matter of time. Many support this goal, although some, such as traditional Islamists and extreme social conservatives such as the National Party, oppose women's suffrage and make their resistance known through protest.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the Socialist Party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to democratic socialists. Italy maintains Austria as a League of Nations mandate and is responsible for its well-being. Further loosening of restrictions between the Italo-Austrian border continues as Italy wishes to incentivise commerce and movement between the two peoples. With the shattering of the Capitalist Global Economy, Italy's economy sees massive growth. Gramsci hires photographers to document the sudden depression gripping the world. Fiat, which has already been nationalized, is combined with over 18 different manufacturies. Vehicles of war are produced en masse, including the new L5/30 tank, troop transports, tankettes, and trucks. Firearms and naval vehicles receive the same treatment. Seeing as how Egypt has failed to move its troops, Italy urges Libya to fortify its border with Egypt. Entrenchments and supply lines are created in case of Egyptian incursion. Meanwhile, communist propaganda is pumped into Ethiopia and Egypt. Italy desires to see a liberated Africa. The film industry in Italy is booming; without the fascist censorship seen in OTL, brilliant works of cinematic expression are produced. The Florentine Cinnecità is founded. This national film studio seeks to provide filmmakers the resources and funds to produce their works. A film critic calls this milestone in Italian cinema the New Tuscan Renaissance. In terms of aviation, Italian Aviation Authority is formed, which nationalizes many airstrips, ports, and hangars to ensure safety and innovation. The Niccolo Macchiaveli, a rigid airship, makes a transcontinental flight to Moscow this year. It displays the genius of Italian functional aesthetics.
 * United Kingdom: Work continues on the Mareth line as lines of trenches are built along with solid dugouts built with concrete and steel supports, lines of obstacles are placed including barbed wire and OTL Czech Hedgehogs along with artillery bunkers behind the line. The four British divisions and 12 French regiments continue to hold it. The 48th division hold position at Tunis and Bizerte. All French colonies in Africa surrender (Falcon agrees) and Petain with the support of the British establish the French Republic in these lands. The 50th division move to Madagascar to garrison it, the 1st Canadian, 44th Infantry division and the 1st South African division are ordered to garrison French West Africa. The 1st African Rifles Division, 2nd Oceania division and an Indian division are deployed to help garrison French Equatorial Africa. Frenchmen fleeing the tyranny of communism are formed into new units to fight for the Free French Republic. Military spending remains high with the production of military equipment such as tanks and the Experimental Mechanised Force being renamed the 1st Armoured Brigade and a 2nd Armoured Brigade is formed. Production of the Bren carrier begins which is a tracked APC. The economy is suffering from the Great Depression and everything but the automotive and construction industries remain strong. Construction of two new purpose built aircraft carriers begins with the Goblin class and an expansion in the number of destroyers and submarines giving a boost to shipbuilding. Mahatma Gandhi is viewed closely by British intelligence but no harassment is made against him and he is free to be civilly disobedient. The training and equipping of the new soldiers recruited from last year is continued. Names are obtained of ll men aged 18 to 25 in case of the necessity of conscription.
 * Greece: The Prime Minister continues infrastructure projects and public works to benefit the economy. Naval and other projects are placed on hold until economic conditions improve.
 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. The government's attempts at improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (this is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). Quskut artists begin to make national headlines as the number of listeners blow up. The national army is formed and attempts to form a standing army is worked on. Troops in the Negev are pulled out until only 500 men are left. The Wafdi and Muslim Brotherhood begin to gain more support due to the Great Sadness. The Royal Air Force is created, covering 15 planes.80,000 troops begin to amass on the Libyan border, Supplies are sent to the troops and the city of Misru Marsa (idc on spelling it right now) is worked on with fortification. The Egyptian Air Force begins bombing campaigns on the border on Libya, The Egyptian Army (80,000 /10 tanks)begins to march on Tobruk.The nation is amassed for war. The kings claims this as a war to unite and free fellow Arabs, this gains the support of Wafdist, while the war on communism is supported by the Muslim Brotherhood.
 * Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs: An attack on a commune of Italy is an attack against Italy itself. Italy fully condemns the invasion and will protect the people of Libya from King Faud's imperial ambitions.
 * Weimar Republic: the clock is ticking an office in Königsberg. Rudolf Höss is writing away on his desk filling out papers and memo's to his associates while he stays their during the cold and oddly snowy months of February. In the end, the documents are completed. A yellow folder is put inside the mailbox outside the National Socialist Office and is see to Berlin. It arrives to be reviewed by the Reichstag in the coming months. It is the Public Works Act. A knock can be heard on April 14 while He's walks into the room with other members discuss the proposition. “Gentleman, im fully aware that some of you here do not find my ciews pleasant and as it stands, you are off touch with the public but I digress. I'm here to propose this new Act by the call and voice of the people to ensure that their voices are heard. I was elected for that purpose and I will be here to fulfill it. In these documents there is enough information to understand and comprehend the whole piece and to cleanly think out your thoughts in order to either pass something that would hire million's or lay back and watch the nation burn. I'm not here to watch our infrastructure nor German corporations crumble. I want change just as much as all of you but we must work together to achieve that or nothing will be done. I'm done for now, I give my consent for the voting to begin”. At the end, the liberal coalition bent to Höss. The Bill was passed and went through the Chancellor. From around 3,000,000 unemployed, the figures dropped to 2,870,000 by September. Some industries were able to hire more workers than before allowing more jobs and therefore lesser unemployment. Hoss celebrated with his men in Munich. This gave Höss the upper ground in the election giving his party 151 seats while the SPD had 120, a considerable drop, Centre had 77, KPD had 65, and the Nazbol's had 25 with other notable yet smaller parties scrambling for other seats. Hindenburg as president of the Weimar Republic continues a steady rule. Höss delivers a tour of gratitude in Berlin. Something isn't right, though. He receives a call from his wife in Dresden. Little does he know that he will father a son. Fritz Höss is born. In other news, the Austrian Brotherhood continues their assaults in their Putsch gaining more support from other Austrians. Troubles are stirring with Austria from the sister faction. The Nazbol's managing to hold their seats after losing 34 last election now struggle to keep their offices open. Three close and their Paramilitary license is removed after an incident within a beerhall fight with confronting groups of the SPD having their members being assaulted. The public has mixed thoughts but the worst part is that the Nazbol leader in a news interview attempts to justify the actions which had left three severely wounded.

1931
''' The French Government in Exile launches an amphibious assault on Corsica with sweeping success. '''

'''The Great Depression continues. However, any efforts to get out of the Great Depression are working, and conditions and jobs begin to better.'''

''' Western America faces a severe drought this summer, where many fields are left dry and sandy. '''

Bolivia is now controlled by mods until the player comes Back

Venezuala attacks the ports of French Guiana, in an attempt to cut it off from French control.

'''National Bolshevik Paramilitaries Patrol the streets of Berlin, and are forbidden from committing such atrocities like the Nazi brownshirts who assaulted that woman. They are still brutal, though.'''

''' With the recent Japanese victories, the Indochina rebels push inland to liberate Laos and Cambodia. '''
 * Peoples Republic of Brazil: Due to the aggression of Venezuela in the region, Brazil warns the Venezuelan government to not take any further steps. The border is even more fortified now, with some "emergency buildings" like farms reconstructed to airfields to use the newly introduced air force of Brazil, founded in March. The infastructure and industry is slowly pushed to mobilization for war. The MNB also starts to "ideologically clean" the movement from centralists and capitalists. These cleanings include raids of suspects, extreme pressure on Vargas supporters and threats of violence. The infrastructure is improved especially between smaller towns and villages with asphalt roads. In September, the unemployment rate is officially declared to be 0%. The Brazilian government secretly starts to fund other communist parties in South America, as well as helping anti-fascist resistance fighters in Venezuela. The Brazilian secret service also prepares a coup in Bolivia, seeking to establish a socialist government there
 * Persia: Persia allows the Imperial Airlines and Lufthansa to fly in Persian airspace. This does not, however, apply to military airplanes. Persia invites closer relations to the religious leaders of Ethiopia. The Shah issues an official statement concerning Italy's actions in Ethiopia.
 * Hungary: Despite the economic upturn by a small margin, Bethlen resigns and is replaced by Gyula Karolyi. Karolyi is unpopular as many Hungarian workers favor the hard action Gyula Gombos. Meanwhile, Ferenc Szalsi becomes more right wing following his trip to Germany. Gombos drafts plans for being the future Prime Minister. One of these includes secret rearmament. Horthy is onboard with this, and with Karolyi becoming ever unpopular, Gombos may get his wish. Gombos' main concern is Austria and its communist Italian allies.
 * Republic of China: Having continued the government reforms throughout 1930, by 1931 the KMT had changed much of its regional senior leaders. The party is still in the process of trying to recruit promising up and coming youths throughout the country, and finding replacements for older bureaucrats in the lower-level provincial governments. A number of officials who have been found guilty of corruption or other crimes by the Investigation and Statistics Bureau were executed. Wang Jingwei's government begins implementing its economic plan, which consists of continuing to modernize the country and expand infrastructure, particularly railways. Taking the yuan off the silver standard has encouraged Chinese banks to further invest in developing the industry. The effects of the depression had taken their toll but foreign companies continue to be active in the Chinese market and investing in projects on building more factories and other facilities. The population continues to rise. The Central Military Commission studies the lessons from the Soviet war as the National Revolutionary Army is in the process of being further developed. The army strength is maintained at 1.5 million active duty troops. The organizational structure of war zone-army-corps-division-regiment remains in place. A program of national conscription remains in effect as well, and the new reforms within the KMT and provincial governments allow the process to be carried out more efficiently, bringing some 400,000 men through the military each year.
 * Jap Dip: Chinese president Wang Jingwei is invited to the pan-asian summit in Kyoto next year.
 * Turkey: Turkish agricultural investment continues at a substantial pace, with more tractors and fertilizer imported and given out to Turkish farmers. Crops such as cotton, olives, nuts, and fruits reach new levels of production as a result of the considerable government investment in improving technology. The previous land reforms were substantially helpful in this regard as well. The oil refinery in Alexandretta is completed but requires testing before it can actually start to process and produce fuel for domestic use and international sale. Even so, Alexandretta begins to see a degree of industrial growth and expansion, as the Kirkuk railway continues to send oil there for international sale. The port is expanded as a result and industrial naval equipment is purchased to help develop the shipyard there as well, increasing Turkey's naval production capacity slightly. In light of the growing push for women's suffrage, which Atatürk supports, the government makes meaningful strides to enhance women's education throughout the country, ensuring that almost all government schools are co-ed and offer the same opportunities to boys and girls. Militarily, the Turkish armed forces undergo a bit of a reshuffle to reflect the growing concerns of the general staff. The National Army, of 50,000 men, remains headquartered in Izmir and effectively manages the coastal border with Greece and Europe. The Caliphate Army, of 50,000 men, is headquartered at Alexandretta and is responsible for managing the southern border with Syria and Iraq and keeping any violent Kurdish activities to a minimum. In the east, the Sentinel Army, of 80,000 men, is headquartered at Erzurum and is responsible for policing the Soviet and Persian borders. The navy continues its policy of expansion, with six more torpedo boats and two Kerkük-class destroyers joining the fleet. In light of the conflict occurring in Libya and Egypt, the Turkish navy organizes a fleet for patrolling the eastern Mediterranean. Comprised of the battlecruiser TIG Yavuz Sultan Selim, cruisers TIG Hamidiye and TIG Peyk-i Şevket, two Samsun-class destroyers (the Samsun and the Taşoz) and two Kerkük-class destroyers (the Iskenderun and the Bürsa) to patrol out of Alexandretta. The Turkish government maintains that this naval force is not meant to threaten any participant involved in the Egypt-Libya conflict and does not move farther west than Alexandria.


 * Republic of Peru: Our economy gets better and better by the day. Peruvian democracy continues to flourish as politics becomes more accessible to the masses. We once again send diplomats out to Oceania and Japan, requesting trade pacts for their respective countries. (OCEANIA AND JAPANESE RESPONSE NEEDED!!) We invite Bolivia to join the SSA (MOD RESPONSE NEEDED!!). We exploit our resources as normal and ship them off to the USA and other countries.
 * Oceania agrees on the condition that all trade with Peru occurs in the ports of Sydney and Wellington.
 * Japanese Dip: Tokyo agrees to a trade agreement with Peru.
 * Bolivia joins -Nate


 * Kingdom of Egypt: Faud is the King. The government's attempts at improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (this is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). The Wafdi and Muslim Brotherhood begin to gain more support due to the Great Sadness. The Egyptian economic is worked on as trade with Persia and  British States continue. The Egyptian National Car and Motor Industry is made under Egyptian Quskut artist “Baba Hamza”. We begin to dig and look for Oil mostly in the Sinai. Government officials are sent to the Sudan region to help improve areas while giving the idea of an Egyptian and Sudanese friendship Following the battle of Tobruk, the Egyptian army pulls back to the city of Sidi Barrani,where defense are amassed,The  supply lines are improved on as the coastal roads are used to supply men, mostly coming from Marsa Matruh. We call for 3000 men to the fight as various political groups in Egypt form paramilitary groups and ten tanks to Sidi Barrani. The Egyptian Air Force begins bombing campaigns on the border on Libya.
 * Though Egypt was unresponsive, Yugoslavia revokes our invitation for Egypt to join the Zagreb Conference.
 * Empire of Japan: The Toseiha group manage to establish complete dominance over the Japanese government and military with Ikki Kita becoming Prime Minister of Japan, and Iwane and Shigeru Honjo being awarded positions on the Supreme War Council, their faction are promoted to the Imperial General Headquarters leading to the displacement of the last hold out generals and admirals fall in line or are moved to low risk outposts such as the islands in the Pacific, or as liaisons to foreign countries. Ikki Kita cabinet continues the policies of Tanaka's government but with more vigor. The State Security Apparatus is buffed up with the Kempeitai, recieving Miitary training, and modern weaponry. They are given new mandates to weed out subersive elements in The Empire and its sphere namely insurgencies that might arise as Japan takes its place at the head of Asia. Pan-Asianism is officially adopted as an Imperial Policy under the Slogan all of Asia under one Roof. Japanese reains the state language. However, Korean and Mandarin are recognized as regional languages in Manshu and Choson. Furthermore The government buys stakes in many of the Zaibatsu's business ventures after the Imperial Industry act of 1931, which grants the State the right to guide and protect the economic development of the economy. The Industry act also brings the Unions under government control by creating a council that manages Workplace affairs. The council is made up of Union leaders, business owners and state officials. Any Union members or business owners who oppose these measures are arrested. State Propaganda about the benefits of Empire and how loyalty to it and the "People's Emperor" will allow for Asia to prosper under the guidence of a benevelont Yellow Empire. Ikki Kita grants the military any budget they require to complete the modernization and proffessionalization of the Imperial Army and Navy. The Imperial Army Act of 1931 is passed which lays out a five-year plan to bring the Japanese military fully up to par with the west. With the new budget technological development, and equipment development are bolstered with new engineers, and technicians. A prototype semi-automatic rifle the Arisaka 31 is developed by the IJA after notes are made from Soviet designs, and from weapons seized in the ongoing Indochina campaign. The new rifle carries a ten-bullet clip and a gas chamber mechanism to replace the aging bolt system, (based on the Soviet designs). The Arisak 31 is authorized by the Imperial General Headquarters and mass production begins. The type 100 SMG is also looked at for upgrades to improve the weapon's firepower. With the rapid expansion of the military and industry efforts are made to streamline and standardize production. Using Soviet blue prints the IJA develop a prototype for a  faster and better armored tank then the ones being built by most western powers, the Mitsubishi Type-5 is built based on the BT-5 and using the new Mitsubishi V2 Enigne based on soviet designs, this new engine is alos ued to improve the designs of new aircrafts being developed.. Mitsubishi uses the new engine design to improve their aircraft and work on fighter and bomber designs to replace the aging ones currenlty in use. The design isn't finished but the prototype in development proves promising enough for the IJA to authorize its production ones completed. To improve the mobility of the IJA trops in tougher terrain half-tracks are developed. The motorization of the IJA is due to reach completion by 1933 with enough trucks, and vehicles in service or production to cover the needs of the IJA. The military fully established a radio network across the Empire greatly improving lines of communication and efforts to encrypt it are begun, with major resources going into achieving this. The Imperial Signal Corps are founded to improve the chain of command and coordination between different units, to allow for greater cooperating and also autonomy in decision making. Drilling and military exercises become commonplace as a means of improving overall performance and professionalism of the soldiers alongside improved training for officers.  Naval expansion continues under Admiral Yamamoto's designs with increased focus on aerial aviation he commissions the development of larger aircraft carriers capable of carrying a greater amount of fighters and bombers, and also commissions the construction of four more battleships to bring the IJN number of them up to 20, alongside 15 more large cruisers over the next three years.  Industrial expansion continues as resources from Manchuria start pour into the Home Islands allowing for greater levels of production which are able to satisfy a growing domestic demand for products and the growing demand for Japanese goods in China and South East Asia. Imperial marines are reinforced by 30,000 soldiers from the IJA who are quickly deployed to the interior to assist the Indochinese rebels as they fight to liberate Cambodia and Laos from French Rule. Notes are made on the difficulties of engaging in Jungle warfare and susceptability to disease in tropical environments, orders are made for medication for malaria, and a supplyline is established all the way up the Mekong River. In secret Japanese officials approach leaders of the Vietnamese resistance and offer them a place at the head of any future Indochinese state with Japanese backing alongside a free trade and economic development agreement between Indochina and Japan in exchange for the Japanese military being allowed to maintain a small Military presence in the Mekong Delta to ensure that stability in the region and keep Indochina out the hands of western imperialists or communists. They are also offered a seat at the Pan-Asian summit to be held next year, Siam is invited as well (mod response, please). 
 * The Office for the Reclamation of Indochina (ORI), the rebels against French Rule, accept the Japanese support. -Nate
 * Siam joins the summit -Nate
 * Manshu: Under Ikki Kita's propaganda campaign a new dirrection is taken with emphasis being placed on the way Manshu has historically been the frontier region of East Asia and China having for centuries been separate from China. In school the Yellow Empire becomes mandatory reading for all students independent of ethnicity. The Manshu defence force is created under the control of Kwantung Army which is reinforced with 200,000 troops from the Home Islands bringing the Kwantung army to 500,000 strong. Industrialization continues as Shinkyo/Hsinking, Port Arthur, and other major cities grow rapdily. Surveying for oil and minerals continue. Steel production in Manshu increases drasticly as improved mining is achieved and growing demand in the Home Islands and abroad fuel production. Coal and Iron mining are given priority to fuel the growth of heavy industry in Manshu. Buddhism grows in popularity amongst many in Manshu due to increased government sponsorship with many new Buddhist temples being built across the region. Anti-Japanese activities are proactively suppressed with a mix of military operations to stamp out remnants of anti-Japanese guerrillas, and economic and education policies that are aimed at improving the lives of those who collaborate with the protecterate government.
 * Choson: Keijo continues to grow in terms of wealth and population as industry grows on the peninsula. Integration efforts continue with the sister cultures policy being embraced more and more by Korean intellectuals and individuals seeking advancement in the Empire. The Yellow Empire also becomes widespread amongst intellectual circles with most collaborators enthusiactically embracing the idea of ethnic equality within a the Japanese Empire. The government begins laying out plans to extend the prefecture system in use in Japan to the Peninsula. Buddhism starts picking up in popularity.
 * Taihoku: The prefecture system is officially extended to the rest of the island, and the colonial administration is given orders From Tokyo to begin laying the ground works for the formal integration of the island into the Home Islands.
 * Weimar Republic: A young Fritz takes his first steps. Rudolf Höss continues to dedicate his life to reviving Germany and in the meantime, gets members from the liberal coalition to exit and join what Höss calls the National Sphere, a coalition dedicated to the main purpose of German revival. Of course there are slightly different solutions but overall, they are connected. The SPD though distances itself and exits the coalition. The Liberal coalition collapses. Every now and then, Höss would speak with Hindenburg as they become more bonded. On the anniversary of the formation of the German Reich, 400,000 people head to Berlin in which parties and celebrations occur hosted by the National Socialist party and all funds would go to charity to help the poor. In the meantime, new public schools and other structures of the government body are built and the Reichstag sees much needed renovations following a small office fire on the second floor in March. An ill Heinrich Brining is diagnosed with cancer and as Chancellor, he knows his days are numbered and knows that he will likely have to resign in the coming years. Höss is nearly assassinated at a restaurant on his anniversary with his wife in Cologne. The man is put in jail for 50 years but the damage is done. Rudolf purchases a pistol and for now on would carry it wherever he went as a safegaurd. A new policy is passed to remove 1/8 of the German Markes out of circulation as instability continues to be not very well contained. In the end, the Marke would only inflate 43% by New Year's. Unemployment lowered to 2,680,000 which is counted as a success mainly because while other nations suffer Germany with their struggles have proven to be resilient. The approval of Höss goes up to 83% with some speculating him to be a favorite pick by Hindenburg due to the sad news of the Chancellor's sickness coming out. He has an estimated 14 months to live. Brownshirts are a more common site in Berlin, Cologne, and Munich as more members join and they are taught by doctrine of the Paramilitary to be patriotic and to act with integrity. Occasionally during the Sunday morning services, they would sing Hymns. Small amounts of rearmament continue by using private buildinga and such. The investigation concludes over Italy's actions in Austria and the allegations are proven to be true by the German Court. The Pu is outraged but with the depression in full swing, it is best for action to be taken later as Höss recommends and with him being as a strong voice of the people, his standing becomes supported. With moderate investment after the removal of old military bases in the heart of Germany, a new military base is planned to be made outside Trier as a way of continuing keeping up our military game. A diplomat is sent to Britain to discuss ending the 100,000 infantry limit and give permission to allow the German government to conduct militaristic activity in the Rhineland (Player Response).
 * Chinese Diplomacy: The Chinese government asks to purchase surplus WWI German equipment, including 500,000 M1918 Stahlhelms. Also China is interested in further developing relations with Germany.
 * Yugoslavia: Yugoslavia has been having a wonderful time. We continue our propaganda to unify the various ethnic groups in our nation, and work toward a fairer and more representative governmental system. We raise taxes slightly, and spend that money on infrastructure. Our current leader is Alexander I, but as part of the new governmental reforms, he has little domestic power, and domestic issues are decided by parliament (and a House of Lords equivalent appointed by the King, known as the Chamber of Deputies), which is currently controlled by a centre-left party called Slavic Unity. This is done in order to continue our efforts to unify and to not make non-Serbians feel unempowered. At the Zagreb Conference, we propose the Association of Neutral States, an alliance and trade organization, and ask attendants to join (MOD RESPONSE for Ethiopia, Spain, and Mexico. Do I also need responses for the Four Brothers members who aren't being played if Sweden has agreed?). We ask all attendees of the conference to give input on our proposal, and hope to establish this new alliance in 1931.
 * Soviet Union: With the deflection of the Recession and the further development of the Soviet Interior specifically in Siberia as well as the Donbass region of Ukraine, the NEP begins to be modified under Bukharin to Achieve specific goals over five years known as "Five Year Plans" With minimum goals to be met, followed by Maximum goals to be possibly hit as well. The plans all sit well within projected goals but with more investment as well as higher influx of government assistance to the workers who reach the highest goals in their respective industrial and agricultural sites. The NEP's have seen much success in not only increasing the standard of living but also the revolutionizing of Russian Agriculture and the heavy expansion of the Soviet Industrial base within a surprisingly high quality, the Soviet economy in terms of technical self sufficiency begins its realization as Factory foreman are now Soviet Citizens and not hired foreman from other countries. The Oil Industry having had much tech reverse engineered or even increased in efficiency becomes a worthy rival to western components it is known as one of the most potent oil industries in the world up and comming. The Soviet engineers after securing French repeting guns as well as a few models of the Mexican Mondragon begin to work on a new rifle which comes to fruition this year. Known as the AVS-30 the rifle boasts a ten-round magazine, uses a 7.62mm round, and takes standard infantry equipment with bayonettes and such. However, some field testing reveals that the bolt system is unsatisfactory and shows that the rifle much include better protection from dirt and the elements which prompts a quick redesign into the AVS-31 which simplified the bolt system, controlled recoil a bit better to allow for controlled automatic fire if needed, and allowed the weapon to be a bit less picky on ammunition quality. The AVS-31 is quickly adopted and nearly 300,000 units are produced this year alone, enough to arm the re-designated 1st Field Army. Soviet Equipment is also further modernized as the expansion of the automotive industry and the easing of restrictions on owning cars sees it become a more profitable industry but also sees the Soviet Army adopt motorization in mass as it begins to fully outfit its armies with motorized capabilities. Soviet Engineers also begin heavily investing into Mechanized and more superior tank abilities and half tracks begin to be more extensively researched. Taking an extensive liking to a fast attack cavalry doctrine the Soviet Chief of Staff Tuhakchevski sees the performance of the BT-2 and sees various flaws which cause a cautious but rather quick redesign adopting some concepts gained from the Italians designs as well as seen French design concepts the BT-2 is redeveloped into the BT-5 and enters large scale production. Aircraft redesigns also begin comming into place as more effective fighters and close air support craft enter service. The first Soviet Strategic bomber enters service as well. The West to East Program continues in earnest as the two ends of the Greater Trans Siberian Railway connect expanding the entire networks supply load by a significant margin. The development of resources bases as well as the necessity to supply raw materials to Japan has seen Far Eastern Industry take off even further and with expanded logistics this becomes ever more possible. Nikolay Kunetsov as the Grand Admiral of the Soviet Navy is able to successfully lobby for major support for the modernization of the Soviet Navy starting off firstly with the Baltic Fleet. Taking obvious design influences from Japan many designs are drawn out as blueprints with the first keels of nearly 20 Soviet Destroyers will be laid down in Petrograd utilizing the cities newly expanded shipworks. Seeing the neccessity of supporting the French communists in their civil war a large shipment of arms as well as the Volunteer "Soviet Foreign Legion" made up of the 3rd Red Gaurds Division lands in Italy and makes its way with said supplies to the border between france and Italy.
 * Socialist Republic of Italy: Italy is headed by Prime Minister Antonio Gramsci, who exercises control over the Socialist Party of Italy. His communist leanings and charismatic nature bring more communists to his cause by the day. The ISP holds a vast majority of the chairs in both the Italian Parliament and the Italian Council of Workers. Though communists hold the power within the ISP, the party remains an alliance of left-leaning people, which includes everything from anarchists to communists to democratic socialists. Italy maintains Austria as a League of Nations mandate and is responsible for its well-being. Further loosening of restrictions between the Italo-Austrian border continues as Italy wishes to incentivise commerce and movement between the two peoples. With the shattering of the Capitalist Global Economy, Italy's economy sees massive growth. Gramsci hires photographers to document the sudden depression gripping the world. Fiat, which has already been nationalized, is combined with over 18 different manufacturies. Vehicles of war are produced en masse, including the new L5/30 tank, troop transports, tankettes, and trucks. Firearms and naval vehicles receive the same treatment. Italy is at war with the belligerent Kingdom of Egypt, which launched an illegal invasion of Libya last year. Italian warships amass along the Libyan border to keep the seas clear while limited blockades of Egypt are instituted. Roughly 10,000 more troops make their way to Libya to aid in the fighting. Not wishing to provoke the United Kingdom into a needless war, Italian High Command believes that removing Faud and his wafd followers from power remains the best way to end this expensive war. Non-wafd groups in Cairo are funded, with Italy aiming to cause riots in Cairo. Italy does not intend on making Egypt communist at this time. Furthermore, an assassination attempt on Faud and his family is funded. The assassination will be performed via cyanide or, if that fails, the use of armed gunmen (MOD RESPONSE NEEDED). However, Italy is willing to negotiate peace with Egypt under the following terms: (1) war reparations to Libya, particularly to the bereaved families who lost loved ones in the fighting; (2) Egypt may not field more than 50,000 men at any given time; (3) A non-aggression pact will be signed by the two nations. Further hostilities will result in harsher terms. In January, Italo Balbo leads the first formation flight across the South Atlantic. These formations are worked into aeronautic theory in the Italian People's Air Force.
 * United Kingdom: With the French forces in exile winning victories in Corsica, the 48th, 1st, 2nd and the 3rd infantry divisions as well as the 1st Armoured Brigade are all dispatched to Corsica to aid in the conquest while the naval forces under Chatfield escort them and provide naval support. The 4th Infantry division remain at the Mareth line still fortifying the place. The 51st division are deployed to French West Africa. With the depression steadying out the economic measures in place are maintained for now. A new monoplane is experimentally trialled although it is regarded as currently infeasible due to insufficient engine power but to be revisited later. New work is made on a 57mm anti-tank gun known as the QF six-pounder. Construction continues on the HMS Goblin and its sister ship begins construction the HMS Werewolf while there is an expansion in the number of torpedo, dive bombers and carrier fighters required to outfit the new carriers. Continued expansion of the number of destroyers as well as more submarines. The military is not actively recruiting but is incorporating the troops raised previously and still expanding and further training the territorial army. Construction of defences at Marsa Matrouh begins with aims to build light entrenchments. Further expansion of the air force with plans for improvements over the current aircraft as a design competition is placed for a new fighter. Continued construction of the Vickers Medium Mk II along with the Bren carrier and trucks built by private companies. For conscription, addresses must be provided along with names for all men aged 18 to 25.
 * Egypt Dip: The kingdom ask British arms company if they could buy 300 tanks, 60,000 Lee Enfileds, 100 warplanes,radios, and other modern military gear
 * British dip: We will sell the Egyptians what they can afford.

1932
''' The Great Dust bowl terrorizes many farms across America, causing a severe shortage of food and agricultural imports worldwide. '''

''' King Faud of Egypt is put out of commission when an attempted assassination lodged a bullet in his shoulder blade. The Muslim Brotherhood gains massive support and begins attacking the Wafd Party that previously led Egypt's revolution. '''

''' As most Nationalist supporters in Germany are local to Bavaria, the National Bolshevik party pulls back to concentrate their efforts in that region. The new headquarters of the National Bolsheviks are now in Munich, being the second close contendor against the National Socialists among conservative groups, and third overall after the KDP. '''

''' There is a peasent uprising in San Salvador. '''

''' Lappish people in Finland revolt against the Finnish Republic. '''

''' Brave New World is published. '''

''' Charles Lindburgh, Jr. is kidnapped and murdered at the age of 20 months. '''

''' Zoroastrians construct a fire Temple in Yezd, Iran. '''
 * United States: Franklin Roosevelt is killed in a trail derailment en route to the Democratic National Convention. The 1932 presidential race is narrowed at the party conventions. The republicans chose Herbert Hoover with Charles Curtis as his running mate. The democrats chose John Nance Garner with Joseph P. Kennedy Sr. as his running mate. The west turns against the GOP with soring popularity rates with Garner. Hoover presses for protectionism and heavy fiscal polices in order to solve the depression fully. Garner promises a "New Road" for the American people. Meanwhile, President Linroot continues his support for Free France and throws together an arms sale of US Enfield 1917 rifles to Free France in order to boost the economy a bit (Mod Response). However, Linroots neglect of the Midwest looses the GOP much support in the heartland. On November 8th, the polls and ballots come in. At an amazing 531-59 electoral college map, John Nance Garner wins the presidency. His coalition with Northern entrepreneur Joe Kennedy pays off as New York, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and New Jersey go for Garner. Hoover walks away defeated.
 * Persia: Persia officially joins The ANS organization. In a gesture of good faith the Shah invites His Royal Highness Alexander I of Yugoslavia for the opening of The Yalarid Dam. The Shah gives an interview to an American newspaper for the first time.
 * Yugoslavia: Happily accepts. The king visits the Shah in Tehran, and welcomes Persia into the ANS.
 * Soviet Union: The Politburo and the Supreme Soviet finally address two concerns to Premier Bukharin. The lack of Agrarian reform which is beginning to show unrest within the extremely lower class Peasants in the State, and the arbitrary limit put on the Far East Settlement Program. Bukharin decides to hit both issues in one fell swoop. Seeing as the system for requests to move to the prosperous east is backed up with nearly five million applicants, Bukharin sees another glaring issue of the mass flight to the east away from the central control. Bukharin decides, however, to let the floodgates open, confident in the new developments of Far Eastern infrastructure to handle the mass immigration. He allows one million people to go this year, unheard of but in waves of 250,000 selecting the most appropriate candidates in needed professions. The first wave is to be Industrial workers with some Kulak farmers, followed by the second and third wave of mostly Poor Peasant farms with which under the incentivized settlement of good farming land will become successful middle tier farmers and finally another skilled wave. It is expected that many choosing to settle will gain some form of wealth enough to reinvest into the local economies and hence back to the Soviet state. For millions wishing not to go, Bukharin chooses a more non-invasive method of land distribution choosing to create a "Comrade Kulak" or essentially a local soviet commissar with a team which will monitor production and effectively request necessary investment from the government itself. The project is termed Collectivization but only collectivizes groups of the extremely poor peasants who are given certain incentives towards being employed by the collective farm including a generally livable payment wage. As it is somewhat expected for these collective farms to eventually be financially self sufficient the Soviets begin collectivization of the various smaller plots of land while noticeably avoiding the Kulaks and allowing their successful farming policies to continue. This does the job of effectively beginning the process of land reform, as well as allowing those hardy enough to tackle the East. The Soviet Highway system also begins construction in earnest as the growing auto industry has effectively blown up as many richer urban Soviet citizens are unexpectedly able to feed into the industry and buy cars. Bukharin sees this as a champion of the NEP and carefully manages the system to prevent huge major capitalist enterprises from taking shape as he keeps them purposefully small or purposefully under state control specifically as many of these are major providers for the military. The first Highways connect Moscow to Petrograd as well as Moscow to Volgograd which are the first two main branches of highway to be completed with branches to begin extention to Kiev, Minsk, and then further towards other major Soviet cities. From 1921-1933 it is noticed that the Soviet industrial workers have expanding from 4.3 million to upwards of 11 million and the Soviet Union is effectively the 2nd largest industrial state on the planet. With the Baku Oil fields becomming the primary vector for almost half of Global oil supply the influx of Capital remains a bulwark in Soviet domestic development as the West to East Plan begins to close out and the launching of Bukharins Militarization plan begins. The retooling or development of a massive Soviet Defense Industry is Invisioned able to fully equip and support upwards of 2.8 million men and begin the huge development of the Soviets Motorized, Mechanized, and Armored elements which begin to be effectively produced for the 1.5 million men currently in the army. The AVS-31 sees wide adoption by the Red Army as it becomes the Standard Rifle of the Soviet army beginning the Phase out the Mosin-Nagant into tertiary or lower equipment echelons and Garrison units.. The Soviet Air force also makes a noticeable advancement this year as it launches its first modern Monoplane figher the Tupolev I-14b boasting a Soviet Made powerful Radial engine which on close inspection bears many resemblances to the Wright engine albeit a tad less powerful. The Soviet aircraft is slated as the first Standard air superiority fighter. More development is slated into Tactical and Strategic Bomber aircraft with slated design reveals for 1935. Ilyushin delivers the IL-1 a close air support craft that is meant for an untested doctrine of close support and dive bombing. Neglecting armor plating it is expected that heavy aerial cover will provide acceptable cover for the Soviet close attack aircraft. A large number of transport aircraft also come into service. In continuation of his workings and with now a few hundred aircraft to make his mark, Tukhachevski mobilizes an army in a major wargame in Ukraine with Bukharin and the Politburo in attendance to showcase the newest developments in his "Deep Battle" Doctrine which grows in popularity and looks to be fully adopted as the military doctrine of the Soviet Union. Further support for the French Communists is sent through Italy as well as through Proxies in Germany which facilitate the delivery of Russian Semi-Automatic AVS-31 to the French Communists. On the naval front the Petrograd naval institute continues to design blueprints for new ships with the Destroyers to be laid down next year after a delay due to a last minute change to the Destroyers weapons compliments. Covert Finnish expats are sent into Finland to begin starting up Communist cells in the country and flare up remaining communist sentiment in the country. As armored and auto industries begin to develop west of the Urals The Far East finally gains a claim to fame as many Aviation industries set up shop in the favorable conditions east of the Urals.


 * The Hellenic Republic: Prime Minister Georgios Kondylis continues the heavy investment in the Greek economy from previous years. Many of these efforts are dedicated to educational and industrial infrastructure. Hundreds of schools and miles of roads are built. This includes a system of major roads to connect the large Greek ports to the less developed interior and other cities. These efforts, lead to huge popular support for Kondylis as the economy begins to truly recover. The military begins an expansion designed to reemploy thousands as both the Kilkis and the Lemnos are modernized drastically. The dual eight-inch guns mounted in the smaller side turrets are replaced with 12 inch main battery guns in single turrets. This helps to move the pre-dreadnoughts into the modern age with improved firepower. The fire control systems from the Krete are copied onto the battleships to improve their combat ability. The army adopts radio communication helping to develop the Greek technology industry.
 * Peoples Republic of Brazil: The new Carabina 32, C32 for short, is introduced as the new standard rifle of the Brazilian ground forces, as well as "pistol-carabines" (similar to the Mauser C96 OTL). The air force is now equiped with light machine pistols. Trucks and radio is introduced as well, to make communication easier and more efficiant than messaging per horse or motorbike. The infrastructure program continues as well. The Brazilian government supports the peasant uprising in San Salvador, with helping them to fund a party to install a system, that puts the peasents interests in action, similar things are done all over South and Central america, especially Bolivia. In Rio de Janeiro, the first official radio station is opened, the first song to be broadcasted is the song Na Pavuna by singer Almirante.


 * Yugoslavia: Yugoslavia has been having a wonderful time. We continue our propaganda to unify the various ethnic groups in our nation, and work toward a fairer and more representative governmental system. We raise taxes slightly, and spend that money on infrastructure. Our current leader is Alexander I, but as part of the new governmental reforms, he has little domestic power, and domestic issues are decided by parliament (and a House of Lords equivalent appointed by the King, known as the Chamber of Deputies), which is currently controlled by a centre-left party called Slavic Unity. This is done in order to continue our efforts to unify and to not make non-Serbians feel unempowered. At the Zagreb Conference, the Association of Neutral States is founded. We would like to offer all non-aligned medium countries to join this association, and we reaffirm that we seek peace and neutrality when it comes to the major powers. 
 * Staat von Österreich (State of Austria ): After years of planning Engelbert Dollfuss, Leader of the Austrian Brotherhood launched a successful coup d'etat which saw the removal of Franz Koritschoner from power as Dollfuss was declared Führer (Leader) of Austria. Following his coup Dollfus led a successful liberation campaign which saw the removal of Italian forces from Austria and the end of the LoN Mandate over Austria. However, with the threat of an Italian invasion, Dollfuss would like to form a military alliance with both Germany and Hungary as he seeks British support against the Communists. After the coup Dollfus ordered the execution of the leaders of the Communist Party of Austria as he declared the Treaty of Saint-Germain-en-Laye to be null and void as the Army of the Fatherland was formed with already over 100,000 Men. After seizing control of Austria Dollfus reopened the rail systems between Austria and Germany and began repairing those that were damaged by the Italians. As the new Leader of Austria, Dollfus declared that he will make Austria Great again and that he will return Austria to its former glory.
 * Gonna need an algo for that coup...
 * Turkey: The next phase of the country's industrialization begins as agricultural output reaches new heights because of its increased mechanization and advancement. Through American investment in the Anatolian Development Commission, the production of steel and various vehicles or industrial products are priorities and funded by the Turkish development fund. The government envisions a "steel belt" of production ranging from Bursa, Ankara, and Konya, although presently only Bursa and Ankara begin construction of factories. In addition, Ford and Studebaker envision the construction of automobile factories in various cities such as Izmir and Bursa while International Harvester places a bid to create a factory in Konya for the production of tractors and other farming equipment, which begins construction as well. The Alexandretta refinery of the Oil Company of Turkey (OCT) finishes all construction and tests this year and begins production of gasoline and other forms of refined fuel for the benefits of local consumption as well as international sale. Diplomatically, the government is concerned about the civil unrest taking place in Egypt. Caliph Abdulmejid II sends a supporting note to the wounded Fuad, wishing him a swift recovery and the apprehension of the terrorists involved. The Turkish patrol fleet docks at Alexandria, a move widely interpreted as Turkish support for the current government. The Turkish government begins to take a more active role in international affairs as the domestic situation improves. Turkey offers to send military advisors to Afghanistan to help the government there retain control. Turkey also asks Bulgaria if it would be interested in engaging in talks for the purpose of growing economic and political ties (Mod response for both, please). Militarily, three more destroyers enter the navy by the end of the year alongside ten more torpedo boats, reaching a total of nine destroyers of all classes and forty torpedo boats of all classes. The general staff realizes that its air force, a holdover from the Ottoman era, is not advanced or large enough to compete with other emerging air forces in the world. As such, Ottoman-era planes are gradually moved into reserve while new planes are purchased from abroad. The government puts in an order for ninety Bristol Bulldogs from the United Kingdom, with one-half of that order due by the end of this year and the rest due the following. The air force also begins to look into innovative and better means of bombing enemy troops and fortifications, as seen by the need during the war with Armenia and Operation Seljuk.
 * Sultanate of Misr: Faud is the King. The government's attempts at improving literacy rates among the poor by forcing children to read English and Arabic books (this is looked down upon but is still used in poor areas). The Wafdi and Muslim Brotherhood begin to gain more support due to the Great Sadness. The Egyptian economic is worked on as trade with Persia and  British States continue. The Egyptian National Car and Motor Industry is called upon the work on military cars and tanks.We begin to dig and look for Oil mostly in the Sinai, creating the "National Oil Group." Government officials are sent to the Sudan region to help improve areas while giving the idea of an Egyptian and Sudanese friendship, called Hezbism. The "National Military's Headquarter" is worked on in Egypt with plans of training military officers and other high tier leaders. Following the battle of Tobruk, the Egyptian army pulls back to the city of Sidi Barrani,where defense are amassed,The  supply lines are improved on as the coastal roads are used to supply men, mostly coming from Marsa Matruh. We call for 3000 men to the fight as various political groups in Egypt form paramilitary groups and ten tanks to Sidi Barrani. The Egyptian Air Force begins bombing campaigns on the border on Libya. With the assassination attempt on his life King Faud places his son Farouk into power. Farouk sends 7,000 men from Sidi Barrani to raid Muslim Brotherhood Strongholds across Egypt (with the aim of arresting members over killing them), the national police is called to prevent any psychical fights between mobs or groups in the streets of Egypt.We ask Britain if we can buy 5,000 rifles, 12 tanks, and 8 modern warplanes. We send a envoy to Italy asking for White Peace.


 * Empire of Japan: Ikki Kita's cabinet continues the transformation of the Japanese government. They successfully establish the so called Shintaisei (New National Structure) and passing the National mobolization act granting Ikki Kita's government sweeping powers and fusing the Military and government structures, the Imperial diet remains however it is reduced to an effective rubber stamp. protests by communists and liberals turn violent after what appears to be communist aggitators open fire on security forces in Kyoto outside the Pan-Asian summit. In response all parties are ordered to dissolve themselves and unite under the Imperial Assistance Association effectively turning Japan into a one party system. Most Parties comply however there are holdouts from the communist Workers party, and from a coalition of Liberal parties known as the Democratic restoration association. Both organizations are crippled by a series of raids carried out by the Kempeitai, 3,000 individuals are arrested while another 567 who resist are killed in the process.  State media goes into overdrive explaining that the groups who opposed the reforms are anti-imperial aggitators who serve the interests of foreign agents.  In an unexpected speech, Emperor Showa at the urging of Ikki Kita and the military speaks on national radio to the people assuring them that the new changes are for the benefit of the Japanese people, and for bringing about a new era of peae, stability, and prosperity not only for the citizens of the Empire but for all of Asia. With the recent surge in economic prosperity and standard of living brough about over the past decade, most of the Japanese public either embrace the new government enthusiaticly or accept it out of fear of reprisal and loyalty to the State and the Empire. having cosolidated power into Shintaisei Ikki's government goes about completing the transformation of the empire with the Imperial citizenship Act, which establishes equality before the law for all those who reside within the empire, allowing for non-Japanese to become members of the military, and protecting their rights as citizens of the emperor in exchange for complete obidience and loyalty to the state. Puyi and members of both the qing and Korean monarchies emplore their former subjects to embrace the new direction of the Japanese Empire and work together with their benevelont protectors to bring about the dreamed Yellow Empire. The Kempeitai are restructured into the core of the new Imperial Security Forces (ISF) in chanrge of demostic security in the empire and its dependents, while a foreign branch is created known as the Gaikoku Choho-bu (foreign intellegence department) or GC who are tasked with indentifying risks to Japan's interests abroad and acting to protect them.. Industiral expansion continues at an ever growing pace as domestic and asian markets grow. Major investments go into strategicly important industries to fuel this growth, in particular heavy industry, and Japan's growing chemical industry. The IJA's demands for new armement and machines of war raise a new question on securing a steady supply of Rubber, while accessible right now, it is noted that as Japan's industry and military grow more rubber will be required to satisfy demand. To ensure that they dont go without the military commissions chemists to develop a synthetic rubber based on research in the west, offering them generous pay, and fully equipt instalations. Electric engineering also recieves heavy subsedies to develop better tech for industrial production and for military usage. The new Arisaka 31 is finished and based on adjustments implemented by soviets on the bolt system and gas release the Arisaka 31 is given the go ahead for mass production with it being designated to become the new standard issue rifle for the IJA and IM (Imperial Marines). The Mitsubishi Type-5 tank renamed the M-32 tank is finished and production begins though the convertable system is dropped as it is noted to be impractical and a time waste, reducing the cost of production of the new tank. Work on new monoplane designs begin to replace the aging biplanes, using the new engines developed for the M-32.. Research into halftracks continue and the IJA approach the soviet military to jointly develop a prototype for the new system. Naval expansion continues in earnest with work designs for the new fleet carriers being completed and construction, the new carriers are named Kamikaze(duivine wind), and Kaiyo (ocean). new faster destroyers are also commissioned. The IJN continues to flex it muscles carrying out patrolling of sealanes from the home islands all the way to the Siam as a show of strength and as a commitment to the protection of trade and stability in the Orient, and the East Indies. The first Pan-Asian summit is held in the old Imperial palace in Kyoto, with representatives from Indochina, and Siam meeting with Ikki Kita and Emperor Showa. The summit lays out 4 points, the creation of an alliance and economic pact between the countries of the Orient. Ensuring the indpeendence of all asians, achieving parity with the west, and embracing state capitalism to ensure that all of asia can achieve properity. (mod response to if Siam and Indochina agree please). Japan also formally returns Saigon and Hanoi to the Indochinese leadership promising to protect their indpendence at all costs and the Japanese government recommends that Saigon be made the capital of Indochina with the former colony organizing itself into a federation under the leadership of Vietnam. 
 * Manshu: Under Ikki Kita's propaganda campaign a new dirrection is taken with emphasis being placed on the way Manshu has historically been the frontier region of East Asia and China having for centuries been separate from China. In school the Yellow Empire becomes mandatory reading for all students independent of ethnicity. Industrialization continues as Shinkyo/Hsinking, Port Arthur, and other major cities grow rapdily. Surveying for oil and minerals continue. Steel production in Manshu increases drasticly as improved mining is achieved and growing demand in the Home Islands and abroad fuel production. Coal and Iron mining are given priority to fuel the growth of heavy industry in Manshu. Buddhism grows in popularity amongst many in Manshu due to increased government sponsorship with many new Buddhist temples being built across the region. Anti-Japanese activities are proactively suppressed with a mix of military operations to stamp out remnants of anti-Japanese guerrillas, and economic and education policies that are aimed at improving the lives of those who collaborate with the protecterate government. The Kwantung army begins expanding their defences in Manshu building heavy fortifications and expanding the railway system throughout Manshu.. In an effort to win the hearts and minds of the people, the government in Shinkyo grant amnesty or commuted sentences to those who give up their fight while those who conrtinue to resist are mercilessly put down.  Resistance continues to decline as those who attempt to resist are wiped out in counter-insurgency operations by the Kwantung army, and areas deemed pacified are turned into Green zones under strong military protection. Steadily more Japanese start moving to Manshu due to the growing economic opportunities there working for either Mantetsu (South Manchurian Railway) or for the major zaibatsus, a lot of destitute farmers in the home islands are granted parcels of land through generous loans from the Imperial government to improve the agricultural output of the region.
 * Choson: Keijo continues to grow in terms of wealth and population as industry grows on the peninsula. Integration efforts continue with the sister cultures policy being embraced more and more by Korean intellectuals and individuals seeking advancement in the Empire. The Yellow Empire also becomes widespread amongst intellectual circles with most collaborators enthusiactically embracing the idea of ethnic equality within a the Japanese Empire. The government begins laying out plans to extend the prefecture system in use in Japan to the Peninsula. Buddhism starts picking up in popularity.
 * Taihoku: The prefecture system is officially extended to the rest of the island, and the colonial administration is given orders From Tokyo to begin laying the ground works for the formal integration of the island into the Home Islands.
 * Choson: Keijo continues to grow in terms of wealth and population as industry grows on the peninsula. Integration efforts continue with the sister cultures policy being embraced more and more by Korean intellectuals and individuals seeking advancement in the Empire. The Yellow Empire also becomes widespread amongst intellectual circles with most collaborators enthusiactically embracing the idea of ethnic equality within a the Japanese Empire. The government begins laying out plans to extend the prefecture system in use in Japan to the Peninsula. Buddhism starts picking up in popularity.
 * Taihoku: The prefecture system is officially extended to the rest of the island, and the colonial administration is given orders From Tokyo to begin laying the ground works for the formal integration of the island into the Home Islands.
 * Chinese Diplomacy: In response to Japan's earlier offer, Premier Wang Jingwei agrees to attend the Pan-Asian summit.


 * Jap Dip: Wang is welcomed with open arms to the Summit, and in private Ikki Kita offers to help fund the reconstruction of China in exchange for a lease on the Island of Hainan to establish a naval base there, while it would remain under Chinese administration.